Transcript
1
UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS
Self Study
Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering
Electrical Engineering
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
The University of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083
http://www.utdallas.edu/dept/ee/
2005
Report prepared for the ABET
Engineering Accreditation Commission
2
SELF-STUDY QUESTIONNAIRE
FOR THE REVIEW OF
THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM
The Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science
The University of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083
Submitted by
The University of Texas at Dallas
to the
Engineering Accreditation Commission
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc.
111 Market Place, Suite 1050
Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4012
Phone: 410-347-7700
Fax: 410-625-2238
E-mail:
[email protected]
www: http://www.abet.org/
3
Table of Contents
THE FUTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS........................................ 5
SELF-STUDY REPORT FOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING........................................... 6
A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION....................................................................................... 6
1. Degree Titles............................................................................................................................. 6
2. Program Modes........................................................................................................................ 6
3. Actions to Correct Previous Deficiencies............................................................................... 6
4. Contact Information................................................................................................................ 9
B. ACCREDITATION SUMMARY........................................................................................ 10
1. Students................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1 Evaluating Students ..............................................................................................................................................10
1.1.1 Evalution for Admission.....................................................................................................................................10
1.1.2 Evaluating Students in Progress .........................................................................................................................12
1.2 Undergraduate Advising.......................................................................................................................................13
1.3 Monitoring Students .............................................................................................................................................14
1.4 Policies for Acceptance of Transfer Students.......................................................................................................16
1.5 Process to Ensure All Students Meet Degree Requirements ................................................................................16
2. Program Educational Objectives.......................................................................................... 19
2.1 University of Texas at Dallas’ Mission Statement................................................................................................19
2.2 Mission of Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science..............................................................20
2.3 Mission of the Electrical Engineering Program....................................................................................................21
2.4 Specific Program Educational Objectives ............................................................................................................22
2.5 Constituencies of the Program..............................................................................................................................22
2.6 Curriculum and Process to Ensure Achievement of Program Educational Objectives.........................................22
2.6.1 Feedback, Quality and Continuous Improvement...............................................................................................23
2.6.2 Achieving the Program Educational Objectives ................................................................................................23
2.6.3 Office of Assessment Activities and Assessment Process.................................................................................26
2.6.4 Evidence of Assessment Process ......................................................................................................................27
2.7 Program Education Objectives .............................................................................................................................34
3. Program Outcomes and Assessments................................................................................... 41
3.1 List of Program Outcomes.....................................................................................................................................41
3.2 Relationship between the program outcomes and the program Educational Objectives .......................................42
3.3 Relationship between the Program Outcomes and the Requirements of ...............................................................43
Criterion 3....................................................................................................................................................................43
3.4 Overview of Assessment Processes Used to Assess Program Outcomes ..............................................................43
3.5 Program Outcomes ................................................................................................................................................43
3.5.1 Student Evaluations of Courses, Instructors and Teaching Assistant’s ..............................................................43
3.5.2 In-Class Assessment by Faculty .........................................................................................................................45
3.5.3 Senior Exit Surveys ...........................................................................................................................................51
3.6 Program Improvement ..........................................................................................................................................54
4. Professional Component......................................................................................................... 55
4.1 Mathematic and Basic Science .............................................................................................................................57
4.2 Engineering Topics...............................................................................................................................................58
4.3 General Education Classes Consistent with Program Objectives .........................................................................59
5. Electrical Engineering Faculty .............................................................................................. 60
6. Facilities ................................................................................................................................... 61
6.1 Computer Facilities................................................................................................................................................63
6. 2 Library Facilities...................................................................................................................................................64
7. Institutional Support and Financial Resources................................................................... 68
7.1 Organizational Structure.......................................................................................................................................69
7.1.1 U.T. Dallas Administrative Structure ................................................................................................................71
7.1.2 Board of Regents ...............................................................................................................................................72
8. Program Criteria ................................................................................................................... 73
9. General Advanced-Level Program....................................................................................... 75
APPENDIX I-ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..................................................................... 75
4
A. TABULAR DATA FOR PROGRAM.................................................................................. 76
Table I-1. Basic-Level Curriculum........................................................................................... 76
Table I-2(a) Course and Section Size Summary ...................................................................... 81
Table I-3 (a) Faculty Workload Summary Fall 2003-Spring 2004......................................... 84
Table I-4(a) Faculty Analysis..................................................................................................... 87
Table I-5. Support Expenditures.............................................................................................. 92
B. Course Syllabi........................................................................................................................ 93
C. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FACULTY CURRICULUM VITAE........................ 162
APPENDIX II- INSTITUTIONAL PROFILE ...................................................................... 265
A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE INSTITUTION.................. 266
1. General Information............................................................................................................. 266
2. Type of Control ..................................................................................................................... 266
3. Regional or Institutional Accreditation.............................................................................. 267
4. Faculty and Students ............................................................................................................ 268
6. Institutional Support Units .................................................................................................. 269
B. BACKGROUND INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE JONSSON SCHOOL........ 274
1. Engineering Educational Unit ............................................................................................. 274
2. Programs Offered and Degrees Granted............................................................................ 279
3. Information Regarding Administrators ............................................................................. 282
4. Supporting Academic Departments .................................................................................... 296
5. Engineering Finances............................................................................................................ 298
6. Engineering Personnel and Policies .................................................................................... 299
7. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data ........................................................................ 304
8. Definition of Credit Unit ...................................................................................................... 307
9. Admission and Graduation Requirements, Basic Program.............................................. 307
10. Non Academic Support Units ............................................................................................ 310
5
The Future of The University of Texas at Dallas
Dean’s Message
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science is located in the heart of the
“Telecom Corridor®". The Jonsson School focused, from its inception, on educating electrical
engineers and computer scientists to serve the needs of local high-tech industry. In recent years,
rapid growth in enrollments plus increased specialization have sparked the development of new
degree programs in telecommunication engineering, the nation’s first such accredited program,
computer engineering, and software engineering. Together with the traditional EE and CS
disciplines, these programs currently form the core of the School’s academic curricula.
The Jonsson School and UTD stand poised for a new era of growth and excellence, based in
large part on a 5-year, $300 million initiative involving the State of Texas, the UT System, and
Texas Instruments. The plan, announced in June 2003, will significantly enhance both the
breadth and quality of engineering education and research at UTD. Included is the construction
of a 200,000 sq. ft. state-of-the-art research center, to be completed in 2006. This new facility
will broaden the scope of current research activities and, more importantly, foster new
interdisciplinary programs with related sciences such as physics, chemistry, and molecular
biology, the UTD School of Management, and even the arts and humanities. It will also facilitate
joint research with other outstanding local institutions such as UT Southwestern Medical Center.
The need for interdisciplinary programs has been driven by the rapid convergence of fields such
as microelectronics, sensors, nanoscience, biotechnology, information science, and
environmental and health sciences. As the boundaries between these disciplines become
increasingly blurred, emerging technologies will rely more heavily on our ability to integrate
them into a coherent engineering system. Most recently, we began a new initiative called "To 50
in five. With our community and corporate partnerships, UTD is poised to move into its next
level of development - becoming one of the country's 50 Tier-One universities within the next
five years. The Jonsson School is working tirelessly in conjunction with university officials to
crack the ranks of the top 50 engineering programs and the top academic research institutions
nationally. We are confident our effort will be successful.
These are exciting times for all of us at the Jonsson School. The opportunity to have an impact
on the future of technology has never been greater. We are inviting all that have the interest and
the desire to join us at UTD and play a part in forging that future.
C. Robert Helms
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
The University of Texas at Dallas
2601 North Floyd Road
Richardson, Texas 75083
6
Self-Study Report for Electrical Engineering
A. Background Information
1. Degree Titles
This program offers three-degree titles:
Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
Masters of Science in Electrical Engineering
Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering
2. Program Modes
The program is offered on-campus with classes both the day and evening classes. Distance
learning is provided for students who live outside the boundaries of Dallas, Tarrant, Denton, or
Collin County through the University of Texas Telecampus system.
3. Actions to Correct Previous Deficiencies
During the previous visit, the following items were addressed and corrected:
Introduction
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science in The University of Texas at
Dallas have taken the following actions to correct prior deficiencies as described using
accreditation methodology required prior to EC 2000. These responses are keyed to specific
comments.
Institutional Weaknesses
Criterion I.C.1.f: Faculty Advising. This criterion requires the faculty to assume responsibility for
curricular and career advising. There is evidence in the student transcripts that some students are
not being properly advised, especially during the first two years. Some students were skeptical of
the new centralized advising system, citing lack of direct faculty contact and sometimes receipt of
poor advice on course prerequisites. The new advising system does not appear to require that the
faculty members are ultimately responsible for student advising. This must be considered a
weakness, especially when it is noted that faculty advising has been an issue since at least the 1993
visit.
7
Response:
Beginning fall 1999, a new advising system was implemented consisting of four professional
advisors, two support staff, and a manager who reports to the College Master. Since then, all
engineering major students have been assigned both a faculty advisor and a professional advisor.
A letter of introduction and a description of the new advising procedure were sent from the
assigned faculty and professional advisors to all engineering students on March 20, 2000. To
ensure that each student receives adequate advising, the policy requires each student to meet with
their assigned faculty advisor and a professional advisor once per term in preparation for
registration. In addition to introducing structured guidelines for faculty members to follow, a
self-assessment is also planned once a year during May. Having professional advisors and faulty
advisors working together in this way provides coordinated, comprehensive, and effective
advising. While faculty advisors focus on engineering curricular and career advising,
professional advisors provide additional aspects of the advising program, i.e., core curriculum,
transfer issues, referral services, time management training, study skills, etc.
The new advising system greatly expands and formalizes the function of academic advising on
campus, while still allowing each school freedom in how it organizes itself to provide this
service to students. It recognizes the importance of good advising to academic success and
capitalizes on the skills and talents of a professional advisor. It provides guidelines for
continuous improvement of academic advising campus-wide and a format for each advising unit
to evaluate it relative to the standards.
We believe that the new advising system properly utilizes the skills and capabilities of
professional advisors and faculty. However, we recognize that the ultimate decision and
recommendation on advising is the responsibility of the faculty, and the Associate Dean for
Undergraduate studies.
Criterion I.C.6.d: Laboratory Facilities. The lack of a functioning laboratory plan at the time of
the visit constitutes a weakness. Specifics such as detailed replacement schedules, anticipated
future needs, and evidence of laboratory planning continuity seemed to be missing. While the labs
appeared to be adequate at the time of the visit, neither the plan provided in Volumes I and II of
the self-study report nor the plan presented on the last day of the visit appear to provide
assurance that the current.
8
Response:
After the October 1999 visit, a faculty committee was appointed to develop a Laboratory
Upgrade Plan. This plan was completed, approved by the faculty and forwarded to the Team
Chair in December of 1999. This laboratory plan addresses three aspects of laboratory operation
in The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science: course content, equipment,
and space. In this context, equipment includes both hardware and software. The software aspects
of the plan apply to all software used for undergraduate teaching, including but not limited to
laboratory courses.
The Laboratory Committee has the major responsibility for Laboratory operations. Supporting
and complementing this work is the Computer Committee. Together these committees provide
the Dean with the requisite information needed to support equipment, computer and software
purchase decisions, consistent with both needs and available resources. Lab assessment
information solicited from the faculty is used to provide a periodic record of laboratory
acquisitions and needs. This information guides the evaluation of requests for new equipment
purchases submitted to the Lab Committee. In addition, the Laboratory Committee reviews
academic content and coordinates activities within laboratory courses. This information is used
to support laboratory equipment purchase decisions, to establish priorities, and to prevent
unnecessary duplication. An underlying rule is to focus attention on one laboratory area each
year, and rotate through all of the labs from year to year.
The student infrastructure fee of $3/SCH for all courses taken in the School generates the funds
is to fund teaching labs, student computing equipment and classroom equipment within the
School.
Institutional Concerns
1 .Criterion I.C.1.c: Faculty Size. There is concern that the faculty size will not be sufficient to
handle expected future enrollment growth.
Response:
The Jonsson School has been the most aggressive schools on campus in recruiting new faculty.
As Shown in table 1, we added 37 new faculties to the school of engineering and computer
science since FY 2000.
FACULTY NEW HIRES FY 2000
DEPARTMENT FACULTY in
2000
FACULTY in
2005
Change
Electrical Engineering 25 43 18
Computer Science 36 35 19
Table 1
The Jonsson School will continue to recruit quality faculty needed for the expected growth in the
student population.
9
2. Criterion I.C.6.a: Adequate Facilities. Expected future enrollment growth will likely make
current classroom space inadequate. This is a concern. Prompt approval and construction of
the proposed new engineering building is essential if enrollment continues to increase.
Response:
The UT Board of Regents has approved a new engineering building for UTD in 2000 and the
building was completed in 2003. This addition of this facility effectively doubles the lab and
classroom space since the 1999 review.
Institutional Observations
1. The School of Engineering and Computer science should immediately begin working towards
implementation of the EC2000.
Response:
This effort began in fall 1999 and is documented in this self study. A major organizational
change was implemented in the summer of 2004. The office of Associate Dean for Accreditation
was established to institutionalize the ABET process in the Jonsson School.
4. Contact Information
Electrical Engineering Program Office
ECSN 2.716
972-883-6755
Electrical Engineering Program Head
Andrew Blanchard Ph.D, P.E
The University Of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083
(972) 883-4184
[email protected]
10
B. Accreditation Summary
1. Students
This section describes the process by which students are admitted, advised and evaluated at
UTD. Process and procedures for ensuring that students meet degree requirements and are
eligible for graduation are also described.
The University of Texas at Dallas is a four-year, comprehensive, state-supported institution of
higher learning, offering a variety of programs at the undergraduate, master’s, and doctoral
levels. The University has a special commitment to two undergraduate populations: freshmen
selectively admitted from the top ranks of graduating high school seniors and students
transferring with superior academic records from area community colleges and other educational
institutions.
1.1 Evaluating Students
1.1.1 Evalution for Admission
In April 2004, the Office of Admissions moved from its previous location in the lower level of
the Eugene McDermott Library to Hoblitzelle Hall and merged with the Office of Enrollment
Services that was already located there. A search for a Director of the Office of Admissions is
expected to be completed in May 2005. The merger creates a one-stop service center for
entering student and is expected to result in significant service improvements.
U.T. Dallas accepts applications for admission from freshmen and transfer students at all levels
for the fall, spring, and summer semesters. Applicants are invited to contact the Office of
Admissions, located in Hoblitzelle Hall, for counseling and specific information about degree
program prerequisites that may enable them to qualify for admission. Early contact ahead of the
college freshman year will enable applicants to take advantage of admissions counseling in order
to make a wise selection of courses prior to enrollment at U.T. Dallas.
Entering Freshmen
The curriculum and the expectations of student performance at The University of Texas at Dallas
assume that entering freshman students have successfully completed a full college-track high-
school curriculum and have demonstrated strong general verbal/quantitative aptitudes as
measured on national standardized tests.
Automatic Admissions:
In accordance with Chapter 51 of the Texas Education Code, students are automatically admitted
to the University as first-time freshmen if they graduate in the top 10% of their class from an
accredited Texas high school. Applicants must have graduated from high school during one of
the two school years preceding the academic year for which they seek admission and be
considered first time freshman. Applicants admitted because they are in the top 10% of their high
school class may be required to complete additional preparatory work before enrolling in the
University. They may also be required to remove any deficiencies in their high school
coursework before graduating from the University.
11
Reviewed Admissions:
Applications from all students not graduating from Texas high schools in the top 10% of their
class, as specified above, will be reviewed. Applicants must have graduated from an accredited
high school or satisfied equal requirements, and should have completed the high school unit
requirements listed below (last item in list). Admission decisions are based on the applicant’s
composite achievement profile, including:
high school class rank;
strength of academic preparation including the number of courses taken and their
difficulty (honors, AP, IB, etc);
SAT-I or ACT scores;
record of achievements/honors/awards;
special accomplishments/work/service both in and out of school;
essays (view topics);
special circumstances that put academic achievements in context;
recommendations (not required);
successful completion of a high school curriculum that includes:
four units of Language Arts, including at least one unit of writing skills;
two units of a single foreign language (three units recommended);
three and one-half units of Mathematics beginning with Algebra I or higher I including a
course dealing with trigonometry, such as pre-calculus (four units recommended).
three units of laboratory science, not including Physical Science;
three units of Social Sciences, not including work-study (four units recommended);
one-half unit of Fine Arts (one unit recommended);
one and one-half units of General Education Electives (two and one-half units
recommended);
The University also recommends one unit of Computer Science, one-half unit of Health, and one
and one-half units of Physical Education. For Texas residents, consideration may be given to
socioeconomic and geographic information.
The review process gives primary consideration to the applicant’s scores on standardized tests
and high school record although no specific class rank, test score, or other qualification by itself
assures admission except as described above under Automatic Admissions. The decision for each
applicant will be to approve admission or to deny admission.
The achievement levels of students admitted to the University of Texas at Dallas are illustrated
by the following statistical profile of the entering freshman class of 2004.
73% of students were in the top 25% of their high school graduating class;
40% were in the top 10% of their class;
The average SAT score for all incoming UTD freshman was 1239 and the average SAT
for ECS incoming freshman was 1275.
The average SAT score of the entering class in Fall 2004 was the highest among public
universities in the State of Texas (2
nd
highest overall among all Texas universities).
12
Math Placement
All students who intend to take pre-calculus, or calculus I must qualify for admission to the class
based on their performance on the SAT II math tests or other credit by examination. During
Freshman Orientation, the Learning Resource Center will administer both the SAT II IC and IIC
mathematics tests. For the past few years (including the 2004-05 academic year), students
wishing to enter pre-calculus needed to attain a score of 460 on the SAT II IC test. For calculus I
admission, students needed to score at least 560 on the SAT II IC tests or a 530 on the SAT IIC
test.
Performance in the Calculus classes (MATH 2417, MATH 2419) is closely monitored by the
Dean of Undergraduate Studies, the Associate Deans of Undergraduate Education, and the
Mathematics Department. The entrance criteria for Calculus I was raised in spring 2005
(effective with the fall 2005 entering class) to 630 (in the SAT II IC or SAT IIC tests) to better
align test scores with expected success in the class. The thresholds for entering pre-calculus
remain the same.
Program Prerequisites:
In addition, for admission to a degree program, the student should have completed all lower-
division prerequisites as determined by the program. The student should consult the program
listings in the Undergraduate Catalog for these requirements. Excellent resources for local
community college students are the 2+2 Guides, which detail both program prerequisites and
General Education Core courses by the community college course numbers. These guides are
available at the UT Dallas Office of Admissions, or from local community college counselors.
1.1.2 Evaluating Students in Progress
A degree audit is available to all students upon request. The audit provides information regarding
the assignment of transfer credits, recommendations for the sequence of course requirements
remaining, and an accounting of requirements completed, so that the student and advisor can
more effectively plan future semesters. Students are referred to faculty advisors to discuss course
options compatible with specific career or curriculum goals.
Scholastic Probation
A student is considered to be making satisfactory scholastic progress when he or she is carrying
an approved schedule of classes, is not on probation, and has a GPA of at least 2.0 (C average) in
the major and overall.
All students who show a cumulative grade point deficiency, defined as a cumulative GPA below
a ‘C’ or 2.00, are placed on probation automatically by noting such status on their academic
record. A student may also be placed on probation by the ADU if the student does not maintain
at least a 2.0 GPA in the major and related courses, independent of the overall GPA.
A student on scholastic probation must meet with an academic advisor prior to registration. In
addition, such students may not register for more than 12 semester hours, and must earn a 2.2
GPA each semester while on probation. Violation of these conditions may lead to the student’s
suspension from the university.
Grade point deficiencies incurred at U.T. Dallas must be removed through additional course
work at U.T. Dallas. Grade points earned at other institutions are not used in computing the
GPA and may not be used to remove a grade point deficiency.
13
Students who leave the university on scholastic probation will be readmitted on scholastic
probation only, even if they have attended another university in the interim. If a student
withdraws from the university while on scholastic probation, and if this action results in an
additional grade point deficiency, the student has failed to meet the minimum requirements for
removal of scholastic probation and will be placed on scholastic suspension.
Scholastic Suspension
A student is automatically placed on scholastic suspension by the University for Failure to meet
the terms of scholastic probation. Undergraduate students receive notice of scholastic suspension
on their grade report sheets. A student who is under scholastic suspension may not enroll in,
audit, or visit a class unless the student is readmitted as described below. Notice of this
scholastic suspension will show on the student’s transcript.
Students in a major who are placed on scholastic suspension by the university for the first time
may be readmitted only by permission of the ADU. Non-degree seeking students and students
with undeclared majors who are placed on suspension for the first time may be readmitted only
by the permission of the Dean of Undergraduate Education. Students thus readmitted may be
subject to additional probationary conditions placed upon them by their ADU.
A student who has been placed on scholastic suspension more than once, or has a grade point
deficiency of 30 grade points or more, will be suspended from the university indefinitely and
may be readmitted only by petition of the ADU to the dean of undergraduate education. student,
thus, readmitted may be subject to additional probationary conditions placed upon them by their
ADU, and/or dean of undergraduate education.
A student who reenters the university after having been suspended for failure to meet the terms
of probation will reenter on scholastic probation.
1.2 Undergraduate Advising
The Office of Undergraduate Advising (OUGA) in the Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and
Computer Science comprises both professional and faculty advisors. A 9,000 square feet
advising unit includes offices for graduate and undergraduate advising as well as a waiting area
and offices for those who manage recruiting activities and the industrial practice, or co-op
programs. OUGA comprises two program coordinators, five professional advisors, and the
Associate Dean for Undergraduate Education (ADU) permanently housed in the unit. In addition,
9 faculty advisors spend periods of four hours per week each in private offices within the unit.
Professional advisors typically have MS degrees in counseling or education. They are trained in
all of the school and university rules and regulations and they have access to the student records
data base. These professional advisors are the primary contact for students in developing
academic goals, creating and maintaining degree plans, developing final degree plans for
graduation, and answering questions or working to resolve academic or personal issues. The
advisors are extremely well networked with staff in Records, the health and counseling center,
the tutoring services, the bursar’s office, and the Undergraduate Dean’s office; they are able to
obtain information, make referrals, and effect changes that regular faculty members would find
laborious if not impossible.
Although the professional advisors are usually the first link in the chain of advice, everything
about the operation of the advising unit and the details of the advice that is given to students is
controlled by the faculty. The ADU is primarily responsible to the faculty of the school and the
14
university for the accuracy and timeliness of the advice given to students. The ADU is the final
authority within the Engineering School for decisions relating to the interpretation and
implementation of the academic rules set up by the faculty. The ADU is also the primary liaison
between the upper administrations of the school and the university. Information flows both ways
through the ADU regarding difficulties encountered during the advising process and changes in
process and rules that must be implemented by the advisors. Weekly meetings between the dean,
the program heads, and the associate deans provide a high-level forum for such information flow.
The ADU’s presence on curriculum committees and ABET review committees also facilitate
exchanges of information.
Students are able to access advising services by appointment or walk in, thru email and/or phone,
and the OUGA web page. An advising file is set up for each student and maintained to include
complete information for the student and expedite the advising process. In addition, a web based
university contact log is maintained. For each contact made with a student, regardless of its form,
an entry is made in this log with brief notes regarding the contact. Advisors across the University
have access to this log.
Each advisor facilitates course enrollment during registration periods, including resolution of
issues resulting from transfer credit application, e.g., overriding a pre-requisite when a transfer
credit has been used that does not reflect the specific UTD course number.
During the 2004-05 academic years, a number of changes were implemented within the Office of
Undergraduate Advising.
Assigned Advising
For the past few years, students did not have a specific advisor assigned to them. They would
consult with whoever was available or would wait to see their favorite advisor. While web logs
and proper documentation in student files kept a history that was available to all advisors and
enabled an advisor to follow up on issues handled by a different advisor, this approach led to
long lines and delays when students insisted on seeing the most experienced or their favorite
advisor. Furthermore, since no one was specifically responsible for advising a particular student,
significant numbers went unadvised unless they run into problems. In March 2005 (in time for
registration for summer, fall 2005), a switch to assigned advising was implemented. Students
were assigned to the five professional advisors based on the first letter of the student’s last name
with the two program coordinators handling referred cases and special populations. The reason
for the switch was to encourage the development of a relation between student and advisor and
provide better service by having each advisor responsible for a set group of students.
1.3 Monitoring Students
At all times throughout the year the professional advisors are available to students who present
personal or academic problems that are interfering with academic performance. The advisor
works with the student to determine the best courses of action to resolve these problems.
Options may include working directly with the student or making a referral to an appropriate
university resource.
The Office of Undergraduate Advising offers a more formally structured opportunity, Operation
Improved Strategies, for students who are on academic probation and who have been dropped
due to insufficient academic progress as defined by the University. These students must get
15
permission from the ADU to be readmitted to the University. This program is designed to
provide support for participating students, and offers opportunities for the student to explore
personal responsibility, areas requiring change, and resources available to facilitate these
changes. Participation in this program is a factor considered by the ADU for continuing
probationary students when they apply for readmission.
In order to facilitate access to faculty advisors, OUGA has provided offices for faculty advisors
within the Student Services office suite. The schedule for faculty advisors is posted in OUGA
and provides availability during the peak student traffic periods. Using this design the students
have access to faculty advisors in a location they are already familiar with. Faculty advisors are
particularly helpful when they have questions regarding curriculum choices, changes of major,
masters and Ph.D degree programs, and career decisions. Faculty advisors have a deep
knowledge of the content of the degree programs and the interaction between courses and
programs. Professional advisors have a deep knowledge of the university and school rules and
policies. Together they provide an integrated approach to advising that covers the needs of our
students.
Contacts with both professional and faculty advisors are logged and the ADU routinely examines
the log files to determine the fraction of ECS students whose most recent contact is beyond one
semester. These students are contacted by our professional advisors and encouraged to come in
for advice. Recent logs show that more than 80% of our undergraduate population of 2000+
students makes some form of contact with an advisor in the unit each semester. NOTE:
Actually we are at about 60% per year - not 80% a semester – about 1000 distinct contacts per
year – about 2500 contacts all together.
We also carry out satisfaction surveys of students who visit the advising unit. These surveys
provide a means for students to tell us “what they really think” about our advising staff and the
procedures that we have implemented. The overwhelming majority of responses are extremely
positive. As might be expected, there are always some complaints. Students complain that they
were unable to see their favorite advisor, or that they didn’t get the answer that they wanted.
Occasionally students will complain about a specific advisor’s demeanor. Positive, or negative,
student responses occasionally include advice on how to improve the services that we offer.
Weekly meetings of the professional and faculty advisors enable the ADU to discuss these and
other issues and to continue to improve our operation. We also use these meetings to continue to
train our advisors, to enable exchanges between all members of the unit, and to facilitate
planning for upcoming events, such as registration, freshmen and transfer student orientation
meetings, and the occasional recruiting trip.
In addition to the formally organized advising carried out by the professional and faculty
advisors within the unit, students are encouraged to see any member of the faculty of the school
during office hours. We do not log these contacts, but faculty are asked to keep a rough estimate
of the number of hours they spend with students outside of contacts directly related to the
courses they are teaching.
Learning Resource Center
The Learning Resource Center offers assistance to students in the areas of reading, writing,
mathematics, and study skills through individual appointments, group workshops, short courses,
and audio and video tapes. The Writing Lab offers one-to-one assistance with writing
assignments and general writing skills. The Math Lab gives short-term and semester-long
16
support for a variety of mathematics courses. The Learning Resource Center also offers
developmental math, reading, and writing classes. These classes are for credit, but they do not
count toward graduation. Assistance is also available in study skills, note-taking, writing, test
taking, algebra, and preparation for the TASP (required for teacher certification), GRE, GMAT,
and LSAT. In addition, students can receive help with time management, basic mathematics
improvement, test-anxiety reduction, and various other study techniques and strategies. All
students enrolled at the university are eligible for these services.
1.4 Policies for Acceptance of Transfer Students
Transfer Students
UT Dallas welcomes applications from prospective students who have begun their college work
at other institutions of higher education. To be admitted the applicant must be in good standing at
the institution(s) previously attended.
Transfer of Freshmen and Sophomores
Applicants to UTD who have previously taken courses at one or more other accredited
institutions of higher education and who are classified as freshmen or sophomores will be
reviewed for admission using the same criteria for first-time freshmen. Freshman applicants must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00, on a 4.00 scale, for all post-secondary academic course
work. Sophomore applicants must have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50, on a 4.00 scale, for all
post-secondary academic course work.
Transfer of Juniors and Seniors: Automatic Admissions:
Applicants to UTD who have previously taken courses at one or more other accredited
institutions of higher education and who are classified as juniors or seniors are admitted
automatically if their cumulative GPA for post-secondary academic course work is 2.50 or
better, on a scale of 4.00.
Reviewed Admissions
Applications that do not qualify for automatic admission will be reviewed by the Associate Dean
for Undergraduate Education of the college housing the applicant’s major. ADUs will pay
particular attention to the academic content and grades of the applicant’s college-level work.
Students admitted on probation must earn a GPA of at least 2.20 for the first semester of
enrollment, are limited to at most 12 hours. Failure to meet this condition will result in
suspension. Students admitted on probation by the ADU who are subsequently suspended from
the university may be readmitted only by the ADU.
Regardless of the number of lower-division hours which a student transfers to the university,
applicants seeking admission to UTD should be aware that they will need at least 51 upper-
division hours to graduate.
1.5 Process to Ensure All Students Meet Degree Requirements
Core Curriculum
The State of Texas has developed a Core curriculum and a strict review process for qualifying
classes at State institutions as fulfilling a Core curriculum requirement. UT-Dallas requires that
all students complete a Core Curriculum of 42 semester credit hours that serves as the foundation
of the undergraduate education program. In accordance with Texas Education Code Chapter 61,
17
Subchapter S, a student who successfully completes a recognized core curriculum at another
Texas public institution of higher education may transfer that block of courses to U.T. Dallas
where it will be substituted for the U.T. Dallas core curriculum. Under the Core curriculum,
students are expected to master the techniques of English composition and rhetoric and complete
a requirement in advanced writing (6 hours); students will be offered an exposure to the
foundations of mathematical reasoning (6 hours), an orientation to the natural sciences (9 hours),
an exploration of the arts and humanities (6 Hours), Behavioral and social sciences (3 hours),
and an introduction to the history, government, and politics of the United States and Texas (12
Hours).
Core curriculum classes are automatically transferred as equivalent to the corresponding UTD
class that fulfills the same requirement (assuming that a grade of at least C was earned).
Validation of Transfer Credit and Fit in Degree Plan.
Transfer credits are processed at two levels. Student transcripts are first examined by the Office
of Admissions. As soon as an application for admission, including transcripts and any required
test scores, has been received, the Office of Admissions will evaluate the student’s record to
determine which credits earned at another college or university will transfer to UTD. Those
courses that are deemed of sufficient level to be awarded university credit are entered into the
Student Records database; they are either matched to a specific UTD class or are left as
“unassigned” credit. Each student who is admitted to UTD will receive a copy of this evaluation
and an outline of the degree plan for the program to which the student is admitted. A copy of the
evaluation will also be sent to the student's advising office.
The faculty, acting through the ADUs, has the ultimate responsibility for applying transfer credit
to the requirements for specific academic degrees. Unassigned credit that a transfer student has
received can be used in a student’s degree plan only upon petition to the appropriate ADU and
approval of the petition. The petition must state the transfer class, the UTD class that the student
wants it assigned to, and supporting documentation including official course description and
accompanying materials from the college/university at which the course was taken. The petition
is normally handled by the ADU in the School of Engineering and Computer Science except
when the petition involves a Core Curriculum requirement (in that case, the petition is submitted
to the ADU of the School at UTD that offers the course that the petitioned wants transfer credit
assigned to; this ensures than validity of transfer credit is determined by the ADU that is best
qualified to make the decision and improves consistency). The ADU, in consultation with
appropriate faculty in the school or with ADUs from other UTD schools, accepts or denies these
requests and a record of the decision is kept in the student’s file. Upon approval, the student’s
advisor enters the substitution into the student’s record so that the audit accurately reflects degree
requirements completed.
The university accepts for transfer credit only academic post-secondary course work completed
with a grade of C or better at accredited institutions of higher education (in Spring 2005, a
clarification was added that “C” means 2.0 quality points). UT Dallas does not offer credit for
nonacademic course work, such as vocation, developmental or remedial studies, nor grant credit
for prior experiential learning. Course work that is accepted for transfer credit is applicable
toward satisfying requirements for a specific UTD major according to the same criteria as those
used for equivalent UTD courses. Prospective transfer students for Dallas-area community
colleges should refer to the UT Dallas 2+2 Transfer Guide, available at community college
counseling offices and at the UTD Office of Admissions, in order to inform themselves about
curricula appropriate to the various UTD majors.
18
Pre-Graduation Audits
While most students carefully monitor their progress and regularly consult with their advisors,
sometimes problems come up at graduation audits resulting in delays in graduation and related
difficulties. To avoid such last minute surprises, in spring 2005 the professional advisors started
a review of the degree plans for all students assigned to them to spot potential problems. Since a
significant number of troublesome cases were identified, it was decided to institute a mandatory
pre-graduation audit during the junior year (at about 75 hours applicable to the degree program).
This policy will go into effect in summer 2005.
Graduation Audit
A process for graduation audits is provided to ensure that students who intend graduation in the
current semester have indeed completed all their degree requirements. The advisor performs a
graduation audit, and then signs the graduation application. Before Census Day the applicants’
files are again reviewed for degree requirement completion. The student is contacted if problems
are identified, and efforts are made to resolve those problems. After this second review, a set of
graduation applicants is submitted to Records for the final audit and certification of degrees by
the Faculty Senate.
On-Course audits and Degree Plans
The Registrar’s office at UT-Dallas has implemented an automated system for carrying out
degree plan audits; the system is called On-Course and was heavily relied on by advisors. The
Advising unit is working closely with the Registrar’s office to identify and correct the
discrepancies; hardcopy degree plans will continue to be required until the automated On-Course
audits can be relied on to be correct
19
2. Program Educational Objectives
In this section, we describe the mission for the university as a whole. Then, we describe the
mission of the Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science, which houses the
Telecommunications Engineering Department. The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and
Computer Science engineering programs provide an interdisciplinary approach to training
engineers with the requisite knowledge to meet the needs of the industry. Therefore, the
educational objectives for the program and the constituencies of the program are also described
in this section. The processes to establish, review, and improve the objectives and constituencies
are explained in this section as well.
The principal objective of the electrical engineering program is to provide a rational educational
experience. Being aware of the rapid growth and changes in the field, we seek to provide a
baccalaureate education including a comprehensive treatment of contemporaneously important
as well as basic topics. The focus of the engineering degrees is to provide world-class education
in modern communications networks and systems. Our graduates are uniquely qualified for
rewarding and successful careers in telecommunications, data communications, network
architecture, wireless, optical networking and next generation networks.
2.1 University of Texas at Dallas’ Mission Statement
The mission of the University of Texas at Dallas is to provide Texas and the nation with benefits
of educational and research programs of the highest quality. These programs address the multi-
dimensional needs of a dynamic, modern society driven by the development, diffusion,
understanding and management of advanced technology.
It is the University of Texas at Dallas’s strategic intent to be a nationally recognized top-tier
university sculpted within a model of focused excellence. The university emphasizes education
and research in engineering, science, technology and management while maintaining programs
of focused excellence in other academic areas. Within the context of this mission, the goals of
the university are as follows:
To provide able, ambitious students with a high quality, cost-effective education that
combines the nurturing environment of a liberal arts college with the intellectual rigor
and depth of a major research university.
To discover new knowledge and to create new art that enriches civilization at large and
contributes significantly to economic and social programs.
To enhance the productivity of business and government with strategically designed,
responsively executed programs of research, service and education.
The university intends to achieve these objectives by investing in students and faculty,
building upon its programs, policies and operations and enhancing institutional character
and excellence in education. The major points of the University of Texas at Dallas’s
strategic plan to accomplish these goals are as follows:
Continue to strengthen the identity of the university as a leader in higher education in
terms of excellent faculty and superior students.
Enhance the quality of its students' learning experiences and its employees' work
environment.
Emphasize education and research in science and technology and in leadership and
management, while maintaining concurrent programs of focused excellence in other
fundamental fields of art and knowledge.
20
Expand and intensify partnerships relations with business, governmental and educational
neighbors.
Enhance programmatic quality and institutional balance while adhering to rigorous
quality standards
Actively pursue external support of and funding for the ambitious academic and service
programs integral to its mission
2.2 Mission of Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
• Engineering is central to the mission of the University of Texas at Dallas.
"…to be responsive to the educational and research needs of the nation as exemplified by the
technologically sophisticated and managerially intensive economy of the Dallas Metroplex.”
The current (2003) Erik Jonsson School Mission Statement is:
“We will play a distinctive and productive role in engineering and computer science, and
deliver the necessary skills and assets required to our students and research sponsors by
closing the gap between academic research and industrial practice.”
“We will achieve excellence by recruiting faculty members who are outstanding in research
and who are able and willing to collaborate with others in academia, industry and
government, and by maintaining high standards for graduates and for faculty promotion and
tenure.”
Reputation will follow from real accomplishments that result from following our own way,
not necessarily a path that has been established elsewhere.
21
The principal objective of the engineering program is to provide a rational educational
foundation for the broad practice of electrical engineering. Being aware of the rapid growth and
changes in the field, we seek to provide a baccalaureate education including a comprehensive
treatment of contemporaneously important as well as basic topics. These topics presently
include networks, electronics, electromagnetic, computers, signal processing, communications,
and design.
While developing its curriculum, the Erik Jonsson School is particularly aware of the perceived
future needs of the industries of North Texas related to information systems and electronics
manufacturing. The engineering program prepares individuals for direct entry at the
baccalaureate level into professional practice, but the program emphasizes a strong analytical
preparation for continued formal education at the masters and doctoral level. A specific mission
of the University of Texas at Dallas and the Erik Jonsson School is to provide opportunities for
persons employed full time in local industry to continue and complete their education at both
undergraduate and graduate levels. The Erik Jonsson School also strives to use modem
computing and telecommunications technology to enhance the quality of education.
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science received authorization from the
Coordinating Board of Texas to add a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science Degree in the
Electrical Engineering Degree Program to degrees in Computer Science and
Telecommunications Engineering. This was done to enable the Erik Jonsson School to better
serve its students and corporate clients in the surrounding Telecom Corridor and in the State as a
whole. The University of Texas at Dallas provides engineers and scientist for companies in the
Telecom Corridor, but the Telecom Corridor faces an acute problem, one it shares with other
high-tech centers. Companies could not find enough engineers and technical people, which
required a blend of knowledge from the areas of electrical engineering, Telecommunications,
Computer Science, and Economics/Policy. The current B.S.E.E. in Electrical Engineering
requires the potential engineer to take classes in areas not specific to any one subject, hence
limiting the number of course hours available to teach specific information.
The Erik Jonsson School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science programs provide an
interdisciplinary approach to training engineers with the requisite knowledge to meet the needs
of the industries in these fields.
2.3 Mission of the Electrical Engineering Program
The focus of the electrical engineering degrees is to provide world-class education in modern
communications networks and systems. Our graduates are uniquely qualified for rewarding and
successful careers in telecommunications, data communications, network architecture, wireless,
optical networking and next generation networks.
22
2.4 Specific Program Educational Objectives
One broad goal for the Erik Jonsson School is an excellent education for our students. Specific
Program Educational Objectives toward this goal for our students are:
A successful long-lived engineering career
Meeting the needs of local industry.
Leading engineering teams.
Actively use engineering skills to mentor and promote the engineering profession in
populations still underrepresented in it.
Actively pursuing lifelong learning.
Additional Objectives for a high quality educational infrastructure include:
• Growing and maintaining an outstanding faculty that remains motivated and empowers
• Excellent facilities, including teaching laboratories, computing facilities and classrooms
with advanced presentation capabilities
2.5 Constituencies of the Program
We consider the following to be the constituencies of the University of Texas at Dallas
Engineering program:
Students
Industry
The Community of the Metroplex of Dallas and the citizens of the State of Texas
Alumni
Faculty
Government and Academia
2.6 Curriculum and Process to Ensure Achievement of Program Educational
Objectives
The faculty, alumni, and industrial representatives were involved in the definition and updating
of the program objectives. A draft of the PEO's was developed in spring 2003 by the electrical
engineering curriculum and ABET Committees based on the missions of the institution and the
department and upon the ABET quality criteria. This draft was discussed with the faculty in a
faculty meeting in spring 2003.
Throughout January, February and March 2003, the University of Texas at Dallas’s ABET
Faculty Committee had biweekly meetings to decide on some additional details that are crucial to
the ABET Process. Program Outcomes and Assessment methods were determined and agreed
23
upon. Specifically, the electrical engineering and Computer Science faculty met on Friday
3/21/03 to discuss the period for updating and reporting The University of Texas at Dallas’s
continuous improvement processes. A major outcome of this meeting was that there was a
consensus that the Self Study Questionnaire would be updated annually every June.
On April 25-26, 2003 the ECS faculty attended the ABET Workshop where they received in-
depth training in the ABET Continuous Improvement Process. This document reflects UTD’s
direct implementation of many of the valuable methodologies that were taught in these sessions.
2.6.1 Feedback, Quality and Continuous Improvement
An assessment plan was developed to ensure that graduates have achieved the program
undergraduate educational objectives. The general assessment process flow chart is shown in
Figure Y. The Curriculum Committee is at the heart of this assessment and improvement
process. The committee monitors the surveys from the students, alumni and industry, and looks
for areas where improvement is needed. They also solicit input from the faculty on a regular
basis to determine if other changes are needed in the program. Additionally, the Advising Office
collects informal input that is provided to the Curriculum Committee. The three area committees,
within the department, also provide suggested changes to the Curriculum Committee. Using
these inputs, changes are identified and then implemented.
Curriculum Advising
Infrastructure
and Facilities
Courses
Measurements from Constituencies:
•Students
•Alumni
•Industry/Government/Academia
•Faculty
Individual
Faculty
Undergraduate
Committee
Administration
Figure 2.6.1. Electrical Engineering Program Assessment Flowchart
2.6.2 Achieving the Program Educational Objectives
The Electrical Engineering program objectives are assessed using employer surveys, alumni
surveys and graduation exit surveys. We are also able to gather limited data related to assessing
PEO’s from our Industrial Practice Program. The Jonsson School’s Industrial Practice Program
is formal Co-Op / Intern programs offered at the graduate and undergraduate levels.
24
Although graduation exit surveys are taken every semester, employer and alumni surveys are
not. Employer and alumni surveys were taken in the fall of 2000 and the fall of 2002.
The most objective assessment of our PEO’S comes from employer surveys.. Employers were
ask to rate the general skills and basic technology skills of UTD electrical engineering graduates
that were working for their company. General skills rated were communication skills, critical
thinking skills and personal management. Basic technology skills were specific to the electrical
engineering profession and covered advanced engineering mathematics, systems and controls,
micro-electronics, electromagnetic engineering, digital systems and digital signal processing.
The Alumni survey covered Electrical Engineering graduates who had been practicing engineers
for at least one year. Graduates rated their education as it related to succeeding in the engineering
profession and the content of the degree program. The objective was to get alumni feedback on
whether or not our PEO’S were achieved. The alumni survey also addressed the same areas as
the employer surveys so that results could be compared between the two constituencies.
Starting in the fall of 2000, we asked our IPP employers to participate in assessing students that
were working in their companies. This data showed that we needed to strengthen our student’s
communication skills. This applied to both undergraduate and graduate students. Since the earlier
surveys did not differentiate undergraduate from graduate we have not use the results to point out
areas of concern but to provide an independent check on the assessment process. The results of
the assessment of PEO’s will be presented in the next section of the self-study.
The following is a table of the specific assessment measures used at the University of Texas at
Dallas and the components of quality they measure.
25
Table 2.6.2 Assessment Measures and the Components of Quality that are measured
Specific Assessment
Measures
Students Faculty Facilities Advising Courses Labs Teaching
assistants
Program Educational Objectives
Employer Focus Group
And Survey
X X X
Alumni Focus Group
and Survey
X X X X X
IAB Meetings X X X
Industrial Practices
Program
X X X
Program Outcomes
EBI Senior Exit Survey X X X X X X
IAB Meetings X X X
Homework, Test and
Laboratories
X X X
Faculty Course
Evaluations
X X X X
Student Course
Evaluations
X X X X X X
Industrial Practices
Program
X X
Comment [lc1]: The paragraph above
this is also numbered as 2.6.2 - we need
to change one of them.
26
2.6.3 Office of Assessment Activities and Assessment Process
In an effort to evaluate the institutional effectiveness of our programs, the Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science established the Office of Assessment to meet the needs of
various programs. This office provides information and support to the administrative and
academic units in a broad range of activities. Currently, the Office of Assessment implements the
use of the Undergraduate Level Senior Exit Survey, the Alumni Focus Group Meeting and
Survey, and the Employer Focus Group and Survey. In addition, we participate in a university-
wide course evaluation every semester. The Erik Jonsson School faculty members are also an
important part of our student outcome assessment efforts, in that they provide data for individual
courses as well as for each program in regards to student outcomes criteria.
Undergraduate Exit Survey
The first formal exit survey from graduating seniors from ECS was introduced and implemented
in the fall semester 2002. This survey measurement was developed by the Office of Assessment
as a pilot study with the framework from EE faculty members. The results were distributed to
the department in May 2001.
Since then, ECS has acquired a survey instrument from a private vendor and continues to
implement this process every semester in the Office of Assessment. The results of this survey,
which are quantitative data, were distributed to the department in the years 2001,2002 ,2003 and
2004, 98% in 2003, and 66% in 2004. Collection of this data has been largely successful with
the return rate of 85% in 2001 and 88% in 2002. In addition, we have collected the written
comments while the survey was being implemented and this qualitative portion of the data is
distributed together with the quantitative portion.
Employer Focus Group and Survey
Continuous improvement of the curriculum remains an ongoing goal for colleges and
universities. In particular, disciplines such as engineering and computer science demand not
only the incorporation of current science and technological research, but also of new
technological demand in industry. Moreover, one of the important missions of the Erik Jonsson
School of Engineering and Computer Science is to meet the needs of our constituencies,
including employers for our graduates.
In the fall semester of 2000, the engineering faculty of the Erik Jonsson School voted to revise
the curriculum. Based on these initiatives, it was imperative to include employers in the process.
Subsequently, as a part of our ongoing effort to meet the goal, Jonsson School surveyed
employers in relevant industry.
The Director of Assessment initiated a focus group to study the proposed questionnaire items.
The proposed survey instrument was modeled on an existing survey with the direction of
department heads, program heads, committee chairs and members and numerous engineering
faculty members who generously offered their comments and suggestions. The purpose of this
initial step was to insure that our survey instrument adequately addressed the diverse needs of
our employers and of the industry.
With kind accommodation from the Director of the Industrial Practice Programs, we were able to
invite major industry representatives as well as representatives from the alumni and alumnae to
pilot the information gathering meetings on October 4 and November 3, 2000. This group
included 18 individuals representing eight major companies.
27
These meetings were followed by the distribution and implementation of our survey to 117
companies on November 17, 2000. The data was collected by December 8, 2000. Subsequent
summary reports and descriptive statistics tables on quantitative and qualitative data was
distributed in April 18, 2001. This survey portion was conducted again with the identical format
in summer 2004 and results were distributed in fall 2004.
Alumni Focus Group Meeting and Survey
The Alumni Survey is conducted every other year and spearheaded by a focus group meeting and
survey distributions. This process allows us to collect both quantitative and qualitative data.
The first focus group meeting was held in the fall semester 2000 and the results were
incorporated as a major input to the EE Department’s efforts on curriculum improvement.
Subsequently, the second focus group meeting was held in fall 2001 and this process was
followed by the survey implementation. Quantitative portions of the results were collected from
the paper and pencil surveys during fall 2001, spring 2002, and summer 2002 semesters. The
qualitative data portion is a combination of focus group results from fall 2001 and written
comments on our survey forms from fall 2001, spring 2002, and summer 2002. Subsequent
summary reports were distributed in January 2003.
These were followed by the distribution and implementation of our survey to 117 companies on
November 17, 2000. The data was colleted by December 8, 2000. Subsequent summary reports
and descriptive statistics table on quantitative and qualitative data were distributed in spring
2001. This survey portion was conducted again with the identical format summer 2004 and
results were distributed in fall 2004.
Subsequent alumni survey was conducted in 2003-2004. As done in the past, Alumni focus
group meetings were held in fall 2003 and the alumni survey portion implementation is in the
process during spring-summer 2004 semesters. Currently, assessment office is implementing
alumni survey 2004-2005. As done in the past, our Alumni focus group meeting wad held in fall
2004 semester and the alumni survey portion implementation is in the process during spring-
summer 2005 semesters.
2.6.4 Evidence of Assessment Process
All of the measures indicated in the top loop of the Electrical Engineering Program Objectives
and Outcomes Procedure Flow Chart are available for inspection. Specifically, student exit
interviews, IAB reports, comparisons of other university's programs, faculty input from minutes
of meetings, student input from surveys and reports are all available for review. In addition, the
individual course learning objectives, CLO, evaluated by students and faculty are available as are
examples of student work necessary to meet the Program Outcomes. ABET inputs and
guidelines are available on the ABET web site.
28
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2000
Prior Weaknesses
Faculty Advising: Needed more faculty involvement and support
No Laboratory Plan
Faculty Size may not be adequate for growth goals
Facilities may not be adequate for growth
General Comment
• The Engineering Programs need to start implementing EC2000
• Student Course Evaluation
Fall 1999, established a new advising system consisting of
professional advisors and support staff, and a manager who
reports to the Dean.
March 2000: All engineering major students assigned both a
faculty advisor and a professional advisor. The goal was
meeting with the student at least once a year.
Lab plan written and approved in December of 1999.
Reviewed annually
ECS added 37 new faculty since 1999
Get Board Of Regents approval for a new building
Fall of 1999 formed first committee to implement EC2000
Engineering and Computer
Science South Building
came on line in fall of
2003
Fall 2000
EBI Exit Survey
More academic Advisors are needed
Academic dishonesty needs attention
6 Professional Academic Advisors hired by summer of 2001
CS and EE effective teaching committees publish
recommendations
2002, 2003 and 2004 Exit
surveys show significant
improvement in advising
Larger class rooms used
for testing and additional
TA’s provided
Plagiarism software used
to monitor student work
29
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2001
EBI Senior Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
Employer Survey
Student communications skills need improvement
Students need more exposure to work ethics, business ethics and
personal integrity
ECS adopt the use of EBI surveys to aid outcome assessments
Fall 2001 implemented EE/CS 3390, Professional and
Technical Communications course.
Fall2001 implemented required course for all ECS majors:
ISS-3360, Politics & Values in Business and Technology
2002, 2003 and 2004
alumni and exit surveys
show ratings improvement
2002, 2003 and 2004
alumni and exit surveys
show ratings improvement.
Fall 2001
Reviewed EC EVAL Outcomes Assessment for EC 2000
EBI Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
Implemented EC EVAL Outcomes Assessment for EC 2000
30
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2002
Deans office Assessment that an ABET Team is needed for the School
EBI Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
Alumni Survey
“Preparation of Communication receives lowest rating
“Degree assisted in career” is the next lowest factor
ABET Team Established to guide and direct the EC 2000
process for EE, TE and SE
Senior lecturer faculty with extensive industry experience used
for career advising
2004 Alumni and Exit
survey ratings show
substantial improvement
2004 Alumni survey,
Degree assisted in career
was the most improved
factor
Fall 2002
EE/TE faculty Outcomes assessment
ECS Self Studied
EBI Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
First faculty inputs for assessment required for EC EVAL
Software
Policy to implement the EC 2000 Process is established. Self
Studies for all programs will be updated yearly. Initial
documents due June 2003.
31
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2003
ABET workshops for all Faculty
EBI Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
A special ABET training workshop for all Faculty to be held in
April 25-26, 2003. An independent session focused on the
2003 Self Studies on Saturday April 25.
Published 2003 version of
program self-studies
Fall 2003
IAB Meeting
EBI Exit Survey
Students concerned with the quality and operation of the engineering
labs.
Alumni Survey
Employer/Industry Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
IAB meetings for EE and TE held
Assigned Dr. Nathan Dodge and EE Lab Committee to take
responsibility for Lab operations.
2004 EE lab survey
indicate that lab courses
are now satisfactory.
32
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2004
Mock ABET Review of 2004 self studies
EBI Exit Survey
Students want more applied courses with an emphasis on practical
skills
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
Conducted Mock ABET reviews of EE, TE, SE and CS self-
studies.
EE curriculum committee has taken this issue under
advisement
Published 2004 version of
program self-studies.
Fall 2004
Associate Dean for Accreditation
IAB Meeting
EBI Exit Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
ECS Dean established the office of Associate Dean for
Accreditation to institutionalize the ABET Process
IAB meetings for EE ,TE, SE and CS held
33
Assessment Process Data Table
Assessment Action Taken Results
Spring 2005
Institutionalizing ABET
EBI Exit Survey
Alumni Survey
Employer/Industry Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
Spring 2005: ECS Dean required that All Faculty Annual
reports include resumes in ABET format and Faculty
Assessments of undergraduate classes
Next Survey fall’05
Next Survey fall’05
Spring 2005; New
Program Educational
Objectives with
measurements adopted.
Fall 2005 (projected)
EBI Exit Survey
Alumni Survey
Employer/Industry Survey
Student Course Evaluation
Faculty Course Objective Ratings
34
2.7 Program Education Objectives
The Electrical Engineering program uses three survey instruments to measure whether we meet our
PEO’s. We use Alumni surveys, Employer surveys and surveys, which are taken while our students
are participating in co-op programs in our Industrial Practices Program.
The alumni data provides valuable data because our graduates rate the importance on their career of
the ABET A-K criteria for two time periods, one when they have practice for one year or less and
again when they have been out 3 or more years.
Figures 2.7.A and 2.7 B show how the importance of factors on alumni careers changes with time.
Our alumni indicate that factors such as using reference materials, analyzing and interpreting data
and recognizing the need for life long learning are considered more important that the ability to
apply science and solve problems.
These results indicate that these factors which are most important to our alumni after they have been
in the field for 3 or more years must continue to be emphasized in our curriculum.
Employee surveys have been used to access too aspects of our PEO’s. Employer surveys taken in
2002 and 2004 were reviewed to see how UTD graduates performed on the ABET A-K outcomes.
Although the overall averages were consistent, we were more interested in changes. The results
show that although we showed gains on objectives B, H and J we need to continue to work on A-
Applying Knowledge of math and science and, D-Identify, Formulating and Solving Engineering
Problems. Please see figure 2.7.C
35
Figure 2.7A
Analysis Factors-Importance to Career
Alumni Survey
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
0-12
37-48
FACTOR 0-12 mo 37-48 mo Delta Importance to
grads after 3-4 year
Use Reference Material 6.38 7.00 0.62 More
Analyze & Interpret Data 6.38 7.00 0.62 More
Recognize Life Long Learning 6.25 7.00 0.75 More
Solve Engineering 6.13 4.00 -2.13 Less
Function in Multi Disp. Teams 6.13 5.00 -1.13
Communicate-Written 6.00 6.00 0.00
Understand Ethical 6.00 2.00 -4.00 Less
Apply Science 5.88 3.00 -2.88 Less
Design a System, Component. 5.88 7.00 1.12
Communicate-Oral 5.75 6.00 0.25
Apply Math 5.50 5.00 -0.50
Identify or Formulate 5.50 4.00 -1.50
Use Modern Engineering Tools 5.38 5.00 -0.38
Conduct Experiments 5.38 5.00 -0.38
Pilot Test 5.25 6.00 0.75 More
Understand Impact/Society 5.25 2.00 3.25 Less
Design Experiments 5.25 5.00 -0.25
Comment [lc2]: What is this column
represent ?
36
Figure 2.7.B
Anal ysi s Factors-Enhanced by Degree
Al umni Survey
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
0-12
37-48
Months af ter
Graduation
FACTOR 0-12 mo 37-48 mo Delta Importance to grads after 3-4
years
A. Design Experiments 5.88 6.00 0.12
B. Conduct Experiments 5.75 6.00 0.25
C. Analyze & Interpret Data 5.75 5.00 -0.75 Less
D. Design a System, Component. 5.75 5.00 -0.75 Less
E. Function in Multi Disp. Teams 5.50 5.00 -0.50
F. Identify or Formulate 5.13 5.00 -0.13
G. Solve Engineering 5.13 5.00 -0.13
H. Understand Ethical 5.13 6.00 0.87
I. Understand Impact/Society 5.00 4.00 1.00 Less
J. Use Modern Engineering Tools 4.75 6.00 1.25 More
K. Communicate-Oral 4.63 6.00 1.37 More
L. Communicate-Written 4.63 4.00 -0.63
M. Pilot Test 4.63 3.00 -1.63 Less
N. Use Reference Material 4.38 6.00 1.62 More
O. Recognize Life Long Learning 4.13 3.00 -1.13
P. Apply Science 3.75 5.00 1.25 More
Q. Apply Math 3.63 4.00 0.37
37
Figure 2.7.C
EBI Employer Survey
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
A B C D E F G H I J K
ABET Outcomes
R
a
t
i
n
g
o
f
U
T
D
S
t
u
d
e
n
t
s
2002 Data
2004 Data
ABET a-k objectives 2002 2004 Delta Largest Change
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.41 5.13 -0.27 Decrease
B. Design and Conduct Experiments 4.02 4.61 0.59 Increase
C. Design a system, component, or Process
to meet desired needs
4.82 5.05 0.23
D. Function in Multi-disciplinary Teams 4.38 4.65 0.28
E. Identify, formulate, and solve engineering
problems
5.30 5.17 -0.13 Decrease
F. Understanding of professional and ethical
responsibility
5.50 5.57 0.07 Small increase
G. Communicate effectively 4.64 5.04 0.40
H. Broad education to understand impact in
a global & societal context
4.36 4.78 0.42 Increase
I. Recognition of the need and an ability to
engage in life-long learning
4.95 5.17 0.22
J. Knowledge of contemporary Issues 3.18 4.02 0.84 Increase
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools
4.42 4.77 0.34
Comment [lc3]: What is rating of
students represent?? GPA ??
38
A different survey measured these factors that employers believe are most important was taken
in 2001 and 2004. The results are shown in figure 2.7.D. This figure shows that basic skills
requirements remain unchanged; however specific skills required for Electrical Engineers have
changed over the past 3 years. The need for Electrical Engineering strong in Electromagnetic has
decreased but for those strong in Microelectronics and Digital Signal processing made significant
jumps. The results of these surveys will help the Electrical Engineering Department Head
schedule classes to meet needs.
Figure 2.7.D
Employer Survey 2001 and 2004
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S
k
i
l
l
s
C
r
i
t
i
c
a
l
T
h
i
n
k
i
n
g
P
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
B
a
s
i
c
T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
S
k
i
l
l
s
A
d
v
a
n
c
e
d
E
n
g
r
.
M
a
t
h
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
&
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
M
i
c
r
o
e
l
e
c
t
r
o
n
i
c
s
E
l
e
c
t
r
o
m
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
E
n
g
r
.
D
i
g
i
t
a
l
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
D
S
P
Curriculum Emphasis
%
o
f
E
m
p
l
o
y
e
r
s
t
h
a
t
r
a
t
e
O
u
t
c
o
m
e
s
i
n
t
h
i
s
a
r
e
a
a
s
i
m
p
o
r
t
a
n
t
2001
2004
39
A final piece of information can be obtained by comparing the 2004 Employer survey data with
that of the graduating seniors. Figure 2.7.E shows that we need to emphasize F-Understanding of
professional & ethical responsibility and G-communicating effectively because employers place
more weight on that objective than our graduates think they have attained. The surveys of
supervisors of students participating in co-op and graduate intern programs is also used to
indicate areas that we need to work on in our program.
Figure 2.7.E.
EBI Outcomes Comparison
2004
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
A B C D E F G H I J K
ABET Outcomes
E
B
I
R
a
t
i
n
g
s
Employer Survey
Exit Survey
ABET A-K Objectives Employe UTD Grad Delta Action
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.13 5.13 0.00
B. Design and conduct experiments 4.61 4.78 -0.17
C. Design a system, component, or process to
meet desired needs
5.05 5.03 0.02
D. Function in multi-disciplinary teams 4.65 4.63 0.02
E. Identify, formulate, and solve engineering
problems
5.17 5.04 0.13
F. Understanding of professional and ethical
responsibility needs attention
5.57 4.73 0.84
G. Communicate effectively 5.04 4.69 0.36
H. Broad education to understand impact in a gl
& societal context
4.78 4.68 0.10
I. Recognition of the need and an ability to eng
in life-long learning
5.17 4.97 0.20
J. Knowledge of contemporary issues 4.02 4.83 0.81
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern engin
tools
4.77 5.14 -0.37
Comment [lc4]: What does
E??mployer and Action represent
Comment [lc4]: What does
E??mployer and Action represent
40
Figure 2.7.F shows results from supervisors in our IDP program from the 1999-2000 academic years
through the 2003-2004 year. Communications skills are a weakness for our students but we have
shown steady improvement since 1999. In the future, undergraduate ratings and graduates will be
separated so that we can focus on the undergraduate population.
Figure 2.7.F
1999/2000 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 2003/2004
Relations with Others 91% 96% 95% 95% 93%
Judgment 80% 84% 86% 87% 89%
Ability to Learn 95% 96% 97% 97% 96%
Communication Skills 72% 75% 75% 85% 81%
Technical Skills 84% 84% 90% 93% 90%
Teamwork Skills 89% 92% 91% 97% 93%
Dependability 91% 88% 92% 95% 94%
Quality of Work 89% 89% 92% 95% 94%
Quantity of Work 78% 81% 86% 90% 88%
Educational Preparation for the Assignment 91% 81% 83% 89% 88%
Potential for Greater Responsibility 91% 91% 92% 96% 91%
Overall Performance 91% 94% 95% 97% 94%
Performance Compared to Other Institutions 0% 0% 91% 95% 93%
This section of our study shows how we have collected data to assess both our Program
Outcomes but also our Program Educational Objectives. We have not found a single assessment
that gives us the information we need but have had to use a variety of tools sampled at various
time intervals to give us information on emerging trends.
We have chosen to work on the most significant areas of concern, rather than all issues at once.
The amounts of data that we have collected is massive and a key part of our process will be to
reduce the amount of unnecessary data and identify those measurements which best reflect our
actual status. This is a part of our continuous improvement cycle and how we are
institutionalizing the ABET 2000 process.
Industri al Practi ces Programs
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
R
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
s
w
i
t
h
O
t
h
e
r
s
J
u
d
g
e
m
e
n
t
A
b
i
l
i
t
y
t
o
L
e
a
r
n
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S
k
i
l
l
s
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
S
k
i
l
l
s
T
e
a
m
w
o
r
k
S
k
i
l
l
s
D
e
p
e
n
d
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
Q
u
a
l
i
t
y
o
f
W
o
r
k
Q
u
a
n
t
i
t
y
o
f
W
o
r
k
E
d
u
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
P
r
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
t
h
e
A
s
s
i
g
n
m
e
n
t
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
f
o
r
G
r
e
a
t
e
r
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
O
v
e
r
a
l
l
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
C
o
m
p
a
r
e
d
t
o
O
t
h
e
r
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
s
Supervisor Ratings
%
E
x
c
e
p
t
i
o
n
a
l
o
r
V
e
r
y
G
o
o
d
1999/2000
2000/2001
2001/2002
2002/2003
2003/2004
No data
for 1999-2001
41
3. Program Outcomes and Assessments
In this section, we describe the assessment process, provide documented assessment results,
provide evidence that results are applied to further development and improvement, and
demonstrate the achievement of each program outcome important to the University of Texas at
Dallas’s mission and the objectives of the program.
3.1 List of Program Outcomes
We have chosen our program outcomes to correspond exactly to the outcome requirements of
Criterion 3 because these are excellent indicators of what today’s engineering students require
for a successful career.
a) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
b) An ability to design and construct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
c) And ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs
d) An ability to function on interdisciplinary teams
e) An ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems
f) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
g) An ability to communicate effectively
h) The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering in a global and
societal context
i) A recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in life-long learning
j) A knowledge of contemporary issues
k) An ability to use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practices
42
3.2 Relationship between the program outcomes and the program Educational Objectives
Table X shows our mapping of the Program Educational Objectives to the Program Outcomes
Preparation for:
Engineering Program Outcomes: A successful long-
lived engineering
career.
Meeting the needs
of local industry.
Leading engineering
teams.
Actively use engineering skills to
mentor and promote the engineering
profession in populations still
underrepresented in it.
Actively pursuing
lifelong learning.
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and
engineering
X
X
X
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to
analyze and interpret data
X
X
X
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet
desired needs
X
X
X
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
X
X
X
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
X
X
X
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
X
X
X
(g) an ability to communicate effectively
X
X
X
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of
engineering solutions in a global and Societal Context
X
X
X
X
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long
learning
X
X
X
X
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
X
X
X
X
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering
tools necessary for Engineering Practice
X
X
X
43
3.3 Relationship between the Program Outcomes and the Requirements of
Criterion 3
The University of Texas at Dallas Engineering Program Outcomes are the Outcome requirements
of Criterion 3 because these are excellent indicators of what today’s engineering students require
for a successful career. In addition we have developed survey instruments to measure our ability
to achieve program educational objectives and program outcomes.
3.4 Overview of Assessment Processes Used to Assess Program Outcomes
In order to obtain statistically reliable assessment data, several assessment devices were used:
Pre-graduation
In-class assessment by students
Faculty class assessments
Senior exit surveys
Industrial Practice Program Employer Evaluations
Post-graduation
Alumni surveys (2 and 5 years)
Employer surveys
Job placement data, and admission data to graduate schools
The main assessment devices used to ensure that students achieved the program outcomes were
the in-class assessment of class learning objectives done by all the faculty, and two surveys.
Detailed explanation follows of how the above assessment devices were used and implemented.
3.5 Program Outcomes
This section describes the assessment methods used to measure the outcomes of the electrical
engineering program.
3.5.1 Student Evaluations of Courses, Instructors and Teaching Assistant’s
Approximately three weeks before the end of the semester, a 15-minute period at the beginning
of each class is reserved for student evaluations, by prior arrangement with the instructor. The
evaluation is conducted by a teaching assistant who has no formal relationship with the
instructor. The instructor is not present during the evaluation. At the beginning of the 15-minute
evaluation period, students are asked to complete course evaluation forms that detail the
efficiency of the instructor, the teaching assistant (if applicable), and course materials. The forms
and standards of the student course evaluations are customized by a Committee on Effective
Teaching (CET) of the School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. This committee
is appointed by the dean to ensure that the university's policy of effective teaching is met as
stated in University Policy Memorandum 96-III.21-70. The results of these evaluations are made
available to both the individual instructors and the department or program head.
Comment [lc5]: What is criterion 3 ??
44
Figure 3.5.1 A. shows a summary of student’s evaluations from 2000 thru 2004. Figure 3.5.1 A
also shows the average of all student evolutions for all required upper division Electrical
Engineering Courses collected. A sample copy of the student evaluation form filled out by each
student is shown in Appendix-EE1. The results are summarized in three basic categories: The
instructor, presentation, knowledge of the subject and effectiveness, the course, relevance and
usefulness of course content and three, exams and homework; the length difficulty and quality in
learning the objectives.
The results of these evaluations show that overall: the quality of instruction and the course was
consistently rated excellent. The rating on exams and homework started in the fair range but has
consistently improved and is now rated as good. It should be noted that the perceived
improvement in exam and homework did not result in grade inflation. The average grades for
upper division courses are relatively constant. Student Course Evaluations for each course are
available for review.
The student course evaluations are used for outcomes assessment in an indirect way student
comments and ratings help faculty and administration make the necessary changes in a course to
make the learning process more effective. The student ratings help a faculty member get
customer feedback and in some instances results in significant changes in departmental
operations.
As an example in the spring of 2003 student evaluations showed that, the labs for a particular
course were not as good as it could be. As a result of this assessment, the teaching lab structure
and operations received a substantial modification. Dr. Nathan Dodge was designated as
manager of teaching laboratory operations and two technicians were hired to see that all labs
were properly stocked, that lab manuals for all classes were updated and that all Teaching
Assistants received proper training. Another responsibility is to coordinate with individual
instructors to see the lab experiments do not get ahead of class lecture materials.
Comment [lc6]: Where is figure
3.5.1A
45
Figure 3.5.1 A
Student Course Eval uati ons
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
Spri ng
2000
Fal l
2000
Spri ng
2001
Fal l
2001
Spri ng
2002
Fal l
2002
Spri ng
2003
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
R
a
t
i
n
g
Grade
Instructor
Course Quality
Exams & Homework
Grade Instructor Course Exams
Spring 2000 3.00 3.30 3.20 2.75
Fall 2000 2.87 3.30 3.25 2.80
Spring 2001 2.75 3.30 3.30 3.00
Fall 2001 3.02 3.00 3.00 2.90
Spring 2002 2.74 3.30 3.30 3.10
Fall 2002 2.80 3.50 3.40 3.20
Spring 2003 2.87 3.30 3.30 3.20
3.5.2 In-Class Assessment by Faculty
In the fall 2001 semester, a memo was sent to all faculty members asking them to develop
course-learning objectives (CLO’s) for core undergraduate courses. The faculty were also asked
to map each of the class objectives to a single or multiple a-k ABET outcomes. Table 2 shows an
example CLO form for the Signals and Systems course (EE 3302). Courses were divided into
three-concentration areas microelectronics, digital systems and communications/DSP. Each area
group was responsible for the development of CLO’s for designated courses within their
concentration area. By the end of the fall 2001 semester, the faculty completed the CLO’s for all
undergraduates’ courses) a copy of all CLO forms is provided in Appendix X)
At the end of the semester, course instructors are required to rate the student’s ability in
achieving the course learning objectives on a scale of one to five, with five being exceptional and
one being poor. In addition, instructors are required to: (1) list the class materials (e.g.,
homework, exams, and projects) used for assessing each CLO, and (2) the criteria used in
obtaining the rating scores (see Example in Table 2)
46
The Office of Assessment is responsible for collecting all the CLO forms each semester and
distributing the rating scores to the ABET Committee. The ABET Committee, in collaboration
with the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee, analyzes the data and computes the mean rating
scores of the a-k ABET outcomes across all courses. The mean rating scores of the a-k ABET
outcomes are compared against a threshold, and if the scores fall below that threshold, it signifies
a change needs to be made in the curriculum. The threshold level was initially set by the ABET
Committee to 3.75 (out of a maximum score of 5) for all ABET outcomes. Before any action is
taken, possible changes to the curriculum are discussed in the faculty meeting. Feedback from
the industrial advisory board is also sought.
The process ensures that the loop is closed for program improvement. One of the main
advantages of in-class assessment is that all faculty are involved in the assessment process and
consequently in program improvement.
47
Assessment of EE3301 and EE3101 (Electrical Network Analysis and Lab)
Instructor: Semester:
Use this form to assess the students' performance in the course, based on all or selected sets of examinations, homework, or projects
assigned for this course.
On a scale of 1 to 5, with 5 being exceptional and 1 being poor, rate the students':
ABET Material Criteria
Class learning objectives Rating Objecti ve Used Used
EE3301
1. Ability to analyze circuits
†
using Kirchoff's laws a,e Hwk, Test
1
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
2. Ability to analyze series and parallel resistive circuits a Hwk, Test
1
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
3. Ability to analyze circuits using the node-voltage method a,e Hwk, Test
1
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
4. Ability to analyze circuits using the mesh-current method a,e Hwk, Test
1
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
5. Ability to transform circuits using Thevenin and Norton equivalents a,e Hwk, Test
1
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
6. Ability to analyze RL, RC and RLC circuits - step and natural response. a,e Hwk, Test
2
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
7. Ability to analyze sinusoidal steady state circuits involving R, L and C. a,e Hwk, Test
3
5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
8. Ability to apply the Laplace transform in circuit analysis a,e,k Hwk, Final 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
9. Ability to identify and use transfer functions in circuit analysis a,e,k Hwk, Final 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
10. Ability to design and analyze frequency selective circuits (low-, high-pass
filters)
a,c Hwk, Final 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
11. Ability to use the Bode diagrams in circuit analysis. a,e Hwk, Final 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
EE3101
12. Ability to use general purpose laboratory equipment b,k Hwk, Lab 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
13. Ability to measure circuit parameters b,k Hwk, Lab 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
14. Ability to design and test RL, RC and RLC circuits. b,k Hwk, Lab 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
15. Ability to analyze and test sinusoidal steady state circuits. b,k Hwk, Lab 5=A, [3,4=B], 2=C, 1=D
†
Unless otherwise noted, "circuits" refers to both DC and AC conditions.
a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
b. An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data
c. An ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs
e. An ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems
k. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice
48
Course# Course Name a b c d e f g h i J k
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental Techniques x x x x x x x
EE 2110 Introduction to Digital Systems Laboratory x x x x x x x
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra
EE 2310 Introduction to Digital Systems x x x x
EE 3101 Circuits Lab x x
EE 3102 Signals and Systems Lab x x x x
EE 3110 Electronic Devices Lab x x x x
EE 3111 Electronic Circuits Lab x x x x
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory x x x x x x
EE 3150 Communications Systems Lab x x x x x x
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics x x x
EE 3301 Circuits x x x x
EE 3302 Signals and Systems x x x x
EE 3310 Electronic Devices
EE 3311 Electronic Circuits
EE 3320 Digital Circuits x x x x
EE 3341 Probability Theory and Statistics x x x
EE 3350 Communication Systems x x
EE 3390 Prof. and Tech. Communication x x x x x x
EE 4301 Electromagnetism I x x x x x x x
EE 4302 Electromagnetism II x x x x x x x
EE 4304 Computer Architecture x x x x
EE 4310 Systems and Control x x x x
EE 4325 Introduction to VLSI Design x x x x
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology x x x x
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design x x x x
EE 4360 Analog Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design x x x x
EE 4361 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing x x x x
EE4365 Introduction to Wireless Communication x x x x
EE 4367 Telecommunications Switching and Transmission x x x x
EE 4368 RF Circuit Design Principles x x x x
EE 438X Senior Design Project x x x x x x x
EE 4390 Telecom Senior Design Project x x x x x x x x x
EE 4V9X Special Topics/Independent Studies in EE x x x x x x x x x
Table 3 shows the mapping of undergraduate courses to ABET outcomes. Most of the a-k ABET outcomes are evaluated by multiple
courses, thereby strengthening the reliability of our results. Four outcomes (f, h, i, j) are evaluated by relatively fewer courses; however,
these outcomes are also evaluated in the alumni and senior exit surveys.
49
Figure 3.5.2 shows average faculty ratings for A-K objectives for years 2002 thru 2004 for all
undergraduates Electrical Engineering classes. The faculty ratings for each course are included in
the materials prepared for the program evaluators. Based on the data shown in figure 3, we have
been able to identify areas of strength and those that need improvement. Those areas that showed
the most improvement were in c) ability to design a system, component or process to meet
desired needs, e) ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems and g) the ability
to communicate effectively.
The areas that declined the most were f) understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,
ABET objectives h, i, j and b) design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret
data. In those instances in which the target goal of 3.75 was not achieved we then considered the
trend. In ABET objective e), although we did not achieve the 3.75 we are continuing to make
progress. We are, however paying closer attention to ABET objective b) and i) specifically, the
reorganization of the teaching labs is expected to improve ABET objective b. To impact ABET
objective i) several new programs have been initiated to provide financial incentives for
graduates to pursue Masters and PhD programs. The “Get Doc” program targets promising
graduates by offering them Research Assistantships valued at $25,000 per year. In 2004, there
were 15 “Get Doc” awardees and in 2005, 10 have been awarded at this date. Another program
“Fast track” offer students the opportunity to substitute certain graduate classes for their
undergraduate degree, thereby shortening the time required to obtain a Masters degree.
50
Figure 3.5.2
ABET a-k objectives 2002 2004 Delta Largest Change
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.41 5.13 -0.27 Decrease
B. Design and Conduct Experiments 4.02 4.61 0.59 Increase
C. Design a system, component, or
Process to meet Desired Needs
4.82 5.05 0.23
D. Function in Multi-disciplinary Teams 4.38 4.65 0.28
E. Identify, formulate, and solve
engineering problems
5.30 5.17 -0.13 Decrease
F. Understanding of professional and ethical respon5.50 5.57 0.07 Small increase
G. Communicate effectively 4.64 5.04 0.40
H. Broad education to understand
impact in a global & Societal Context
4.36 4.78 0.42 Incre
I. Recognition of the need and an ability
to engage in Life-long learning
4.95 5.17 0.22
J. Knowledge of Contemporary Issues 3.18 4.02 0.84 Increase
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineeri
tools
4.42 4.77 0.34
Faculty Rating Based on Student Work
Median data
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
a b c d e f g h i j k
ABET outcomes
R
a
t
i
n
g
2002
2003
2004
Comment [lc7]: Should this be two
different titless , Or all one title ???
Should this last column have
information.
51
3.5.3 Senior Exit Surveys
This survey was administered every semester since the fall of 2002. The qualitative results from
the survey of the graduating seniors in 2002 gave a generally very positive evaluation of the
electrical engineering program (the majority of the respondents rated the quality of the Electrical
Engineering Department “good” to “excellent” and rated the design courses to be “good” to
“excellent”.
Although the original senior exit survey provided us with qualitative feedback, most of the
questions in that survey did not specifically address the a-k ABET outcomes. We, therefore,
adopted the EBI survey, which address the a-k ABET outcomes in 2001.
The EBI exit surveys are important because they provide data from our graduating seniors that
we can compare with three important classes of institutions. The select 6 allows us to pick six
universities that we feel have programs comparable to ours, from the list of universities
participating in the EBI surveys. For the year 2003-2004, we chose The University of California-
Riverside, The University of Kansas, The University of Houston, and The University of Texas at
Austin, The University of Missouri of Columbia, and the University of Virginia.
There were 55 Universities that participated in the 2003-2004 survey. The other two classes of
Electrical Engineering programs that we use are the Carnegie Class Universities and all schools
in the survey.
We use the EBI surveys to access our performance relative to students exiting other institutions
but not as an absolute measure. In the 2002 EBI survey shown in figure 3.5.3 A, relative to all
schools, UTD graduates felt that related to the ABET A-K outcomes, our performance was best
in ABET outcomes H-Board Education to understand impact in a global & societal context, I-
Recognition of the need and an ability to engage in life-long learning and J-Knowledge of
contemporary issues.
The ABET outcomes that were the weakest were D-Function in Multi-disciplinary Teams, E-
Identify, Formulate, and Solve Engineering Problems and G-Communicating Effectively. The
results for the 2004 EBI survey shown in figure 3.5.3 B show essentially the same results.
We have addressed the ABET outcomes in which we feel our graduates indicated that we were
weaker in the rest of the schools in the survey.
In particular, Senior Projects have been expanded to insure that there is a better opportunity to
deal with multidisciplinary issues. The open-endedness of the new projects insures that students
will have the opportunity to identify, formulate and solve more diverse problems. We have also
encouraged the faculty to include more formal written and oral presentations as part of their
course to increase the communication experiences.
Even though we use a variety of instruments to measure ABET A–K outcomes, the faculty
assessment based on performance in class on homework, quizzes, exams and projects is the best
measure of outcome achievement.
52
Figure 3.5.3.A
ABET Questions: Ranks & Means
EBI 2004 Exit Survey
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
A B C D E F G H I J K
A thru K
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
s
UT-Dallas
Select 6
Carnegie Class
All Schools
EBI EXIT Survey UTD All Deltas Strength/Weakness
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.13 5.57 -0.44
B. Design and Conduct Experiments 4.78 5.30 -0.52
C. Design a system, component, or process to
meet desired needs
5.03 5.43 -0.40
D. Function in Multi-disciplinary teams 4.63 5.20 -0.57 Weakness
E. Identify, formulate, and solve engineering
problems
5.04 5.57 -0.53 Weakness
F. Understanding of professional and ethical
responsibility
4.73 5.10 -0.37
G. Communicate effectively 4.69 5.26 -0.57 Weakness
H. Broad education to understand impact in a
global & societal Context
4.68 4.88 -0.20 Strength
I. Recognition of the need and an ability to
engage in life-long learning
4.97 5.40 -0.43
J. Knowledge of contemporary issues 4.83 5.06 -0.23 Strength
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools
5.14 4.99 0.15 Strength
53
EBI EXIT Survey UTD All Deltas Strength/Weakness
Figure 3.5.3.B
EBI EXIT Survey UTD All Deltas Strength/Weakness
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.13 5.57 -0.44
B. Design and conduct experiments 4.78 5.30 -0.52
C. Design a system, component, or process to meet
desired needs
5.03 5.43 -0.40
D. Function in multi-disciplinary teams 4.63 5.20 -0.57 Weakness
E. Identify, formulate, and solve engineering
problems
5.04 5.57 -0.53 Weakness
F. Understanding of professional and ethical
responsibility
4.73 5.10 -0.37
G. Communicate effectively 4.69 5.26 -0.57 Weakness
H. Broad education to understand impact in a global
& societal context
4.68 4.88 -0.20 Strength
I. Recognition of the need and an ability to engage
in life-long learning
4.97 5.40 -0.43
J. Knowledge of contemporary issues 4.83 5.06 -0.23 Strength
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering
tools
5.14 4.99 0.15 Strength
ABET Questions: Ranks & Means
2004
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
A
-
A
p
p
l
y
k
n
o
w
l
e
d
.
B
-
D
e
s
i
g
n
a
n
d
C
.
.
.
C
-
D
e
s
i
g
n
a
s
y
s
t
.
.
.
D
-
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
i
n
M
u
l
.
E
-
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
y
,
f
o
r
m
u
l
.
.
F
-
U
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g
.
G
-
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
e
.
.
H
-
B
r
o
a
d
e
d
u
c
a
t
i
o
.
I
-
R
e
c
o
g
n
i
t
i
o
n
o
f
t
.
.
J
-
K
n
o
w
l
e
d
g
e
o
f
.
.
.
K
-
U
s
e
t
h
e
t
e
c
h
n
.
.
.
A thru K
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
s
UT-Dallas
Select 6
Carnegie Class
All Schools
54
3.6 Program Improvement
The results and analysis of our surveys were presented to the Electrical Engineering IAB on
October 30, 2004. The IAB was then asked to rank the relative importance of the ABET
objectives. The results of these rankings are shown in figure 3.6.A. The IAB felt that the three
most important objectives are:
G-Communicate effectively
E-Identify, formulate and solve Engineering problems
D-Function in multi-disciplinary Teams
These IAB results along with those found from other assessment tools have been forwarded to
the Electrical Engineering curriculum for further action.
Figure 3.6.A
Ranking of ABET Objectives
0.00
2.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
G E D A F B C I K H J
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
I
m
p
o
r
t
a
n
c
e
EE/TE IAB
ABET A-K Objectives Ranking of ABET Objectives Focus Area
G. Communicate effectively 6.50 X
E. Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems 6.25 X
D. Function in Multi-disciplinary teams 6.13 X
A. Apply knowledge of math and science 5.63
F. Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility 5.57
B. Design and conduct experiments 5.50
C. Design a system, component, or Process to meet desired needs 5.50
I. Recognition of the need and an ability to engage
in life-long learning
5.25
K. Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools 5.13
H. Broad education to understand impact in a
global & societal context
4.75
J. Knowledge of Contemporary Issues 4.00
Comment [lc8]: Should this table be
sorted by ranking or title ?
55
4. Professional Component
Our Electrical Engineering curriculum provides both breadth and depth across the range of
engineering topics such as microelectronics, signal processing, digital and analog systems and
communications. Our graduates have: knowledge of probability and statistics, including
applications appropriate to the program name and objectives; and knowledge of mathematics
through differential and integral calculus, basic sciences, computer science, and engineering
sciences necessary to analyze and design complex electrical and electronic devices, software, and
systems containing hardware and software components, as appropriate to program objectives.
Our graduates are also required to have knowledge of advanced mathematics, typically including
differential equations, linear algebra, complex variables, and discrete mathematics.
Our graduates are prepared for engineering practice through the EE curriculum culminating in a
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
Our Electrical Engineering degree plans satisfies the requirements specified by the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). The course work includes at least:
• One year (32 SCH) of an appropriate combination of mathematics and basic sciences;
• One and one-half years (48 SCH) of engineering topics.
• General education component that complements the technical content of the curriculum
and is consistent with program and intuition objectives
Electrical Engineering Program Curriculum
The table below describes how the curriculum has changed since the 1999 ABET visit. The
changes were implemented based on faculty course evaluations, employer feed back, our
Industrial Advisory Board and requirements mandated by the state of Texas. However, the
engineering faculty is primarily responsible for assuring that the curriculum devotes adequate
attention and time to each curricular component area and that students are prepared for
engineering practice as required by Criterion 4.
Comment [lc9]: What number format
should this be ?
56
Curriculum Changes Reason for Change Comments
1998-2000 Catalog
Curriculum for the 1999 ABET Visit Baseline for 2005
visit.
o RHET 1101 no longer a
degree requirement. It is a
university requirement only
if the student falls into
certain categories.
UTD Undergraduate Dean This requirement
results in sum
students having 129
credit hours when
they graduate. One
hour more than
required.
• Supplemental 1999 Catalog
.
A. Change from General Education
requirements to CORE requirements.
The ethics course, A&H 2306, removed
from General Requirements
Texas State legislative action ISSS 3360 in the
ECS curriculum
2000-2002 Catalog
• Supplemental 2001 catalog
o Changes in EE/TE Curriculum
Revised the advanced mathematics
courses
Revised Electrical networks Course
Added Introduction to
Experimental Techniques Course
Added "Signals and Systems Lab"
Added “Systems and Control"
Added "Technical Writing" course
EE Curriculum Committee
review to align program with
ABET 2000
Proposal to change
curriculum, June
2001
2002-2004 Catalog
•
2004-2006 Catalog
•
Comment [lc10]: Blank bullet pint
for
The course which meet the ABET requirements, according to criterion 4, are described in the
following sections.
4.1 Mathematic and Basic Science
The professional component must include: (a) one year of a combination of college level
mathematics and basic sciences (some with experimental experience) appropriate to the
discipline. The Electrical Engineering program requires the following:
Topic Credit Hours
MATH 2417 Calculus I 4
MATH 2419 Calculus II 4
CS 1337 Computer Science I 3
PHYS 2325/2125 Mechanics & Heat w/Lab 4
MATH 2420 Differential Equations 4
PHYS 2326/2126 Electromagnetism & Waves/Lab 4
CHM 1311/1111 General Chemistry I/Lab 4
EE 3300 Applied Linear Algebra 3
EE3300 Advanced Engineering Math I 3
EE 3341 Prob. Theory & Stats 2
Total-ABET BASIC-Level Requirement 32
Overall Total for Degree 35
Percent of Abet Requirement 109.4%
58
4.2 Engineering Topics
The professional component must include: (b) one and one-half years of engineering topics,
consisting of engineering sciences and engineering design appropriate to the student's field of
study. The engineering sciences have their roots in mathematics and basic sciences but carry
knowledge further toward creative application. These studies provide a bridge between
mathematics and basic sciences on the one hand and engineering practice on the other.
Engineering design is the process of devising a system, component, or process to meet desired
needs. It is a decision-making process (often iterative), in which the basic sciences, mathematics,
and the engineering sciences are applied to convert resources optimally to meet these stated
needs. The Electrical Engineering program requires the following:
Topic Credit Hours
EE 1102 Introduction experimental techniques 1
EE 2310/2110 Computer Organization & Des/ Lab 4
EE 3301/3101 Electrical Network Analysis/ Lab 4
EE 3302/3102 Signals & Systems/Lab 4
EE 3310/3110 Electronic Devices/Lab 4
EE 3320 /3120 Digital Circuits / Lab 4
EE3311/3111 Electronic Circuits /Lab 4
ECS 3390 Prof.& Tech. Communication 1
EE 3341 Prob. Theory & Stats 1
EE 4301 Electromagnetic engineering 3
EE3350/3150 Communications Systems /Lab 4
EE 4368 RF Ckt. Design Principles 3
EE 438X Senior Design Project I 3
EE Elective 3
EE Elective 3
EE Elective 3
EE4310 Systems and controls 3
Senior Design Project II 3
Total-ABET BASIC-Level Requirement 48
Overall Total for Degree 55
Percent of total 114.6%
59
4.3 General Education Classes Consistent with Program Objectives
The professional component must include: (c) a general education component that complements
the technical content of the curriculum and is consistent with the program and institution
objectives. The Electrical Engineering program requires the following:
Topic Credit Hours
RHET 1302 Rhetoric 3
RHET 1101 Oral Communication 1
Arts 1301 Exploration of the Humanities 3
Human 1301 Exploration of the Arts 3
GOVT 2301 American/Texas constitution 3
GOVT 2302 American/Texas structure & function 3
HST 1301 Themes & ideas of American History 3
Free Elective (***) 3
HST 1302 Issues in American History 3
ENGS 3360
Politics and Values in Bus. & Tech. 3
ECS 3390 Prof. & Tech. Communication 2
Total-ABET BASIC-Level Requirement N/A
Overall Total for Degree 30
Percent of total
N/A
To complete degree requirements students are required to take electives outside of the
engineering courses.
Topic Credit Hours
Advanced Elective [outside EE] 3
Advanced Elective [outside EE] 3
Free Elective 3
Our students are prepared for engineering practice through the curriculum culminating in a major
design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating appropriate engineering standards and multiple realistic constraints.
Table 8.1in section 8 Program Criteria shows which courses apply to the Electrical Engineering
curricular categories. The course syllabi and course descriptions for these course plus electives
are included in Appendix I D of the self-study.
Comment [lc11]: What is the total
number of elective required ?
60
5. Electrical Engineering Faculty
The Jonsson School has been aggressive in recruiting new faculty. We added 37 new faculty
members to the school of engineering and computer science since FY 2000, 18 of which are
Electrical Engineering faculty members.
The following faculty members develop and teach courses in the electrical engineering
curriculum and help with its administration:
The following is a list of EE Faculty members as of the spring 2005 semester.
LAST NAME FIRST NAME RANK
Balsara Poras Professor
Cantrell Cy Professor
Fonseka John Professor
Frensley William Professor
Gnade Bruce Professor
Hunt Bob Professor
Kehtarnavaz Nasser Professor
Kiasaleh Kamran Professor
Lee Gil Professor
Loizou Philip Professor
MacFarlane Duncan Professor
Ober Raimund Professor
Overzet Lawrence Professor
Pervin William J. Professor
Shaw Don Professor
Tamil Lakshman Professor
Wallace Robert Professor
Zhou Dian Professor
Al-Dhahir Naofal Associate Professor
Bhatia Dinesh Associate Professor
Burnham Gerry Associate Professor
Byrne Dale Associate Professor
Fumagalli Andrea Associate Professor
Goeckner Matthew Associate Professor
Comment [lc12]: Do you want this
table of Professors sorted by last name?
What about all of the other tables
(including the ones above)? – do you
want them sorted any certain way?
61
LAST NAME FIRST NAME RANK
Kim Moon Associate Professor
Nosratinia Aria Associate Professor
Nourani Mehrdad Associate Professor
Lee Hoi Assistant Professor
Lee Jeong-Bong (JB) Assistant Professor
Liu Jin Assistant Professor
Minn Hlaing Assistant Professor
Panahi Issa Assistant Professor
Sangireddy Rama Assistant Professor
Saquib M. Assistant Professor
Torlak Murat Assistant Professor
Bernardin Pete (Charles) Senior Lecturer
Boyd William Senior Lecturer
Cilia Andrew Senior Lecturer
Dodge Nathan Senior Lecturer
Esposito Ed Senior Lecturer
Kalam Muhammad Senior Lecturer
Rajasekaran P.K. Senior Lecturer
Saad Ricardo Senior Lecturer
Tacca Marco Senior Lecturer
Viswanathan T.R. Research Professor
Hellums James Adjunct Prof / Lecturer
6. Facilities
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science is a state-of-the-art facility
consisting of a network of Sun servers and Sun Engineering Workstations. All systems are
connected via an extensive fiber-optic Ethernet and, through the Texas Higher Education
Network, have direct access to most major national and international networks. In addition, many
personal computers are available for student use.
In addition to the Computer Science faculty, there are individuals who are involved in computer
related work in many other areas of the University, including the several physical and social
sciences and in various areas of business and management. Students majoring in computer
science with interest in these important application areas have the opportunity to consult and
work with talented faculty from a wide range of disciplines.
The Engineering and Computer Science Complex provides extensive facilities for research in
microelectronics, telecommunications, and computer science. A Class 1000 microelectronics
clean room facility, including e-beam lithography, sputter deposition, PECVD, LPCVD, etch,
ash and evaporation, is available for student projects and research. An electron beam lithography
pattern generator capable of sub-micron resolution is also available for microelectronics
research. The Plasma Applications and Science Laboratories have state-of-the-art facilities for
mass spectrometry, microwave, interferometry, optical spectroscopy, optical detection, in situ
elipsometry and FTIR spectroscopy. In addition, a Gaseous Electronics Conference Reference
Reactor has been installed for plasma processing and particulate generation studies. The Optical
62
Measurements Laboratory has a dual wavelength (visible and near infrared) Gaertner
Ellipsometer for optical inspection of material systems, a variety of interferometric
configurations, high precision positioning devices, and supporting optical and electrical
components. The Optical Communications Laboratory includes attenuators, optical power
meters, lasers, APD/p-i-n photodetectors, optical tables, and couplers and is available to support
system level research in optical communications. The Photonic Testbed Laboratory supports
research in photonics and optical communications with current-generation optical networking
test equipment. The Nonlinear Optics Laboratory has a network of Sun workstations for the
numerical simulation of optical transmission systems, optical routers and all-optical networks.
The Electronic Materials Processing laboratory has extensive facilities for fabricating and
characterizing semiconductor and optical devices. The Laser Electronics Laboratory houses
graduate research projects centered on the characterization, development and application of
ultrafast dye and diode lasers. Research in characterization and fabrication of nanoscale materials
and devices is performed in the Nanoelectronics Laboratory.
The Engineering and Computer Science Complex provides extensive facilities for research in
electrical engineering, telecommunications, and computer science and engineering. The Center
for Integrated Circuits and Systems (CICS) includes a network of workstations, personal
computers, FPGA development systems, and a wide spectrum of state-of-the-art commercial and
academic design tools to support graduate research in computer engineering. In the Digital
Signal Processing Laboratory several multi-CPU workstations are available in a network
configuration for simulation experiments. Hardware development facilities for real time
experimental systems are available and include microphone arrays, active noise controllers,
speech compressors and echo cancellers. The Distributed Computing Laboratory has a network
of personal computers running Linux to support network simulation using discrete-event
simulation packages. The Hardware/Software Co-design Laboratory has many workstations and
PCs with DSP modules to support the experiments for various implementations in DSP and
communications.
The multimedia communications laboratory has a dedicated network of PC's, Linux stations, and
multi-processor, high performance workstations for analysis, design and simulation of image and
video processing systems. The speech processing laboratory has a network of PC's with audio
I/O capability for analysis and processing of speech signals. The laboratory is also equipped with
several Texas Instruments processors for real-time processing of speech signals. The Broadband
Communication Laboratory has design and modeling tools for fiber and wireless transmission
systems and networks, and all-optical packet routing and switching. The Advanced
Communications Technologies (ACT) Laboratory provides a design and evaluation environment
for the study of telecommunication systems and wireless and optical networks. ACT has
facilities for designing network hardware, software, components, and applications.
The Center for Systems, Communications, and Signal Processing, with the purpose of promoting
research and education in general communications, signal processing, control systems, medical
and biological systems, circuits and systems and related software, is located in the Erik Jonsson
School.
The faculty of the Erik Jonsson School’s Photonic Technology and Engineering Center
(PhoTEC) carry out research in enabling technologies for microelectronics and
telecommunications. Current research areas include nonlinear optics, Raman amplification in
fibers, optical switching, applications of optical lattice filters, microarrays, integrated optics, and
optical networking.
63
In addition to the facilities on campus, cooperative arrangements have been established with
many local industries to make their facilities available to U.T. Dallas graduate engineering
students.
6.1 Computer Facilities
List the computer facilities available for use in the engineering programs, including a description
of the primary purpose and utilization of the equipment. Describe plans for expanding, updating,
maintaining, and replacing computer equipment and related facilities. Computer facilities for
purposes of this study will be grouped into the following categories:
General purpose/open access
Restricted access
Shared equipment
Of course all faculty members have one or more personal workstations, generally SUN, PC,
and/or Macintosh.
General Purpose/Open Access Facilities
McDermott Library Microcomputer Laboratories
Primary purpose is general computing and network access for all students. These facilities can
be reserved for instruction purposes on a restricted basis.
Green Building Microcomputer Laboratory – Primary purpose is instruction, but when not
scheduled for class use is open to all students. Lab is heavily used by the School of Social
Sciences.
Jonsson Building Computer Laboratories – Primary purpose is to provide access toshared
UNIX systems, but may be reserved for instruction.
Restricted Access Facilities
Multi-Purpose Building Microcomputer Lab – Primary purpose is instruction. Lab is shared
across the University and is available only by prior reservation.
Jonsson School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science (ECS) Computer
Controlled Testing Labs – Primary purpose is teaching laboratories associated with specific
courses (EE1102, 2110, 3201, 3210, 3211, 3220, 3250). Labs contain PC’s running LABVIEW
software to drive electronic test equipment.
ECS General Computing Lab – Primary purpose is instruction in computer programming.
ECS Solarium Lab – Primary purpose is use in circuit design courses.
ECS provides 4 classrooms equipped with projection devices, network connection and an
terminals for instruction purposes.
64
Very large classes make use of the rooms in the south engineering building and the UTD
Conference Center Auditorium, which are equipped with high-quality multimedia instructional
technology.
Shared Equipment
SUN Enterprise 3000 “Jupiter” (qty. 4 – 250MHz processors, 1GB RAM) – Primary purpose
is as a computer server for applications such as MATLAB and user developed code , as well
as circuit design simulations.
SUN Enterprise 3000 “Apache” (qty. 2 – 250 MHz processors, 512MB RAM) – Primary
purpose is a general access application server available to all students, faculty and staff.
Sun Enterprise 6000 “Ra” (qty. 18 – 167MHz processors, 2.75GB RAM) – Primary purpose is
research.
PC Server “Pluto” supporting McDermott Labs – provides file and print services (currently
transitioning from Novell Netware to Windows NT).
The campus network is currently built around two Cisco Catalyst 5500 switches plus various
routers, smaller switches, hubs and concentrators. The campus network is connected to the
Internet via the Texas Higher Education Network (THEnet) and a grant application has been
submitted to NSF for connection to the vBNS.
6. 2 Library Facilities
Library materials supporting the Jonsson School of Engineering/Computer Science are held in
the Eugene McDermott Library, the main library of the University of Texas at Dallas. The book
and periodical collections are arranged by standard Library of Congress call number. Books,
including most conference proceedings, are located on the 4
th
level and are available for users to
borrow. Library users have electronic access to thousands of e-books, conference proceedings
and e-journals when the library is not open.
The paper journal/periodical and the reference collections are shelved on the 2
nd
level. These
volumes must be used in the library, but are available for reproduction within the guidelines of
the copyright code. All engineering-related government publications and electronic services are
available on the 2
nd
level in the Reference area. Electronic sources are available remotely with a
valid University ID.
Table 6.2.1 shows the acquisition history for the McDermott Library.
65
TABLE 6.2.1 Library Acquisitions
COLLECTION
RESOURCES 2002-2003
TITLES
Aquistions
COLLECTION
RESOURCES
2003-2004 TITLES
Inclusive
CURRENT
COLLECTION
RESOURCES
2004 TITLES
Books Periodicals** Periodicals Books Periodicals Books
Entire Institutional Library
In the following fields
included above
90,000
12,403
16,234
781,021
27,887
812,929
Engineering and Computer
Science
2,352 4,100 4,836 209,456 8,220 21,241
Chemistry 320 300 327 5,420 555 4,769
Mathematics 336 317 337 1,046 572 9,906
Physics 274 163 199 3,264 338 7,626
Other Specialty Areas (Specify)
The mission of the Eugene McDermott Library Reference and Information Services Department is to
provide faculty, students and staff of the University of Texas at Dallas with the information
necessary to support instruction and research.
The Public Services Department provides a range of services to library users. Librarians and support
staff handle nearly 100,000 questions per year at four service desks. In addition, the reference
librarians provide answers to reference questions submitted on a department WWW page and
through a UT System collaborative online chat reference initiative.
The reference staff is actively involved in the overall educational goals of the University through its
instructional and service approach to the provision of information. Professional librarians create
instructional sessions providing basic and advanced assistance in conducting library research.
Faculty members can request customized instruction to support a particular project or to familiarize
students with research tools in a discipline, including the library catalog, electronic databases, the
Internet, reference sources and government publications. Liaison librarians are exploring the
possibility of incorporating a library/librarian presence within the class management software being
used by faculty.
The Eugene McDermott Library offers a full range of online resources to support the Erik Jonsson
School of Engineering and Computer Science. The Library operates an Information Commons with
36 workstations and 32 wireless-Web enabled laptops designed to support database and Internet
research activities and to provide access to a collection of compact disc materials.
At present, the Library subscribes to over 200 Internet-based resources, many of which include the
full text of periodical or newspaper articles and complete statistical/numerical data from major
publishers such as the U.S. federal government, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE), the Institute of Electrical Engineers (IEE), the Association of Computing Machinery
(ACM), and Elsevier Engineering Information, Inc. Engineering/Computer Science related
databases include ACM Digital Library, Compendex (Engineering Village), Computer Source,
66
General Science Abstracts, IEEE/IEE Xplore, INSPEC, Optics InfoBase, Personal Computing
Abstracts, Science Citation Index, Web of Science and Academic Search Premier. The Internet
database collection is available off-campus to UTD students and faculty except when the
information provider updates their systems. This mode of access supports all distance learning
activities. The library continues to acquire electronic journals over paper whenever possible. Most
compact disc products must be used in the library, although the department actively facilitates the
transition of products to the Internet as needed.
The library also offers database search capabilities of online resources available from DIALOG and
WESTLAW. Fees are charged for searching the former, on a cost recovery basis.
Library materials for the School of Engineering and Computer Science are acquired through a
campus-wide process. The library orders monographs as they are published through an approval
program with Blackwell. The monographs are received based on a well-detailed profile representing
the faculty research and course instruction programs.
The Engineering and Computer Science Library Liaisons are responsible for the monitoring of this
program and order materials that complement the approval plan after consultation with the faculty.
Separate accounts are made available for media items, replacements, databases and journals.
The library building is open for study and access to materials in the open stacks 91 hours per week.
Library Building and Stacks Hours:
Mon-Fri 8:00am – midnight
Sat 9:00am – 8:00pm
Sun 1:00pm – midnight
The library is open 24/7 during midterm and finals weeks but closed during some holidays and
intersession.
Reference Desk Hours:
Mon – Thur 8:00am – 10:00pm
Fri 8:00am – 8:00pm
Sat 10:00am – 6:00pm
Sun 1:00pm – 10:00pm
Reference hours are reduced during the summer semester.
UT System “Ask-a-Librarian” Online Chat Reference Services (available on the Internet):
Mon – Thurs 12:00pm-6:00pm
Fri 12:00pm-4:00pm
McDermott Library has assigned two reference librarians as liaisons to the faculty, students and staff
of the Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science. They are responsible for ordering
materials for the faculty in support of the curriculum and research efforts. They also provide several
levels of library instruction – orientation tours, classroom instruction and individual appointments
with a librarian. The librarians are available to assist faculty with library research as needed. Table
6.2.2 show the history of library expenditures since FY2002.
Table 6.2.2 Library Expenditures
67
The Eugene McDermott Library has a seating capacity of 640 seats and can seat
approximately 5% of the student enrollment. The reading room in the School of Engineering
and Computer Science provides seating for 20+ students. The library is willing to provide a
librarian and a laptop for approximately 10 hours per week.
The McDermott Library continues to work with its professional staff and UTD faculty
advisory committee to improve services and explore changes in policy that impact students.
Space limitations restrict the number of seats available for study within the building,
although access to online library resources and services is available through several other
computer labs on campus.
The library maintains a Multimedia Center that includes VHS, CD and DVD formats in
support of classroom instruction. 32 wireless-Web enabled laptops are available for check
out at this desk.
McDermott Library also maintains a map collection, a large microfilm collection and a
growing collection of cd-roms which accompany computer science and engineering
monographs.
FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005
Total Library
Current Funds
$1,940,378 $2,310,710 $2,313,841 $2,757,391
Expenditures for the
Engineering Unit (Total)
$427,520 $441,434 $450,297 $551,478
Books $14,657 $12,297 $11,751 $13,787
Periodicals-paper $150,000 $160,000 $100,000 $118,568
Periodicals-Electronics
$88,242 $94,306 $153,316 $181,988
Other Engineering-
Related Services
$174,621 $174,831 $185,230 $220,590
68
7. Institutional Support and Financial Resources
The Department of Computer Science offers the Ph.D. degree in Computer Science and has
Master's degrees in CS with Major in Software Engineering as well as tracks in
Telecommunications, and Traditional Computer Science. At the undergraduate level, the CS
department is the first in the state of Texas to offer a Bachelor of Science degree in Software
Engineering. In fall 2002, the Department of Computer Science moved into a new 152,000 sq. ft.
building. We have experienced very rapid growth in recent years and the potential for future
growth is excellent. Currently the CS Department has a total of 40 faculty and 20 senior
lecturers. 12 computer/research laboratories, equipped with around 300 high performance
workstations and high-end PCs. The Academic Computer Center supports both UNIX based
workstations and PCs as well as high-speed dial-in access to campus computing facilities.
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science have 3,600 students. The
university is located in one of the most attractive suburbs of the Dallas metropolitan area. There
are over 600 high-tech companies within 10 miles of the campus, including Alcatel, Ericsson,
MCI, National Semiconductor, Nortel, and Texas Instruments. Opportunities for joint university-
industry research projects and consulting are excellent. The program expects to continue its
growth into a major center for research and teaching in engineering and computer science. The
Erik Jonsson School has laboratories for research in software engineering, telecommunications
engineering, voice and data networking, digital systems, digital signal processing, optics and
optical communications, solid-state device theory, plasma science, and clean-room facilities for
semiconductor processing and microelectronics. Currently, the Erik Jonsson School has 70
tenured/tenure-track faculty members.
As in most universities, it is difficult to find sufficient resources for the level of support staff
needed to really allow the faculty to use their time most effectively. Nevertheless, we have
established an electronics shop with one person responsible for ordering, repairing and
maintaining such equipment. We have two technicians responsible for machining and supporting
our experimental facilities (primarily optics and microelectronics laboratories). We have two
secretaries to handle routine needs of the engineering faculty, and we have a cooperative
arrangement with the Academic Computer Center to provide hardware and software support for
computers and networks. As with the faculty, all support personnel have a computer workstation
or PC at their disposal.
69
7.1 Organizational Structure
The preceding figure shows the organizational structure for the electrical engineering program.
The EE program is an interdisciplinary program administered by the Telecommunications
Engineering Division on behalf of the Departments of Electrical Engineering and Computer
Science in the Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science. The following faculty
members develop and teach courses in the TE curriculum, and help with its administration:
Faculty members are recruited from academia and industry, both in the US and abroad. They are
chosen based on rigorous academic standards, extensive experience in industry, demonstrated
ability to teach undergraduate and graduate students effectively, ability to serve on departmental
and university committees, effectiveness in advising students, and ability to build and sustain
viable research programs.
Several committees ensure proper administration for the TE program. All committees have
representatives from both the Electrical Engineering Department and the Computer Science
Department. The Governing Committee is the main and final authority for the TE Program. Its
duties include the following:
Setting the medium to long-term priorities of the TE program regarding curriculum,
strategy, marketing, etc.
Making general decisions to commit the TE program to a particular course of action
Hiring and personnel issues
Defining the budget for the program
Dean of Electrical Engineering
and Computer Science
EE Governing
Committee
EE Outreach
Committee
EE Undergraduate
Committee
EE Graduate
Committee
Division Program Head
Electrical Engineering
70
EE CS TE
Governing Board
Undergraduate Committee
Graduate Committee
TE/CS Search
Committee
TE/EE Search
Committee
TE Industry Advisory Board
Outreach Committee
EE CS TE
Governing Board
Undergraduate Committee
Graduate Committee
TE/CS Search
Committee
TE/EE Search
Committee
TE Industry Advisory Board
Outreach Committee
The preceding figure shows the organizational structure for the electrical engineering program.
Several committees ensure proper administration for the program. All committees have
representatives from both the Telecommunications Engineering Department and the Computer
Science Department. The Governing Committee is the main and final authority for the electrical
engineering Program. Its duties include the following:
Setting the medium to long-term priorities of the electrical engineering program regarding
curriculum, strategy, marketing, etc.
Making general decisions to commit the electrical engineering program to a particular course
of action
Hiring and personnel issues
Defining the budget for the program
Comment [lc13]: Resize the object
above so that it is centered.
71
7.1.1 U.T. Dallas Administrative Structure
The central administrative organization at U.T. Dallas is shown below. The president and vice
presidents meet regularly to discuss university policy and administration.
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
72
7.1.2 Board of Regents
Officers
James Richard Huffines, Chairman
Rita C. Clements, Vice –Chairman
Woody L. Hunt, Vice-Chairman
Cyndi Taylor Krier, Vice-Chairman
Francie A. Fredrick, Counsel and Secretary
Members
Terms Expires February 1, 2005
Woody L. Hunt El Paso
Charles Miller Houston
Robert A. Estrada Dallas
Terms Expires February 1, 2007
Rita Clements Dallas
Judith L. Craven, M.D. Houston
Cyndi Taylor Krier San Antonio
Term Expires February 1, 2009
John W. Barnhill, Jr.
H. Scott Caven , Jr.
James Richard Huffines
73
8. Program Criteria
Our Electrical Engineering curriculum provides both breadth and depth across the range of
engineering topics such as microelectronics, signal processing, digital and analog systems and
communications. Our graduates have knowledge of probability and statistics, including
applications appropriate to the program name and objectives; and knowledge of mathematics
through differential and integral calculus, basic sciences, computer science, and engineering
sciences necessary to analyze and design complex electrical and electronic devices, software, and
systems containing hardware and software components, as appropriate to program objectives.
Our graduates are also required to have knowledge of advanced mathematics, typically including
differential equations, linear algebra, complex variables, and discrete mathematics.
Our graduates are prepared for engineering practice through the EE curriculum culminating in a
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
Our Electrical Engineering degree plans satisfies the requirements specified by the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). The course work includes at least:
1. One year (32 SCH) of an appropriate combination of mathematics and basic sciences;
2. One and one-half years (48 SCH) of engineering topics.
3. A general education component that complements the technical content of the curriculum
and is consistent with the program and intuition objectives.
Table 8.1 shows which courses apply to the Electrical Engineering curricular categories. The
course syllabi and course descriptions for these course plus electives are included in section B.
of Appendix I of the self-study.
74
Table 8.1 Curriculum Analysis
Institution: UT Dallas Program: Electrical Engineering
Applicable UTD Course Number
Curricular
Category
Criteria Requirement
Mathematics and Basic Science MATH 2417
MATH 2419
PHYSICS 2325/2125
PHYSICS 2326/2126
CHEM 1311
CHEM 1111
EE 3341
CS 1315
Engineering Topics EE 1102
EE 3301/3101
ENGS 3360
EE 3302/3102
EE 3310/3110
EE 3311/3111
EE 3320/3120
EE 4301
EE 3350/3150
EE 4310
EE Electives
General Education
RHET 1302
RHET 1101
A&H 1301
AP 1301
GOVT 2301
GOVT 2302
HST 1301
HST 2301
Electives
Other Advanced Elective (Outside of EE), Free Electives
Please List Below Any Applicable Program Criteria Requirements:
Advanced
Mathematics
EE 3300
Differential
Equations
MATH 2420
Linear Algebra EE 2310
Complex Variables EE 3300
Discrete
Mathematics
EE 2310, EE 3320, CS 2315
Are curricular requirements met in each of the following areas? UTD Course
Culmination of curriculum in a major design experience. EE 438X
Major design experience based on knowledge and skills acquired in earlier
course work.
EE 438X
EE Electives
Major design experience incorporates engineering standards and realistic
constraints that include most of the following considerations: economic;
environmental; sustainability; manufacturability; ethical; health and safety;
social; and political.
EE 438X
ENGS 3360
Other requirements contained in applicable program criteria:
Computer Science EE 2315
EE Electives EE 43XX
75
All lower-division students in either Electrical Engineering concentrate on mathematics, science
and introductory engineering courses, building competence in these cornerstone areas for future
application in upper-division engineering courses. The following requirements apply both to
students seeking to transfer to U.T. Dallas from other institutions as well as to those currently
enrolled at U.T. Dallas, whether in another school or in the Erik Jonsson School of Engineering
and Computer Science.
Although the electrical engineering curricula that follow have been designed to meet these
criteria, students have the responsibility, in consultation with an advisor, to monitor their own
choice o courses carefully to be certain that all academic requirements for graduation are being
satisfied. Students are strongly encouraged to take courses in such subjects as accounting,
industrial management, finance, personnel administration, and engineering economy.
9. General Advanced-Level Program
Not applicable
75
Electrical Engineering
Appendix I-Additional Information
Tabular Data for Program
The Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science
The University of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083
Engineering Accreditation Commission
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
111 Market Place, Suite 1050
Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4012
Phone: 410-347-7700
Fax: 410-625-2238
e-mail:
[email protected]
www: http://www.abet.org/
76
A. Tabular Data for Program
Table I-1. Basic-Level Curriculum
Electrical Engineering
Category (Credit Hours)
Year;
Semester or
Quarter
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Math & Basic
Sciences
Engineering
Topics
Check if
Contains
Significant
Design ()
General
Education Other
Freshman I
( )
MATH 2417 Calculus I
4 ( )
CS 1337 Computer Science I
3 ( x )
RHET 1302 Rhetoric
( ) 3
RHET 1101 Oral Communication
( ) 1
EE 1102 Intro. to experimental
techniques
1 ( )
A&H 1301 Exploration of the
Humanities
( ) 3
Freshman II
( )
MATH 2419 Calculus II
4 ( )
EE 2310/2110 Computer Organization
& Des/ Lab
4 ( x )
PHYS 2325/2125 Mechanics & Heat
w/Lab
4 ( )
AP 1301 Exploration of the Arts
( ) 3
GOVT 2301 American/Texas
constitution
( ) 3
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
77
Table I-1. Basic-Level Curriculum
Electrical Engineering
Category (Credit Hours)
Year;
Semester or
Quarter
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Math & Basic
Sciences
Engineering
Topics
Check if
Contains
Significant
Design ()
General
Education Other
Sophomore I
( )
MATH 2420 Differential Equations
4 ( )
PHYS 2326/2126 Electromagnetism &
Waves/Lab
4 ( )
CHM 1311/1111 General Chemistry
I/Lab
4 ( )
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra
3 ( x )
GOVT 2302 American/Texas structure
& function
( ) 3
Sophomore
II
EE3300 Advanced Engineering Math I
3 ( )
HST 1301 Themes & ideas of
American History
( ) 3
EE 3301/3101 Electrical Network
Analysis/ Lab
4 ( x )
ENGS3360
4
Politics and Values in
Bus. & Tech.
( ) 3
Free Elective (***)
( ) 3
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
(Continued on next page)
78
Table I-1. Basic-Level Curriculum
Electrical Engineering
Category (Credit Hours)
Year;
Semester or
Quarter
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Math & Basic
Sciences
Engineering
Topics
Check if
Contains
Significant
Design ()
General
Education Other
Junior I
( )
EE 3302/3102 Signals & Systems/Lab
4 ( )
EE 3310/3110 Electronic Devices/Lab
4 ( x )
EE 3341 Prob. Theory & Stats
2 1( )
HST 2301 Issues in American History
( ) 3
( )
Junior II
( )
EE 3320 /3120 Digital Circuits / Lab
4 ( x )
EE 3311/3111 Electronic Circuits /Lab
4 ( x )
ECS 3390 Technical Writing
( ) 3
Advanced Elective [outside EE]
( ) 3
EE 4301 Electromagnetic engineering
3 ( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
(Continued on next page)
79
Table 1. Basic-Level Curriculum (continued)
Electrical Engineering
Category (Credit Hours)
Year;
Semester or
Quarter
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Math & Basic
Science
Engineering
Topics
Check if
Contains
Significant
Design ()
General
Education Other
Senior I
( )
EE4350/4150 Communications
Systems /Lab
4 ( x )
EE 4368 RF & distributed circuits
3 ( x )
EE 438X Senior Design Project I
3 ( x )
EE Elective
3 ( x )
EE Elective
3 ( x )
( )
Senior II
( )
EE Elective
3 ( x )
EE4310 Systems and controls
3 ( x )
Senior Design Project II
3 ( x )
Advanced Elective [outside EE]
( ) 3
Free Elective (3sch)***
( ) 3
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
TOTALS-ABET BASIC-LEVEL
REQUIREMENTS
35 55 30 9
OVERALL TOTAL
FOR DEGREE
129
PERCENT OF TOTAL
Totals must Minimum semester credit hours 32 hrs 48 hrs
satisfy one
set
Minimum percentage 25% 37.5 %
Note that instructional material and student work verifying course compliance with ABET
criteria for the categories indicated above will be required during the campus visit
The preceding table is an example of the Electrical engineering Basic Level Curriculum. Upon
enrollment, EE students meet with their advisors and are informed of the program course
requirements. Each student’s course curriculum must be reviewed and authorized by their
advisors. This helps ensure that the students understand the courses necessary for graduation.
This also helps tailor the program to the specific needs of each student’s career goals while
80
maintaining a high degree of quality and uniformity in the University of Texas at Dallas’s
electrical engineering graduates. Students graduating from the electrical engineering program are
required to take a total of 128 credit hours to earn their degree in electrical engineering as
detailed in the Electrical Engineering Basic-Level Curriculum in Table I-1 above.
81
Table I-2(a) Course and Section Size Summary
Electrical Engineering
Type of Class
1
Course No. Title
No. of Sections
offered in
Current Year
Avg. Section
Enrollment
Lecture Laboratory Recitation Other
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental
Techniques
12 19 10% 90%
EE 2110 Introduction to Digital Systems
Laboratory
14 15 10% 90%
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra 4 40 100%
EE 2310 Introduction to Digital Systems 5 44 100%
EE 2V95 Individual Instruction in
Electrical Engineering
0 0 N/A
EE 2V99 Topics in Electrical Engineering 0 0 N/A
EE 3101 Electrical Network Analysis
Laboratory
10 16 10% 90%
EE 3102 Signals and Systems Laboratory 7 14 10% 90%
EE 3110 Electronic Devices Laboratory 8 19 10% 90%
EE 3111 Electronic Circuits Laboratory 10 12 10% 90%
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory 7 12 10% 90%
EE 3150 Communications Systems
Laboratory
10 15 10% 90%
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Math 4 37 100%
EE 3301 Electrical Network Analysis 4 43 100%
82
Table I-2(b) Course and Section Size Summary
Electrical Engineering
Type of Class
1
Course No. Title
No. of Sections
offered in
Current Year
Avg. Section
Enrollment
Lecture Laboratory Recitation Other
EE 3302 Signals and Systems 6 34 100%
EE 3310 Electronic 4 47 100%
EE 3311 Electronic Circuits 4 38 100%
EE 3320 Digital Circuits 4 67 100%
EE 3341 Probability Theory and Statistics 6 49 100%
EE 3350 Communications Systems 5 41 100%
EE 4301 Electromagnetic Engineering I 4 30 100%
EE 4302 Electromagnetic Engineering II 1 14 100%
EE 4304 Computer Architecture 1 17 100%
EE 4310 Systems and Controls 3 42 100%
EE 4325 Introduction to VLSI Design 0 0 100%
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology 1 24 100%
EE 4341 Digital Integrated Circuit
Analysis and Design
0 0 100%
EE 4360 Digital Communications 2 10 100%
EE 4361 Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing
2 33 100%
Enter the appropriate percent for each type of class for each course (e.g., 75% lecture, 25% recitation).
83
Table I-2(c) Course and Section Size Summary
Electrical Engineering
Type of Class
1
Course No. Title
No. of Sections
offered in
Current Year
Avg. Section
Enrollment
Lecture Laboratory Recitation Other
EE 4365 Introduction to Wireless
Communication
2 23 100%
EE 4367 Telecommunications Switching
and Transmission
2 12 100%
EE 4368 RF Circuit Design Principles 3 30 100%
EE 4380 Microprocessor Design Project I 2 26 25% 75%
EE 4381 Mobile Communications System
Design Project I
4 10 25% 75%
EE 4382 Individually Supervised Senior
Design Project I
(Microelectronics)
0 0 25% 75%
EE 4383 Microprocessor Design Project
II
0 0 25% 75%
EE 4384 Mobile Communications System
Design Project II
1 8 25% 75%
EE 4385 DSP-Based Design Project I./EE
4386 DSP-Based Design Project
II
1 20 25% 75%
EE 4390 Intro to Telecom Networks 2 13 100%
Enter the appropriate percent for each type of class for each course (e.g., 75% lecture, 25% recitation).
84
Table I-3 (a) Faculty Workload Summary Fall 2003-Spring 2004
Electrical Engineering
Total Activity Distribution
2
Faculty Member
(Name)
FT
or
PT
(%)
Classes Taught (Course No./Credit Hrs.)
Term and Year1
Teaching Research Other
3
Naofal, Al-Dhahir FT EE6360(F)
Poras Balsara FT EE3320(F) 25% 50% 25%
Charles Bernardin FT EE/TE3302(F),EE3302(F),EE3102(S) 75% 25%
Dinesh Bhatia FT EE6370(F),EE3320(S) 25% 50% 25%
William Boyd 75% EE4310(F),EE3302((F),EE3110(S) 75%
Gerry Burnham FT EE3301(F) 25% 75%
Dale Byrne FT EE6309(F),EE3300(F),EE6317(S) 75% 25%
Cy Cantrell FT EE6345(F),EE4301(S) 20% 25% 50%
Andrew Cilia FT EE4380(F/S),EE4381(F/S),EE3120(S) 100%
Nathan Dodge FT EE1102(F/S),EE2110(F/S) 75% 25%
Edward Esposito FT EE2300(F/S) 50% 50%
John Fonseka FT EE3150(F),EE3350(F/S),EE3300(S) 75% 25%
William Frensley FT EE4368(F),EE6319(F),EE4330(S) 75% 25%
Andrea Fumagalli FT EE6340(F/S),EE3302(S) 50% 50%
Bruce Gnade FT EE6322(F),EE7V82(F) 25% 50% 25%
Matthew Goeckner FT EE4302(F),EE6283(S),EE6383(S) 50% 50%
85
Table I-3(b) Faculty Workload Summary
Electrical Engineering
Total Activity Distribution
2
Faculty Member
(Name)
FT
or
PT
(%)
Classes Taught (Course No./Credit Hrs.)
Term and Year1
Teaching Research Other
3
James Hellums 25% EE7331(F),EE6326(S) 25%
Louis R. Hunt FT EE6336(F),EE4310(F),EE6361(S) 75% 25%
Muhammad Kalam FT EE3111(F),EE4367(F),EE4390(F/S) 75% 25%
Nasser Kehtarnavaz FT EE6364(F),EE6367(S),EE4386(S) 50% 50%
Kamran Kiasaleh FT EE6349(F),EE6352(S) 50% 25% 25%
Moon Kim FT EE7V82 25% 75%
Hoi Lee FT N/A
Jeong-Bong (JB) Lee FT EE3110(F),EE7V82(S) 50% 50%
Gil Lee FT EE3310(F),EE3110(F),EE4340(S) 50% 50%
Jin Liu FT EE6325(F),EE3311(S) 25% 75%
Philip Loizou FT EE3302(F),EE6362(S) 25% 50% 25%
Duncan MacFarlane FT EE3341(F),EE6316(S) 25% 25% 50%
Hlaing Minn FT EE6352(F),EE4360(S) 25% 75%
Aria Nosratinia FT EE6360(F),EE3341(S) 25% 75%
Mehrdad Nourani FT EE6302(F),EE6301(S),EE6303(S) 25% 75%
Raimund Ober FT 100%
86
Table I-3(c) Faculty Workload Summary
Electrical Engineering
Total Activity Distribution
2
Faculty Member
(Name)
FT
or
PT
(%)
Classes Taught (Course No./Credit Hrs.)
Term and Year1
Teaching Research Other
3
Lawrence Overzet FT EE6320(F),EE3310(S) 50% 50%
Issa Panahi FT EE6360(F),EE6361(S) 50% 75%
William J. Pervin FT EE3300(F/S),EE3341(F),EE2310(S) 75% 25%
P.K. Rajasekaran FT EE3350(F/S),EE6360(F/s),EE4361(S) 75% 25%
Ricardo Saad 50% EE43401(F/S),EE6310(F),EE6355(S) 50%
Rama Sangireddy FT EE4304(F),EE7304(F),EE6304(S) 25% 75%
M. Saquib FT EE6365(F),EE4365(F),EE6349(S) 25% 75%
Don Shaw 0% N/A Emeritus
Marco Tacca FT EE4381(S),EE3301(S) 50% 50%
Lakshman Tamil FT EE2300(F),EE7V86(F/S) 50% 50%
Murat Torlak FT EE4385(F),EE6390(S) 50% 50%
T.R. Viswanathan FT EE4390(F) 25% 75%
Robert Wallace FT EE7V82(F) 25% 75%
Dian Zhou 50% EE3120(F),EE6375(F) 50%
1. Indicate Term and Year for which data apply.
2. Activity distribution should be in percent of effort. Faculty member’s activities should total 100%.
3. Indicate sabbatical leave, etc., under "Other."
87
Table I-4(a) Faculty Analysis
Electrical Engineering
Years of Experience
Level of Activity
(high, med, low, none)
Name R
a
n
k
F
T
o
r
P
T
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
w
h
i
c
h
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
E
a
r
n
e
d
&
Y
e
a
r
G
o
v
t
.
/
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
e
T
o
t
a
l
F
a
c
u
l
t
y
T
h
i
s
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
i
n
w
h
i
c
h
R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
e
d
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
(
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
)
R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
/
S
u
m
m
e
r
W
o
r
k
i
n
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
Naofal, Al-Dhahir
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
Stanford
University ‘94
4 3 2
IEEE, WCNC,
ICC High
High Low
Poras Balsara
Professor FT PhD
Pennsylvania
State ‘89
20 15 TX IEEE Med High Med
Charles Bernardin
Senior Lecturer
III
FT PhD John Hopkins ‘79 22 3 3 IEEE Med None Low
Dinesh Bhatia
Associate
Professor
FT PhD UT Dallas ‘90 10 5 TX IEEE Med Med Low
William Boyd
Senior Lecturer
III
FT PhD Texas A & M ‘69 4 TX None None
Gerry Burnham
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
U. Southern
California ‘73
28 11 9 TX
IEEE, ASEE
Med.
None Med
Dale Byrne
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
University of
Arizona ‘78
20 16 16 FL/TX IEEE Med Med Low
Cy Cantrell
Professor FT PhD Princeton ‘68 7 28 24 IEEE Med Med Low
Andrew Cilia
Senior Lecturer
III
FT MSEE. UT Arlington ’96 4 IEEE Med Med Med
Nathan Dodge
Senior Lecturer
III
FT PhD UT Austin ‘69 29 11 8 TX IEEE Med None None
88
Table I-4(b) Faculty Analysis
Electrical Engineering
Years of Experience
Level of Activity
(high, med, low, none)
Name R
a
n
k
F
T
o
r
P
T
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
w
h
i
c
h
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
E
a
r
n
e
d
&
Y
e
a
r
G
o
v
t
.
/
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
e
T
o
t
a
l
F
a
c
u
l
t
y
T
h
i
s
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
i
n
w
h
i
c
h
R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
e
d
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
(
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
)
R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
/
S
u
m
m
e
r
W
o
r
k
i
n
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
Edward Esposito Asst. Dean/
Senior Lecturer
III
FT PhD Harvard ‘79 3
Am. Physical
Society low
None None
John Fonseka
Professor FT PhD Arizona State ‘88 17 Med Low
William Frensley
Professor FT PhD
1976 University of
Colorado
15
IEEE, APS
Med
Med Med
Andrea Fumagalli
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
Poli Tenico di
Toriono ‘92
14 9
IEEE, EOS,
SPIE,
High Med
Bruce Gnade
Professor FT PhD Georgia Tech ‘82 2
Am. Physical
Society, IEEE
Med
High Med
Matthew Goeckner
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
University of
Iowa ‘90
7 IEEE Med High Med
Robert Helms
Dean,
Professor
FT PhD
Stanford
University
IEEE Low None None
James Hellums
Adjunct
Professor
PT PhD UT Dallas ‘02 11 24 2 IEEE None None
Louis R. Hunt
Professor FT PhD
Rice University
‘70
21 IEEE Low Med Low
Muhammad Kalam
Senior Lecturer
III
FT PhD
University of
Kentucky ‘79
19 2 3 IEEE Low Low None
Nasser Kehtarnavaz
Professor FT PhD
Rice University
‘87
18 3
IEEE, SPIE
Med
High Low
89
Table I-4(c) Faculty Analysis
Electrical Engineering
Years of Experience
Level of Activity
(high, med, low, none)
Name R
a
n
k
F
T
o
r
P
T
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
w
h
i
c
h
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
E
a
r
n
e
d
&
Y
e
a
r
G
o
v
t
.
/
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
e
T
o
t
a
l
F
a
c
u
l
t
y
T
h
i
s
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
i
n
w
h
i
c
h
R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
e
d
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
(
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
)
R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
/
S
u
m
m
e
r
W
o
r
k
i
n
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
Kamran Kiasaleh Associate
Professor
FT PhD
U. Southern
California ‘86
17 IEEE Med High Low
Moon Kim
Associate
Professor
FT PhD Arizona State ‘88 2 High Med
Hoi Lee
Assistant
Professor
FT PhD
Hong Kong
University ‘04
1 IEEE Low High None
Jeong-Bong (JB) Lee
Assistant
Professor
FT PhD Georgia Tech ‘87 3
IEEE,SPIE,
MRS Med
High Med
Gil Lee
Professor FT PhD
North Carolina
State ‘87
High Med
Jin Liu
Assistant
Professor
FT PhD Georgia Tech ‘97 5
IEEE, SRIE
Med
Med Med
Philip Loizou
Professor FT PhD Arizona State ‘95 8
IEEE, Acoustc
Society Hgh
High Low
Duncan MacFarlane
Professor FT PhD Portland State ‘85 1 11 6
IEEE, OSA
High
High Low
Hlaing Minn
Assistant
Professor
FT PhD
University of
Victoria ‘01
3 IEEE Low Med Low
Aria Nosratinia
Associate
Professor
FT PhD
University of
Illinois ‘96
3 IEEE High High Low
90
Table I-4(d) Faculty Analysis
Electrical Engineering
Years of Experience
Level of Activity
(high, med, low, none)
Name R
a
n
k
F
T
o
r
P
T
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
w
h
i
c
h
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
E
a
r
n
e
d
&
Y
e
a
r
G
o
v
t
.
/
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
e
T
o
t
a
l
F
a
c
u
l
t
y
T
h
i
s
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
i
n
w
h
i
c
h
R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
e
d
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
(
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
)
R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
/
S
u
m
m
e
r
W
o
r
k
i
n
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
Mehrdad Nourani Associate
Professor
FT PhD Case Western ‘93 5 IEEE High Med Med
Raimund Ober
Professor FT PhD Cambridge ‘87 12 IEEE Low High Low
Lawrence Overzet
Professor FT
PhD
University of
Indiana ‘83
17
IEEE, Amer.
Vacuum Soc.
High Med
Issa Panahi
Assistant
Professor
FT
PhD
University of
Colorado ‘88
2 TX
IEEE, SPMA
Med
Med Med
William J. Pervin
Professor FT
PhD
University of
Pittsburgh ‘57
43 30
IEEE, ACM
High
Low Low
P.K. Rajasekaran
Senior Lecturer
III
FT
PhD
Southern
Methodist ‘71
3 IEEE low None Low
Ricardo Saad
Senior Lecturer
III
FT
PhD
University of
Toronto,’96
4 IEEE Low None High
Rama Sangireddy
Assistant
Professor
FT
PhD
Iowa State ‘03 2 Med Low
M. Saquib
Assistant
Professor
FT
PhD
Rutgers ‘98 1 6 4 IEEE High High Low
Don Shaw
Professor
Emeritus
FT
PhD
Baylor ‘65 8 N/A N/A
91
Table I-4(e) Faculty Analysis
Electrical Engineering
Years of Experience
Level of Activity
(high, med, low, none)
Name R
a
n
k
F
T
o
r
P
T
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
w
h
i
c
h
H
i
g
h
e
s
t
D
e
g
r
e
e
E
a
r
n
e
d
&
Y
e
a
r
G
o
v
t
.
/
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
P
r
a
c
t
i
c
e
T
o
t
a
l
F
a
c
u
l
t
y
T
h
i
s
I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
i
n
w
h
i
c
h
R
e
g
i
s
t
e
r
e
d
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
(
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
S
o
c
i
e
t
y
)
R
e
s
e
a
r
c
h
C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
/
S
u
m
m
e
r
W
o
r
k
i
n
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
Marco Tacca Senior Lecturer
III
FT
PhD
UT Dallas ‘02 3 IEEE Low Med None
Lakshman Tamil
Professor FT
PhD
Rhode Island ‘88 9 13 16 IEEE Low Med Med
Murat Torlak
Assistant
Professor
FT
PhD
UT Austin ‘95 6
IEEE/ACM
High
High Low
T.R. Viswanathan
Research
Professor
FT
PhD
University of
Saskatchewan ‘94
1 IEEE Low Low High
Robert Wallace
Professor FT
PhD
University of
Pittsburgh ‘88
2
IEEE, Amer.
Vacuum Soc
High Med
Dian Zhou
Professor FT
PhD
University of
Illinois ‘90
6 IEEE Low Med None
92
Table I-5. Support Expenditures
Electrical Engineering
1 2 3 4
Fiscal Year
2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005
Expenditure Category
Operations
1
(not including staff)
955,755 1,444,661 1,698,227 1,163,405
Travel
2
130,921 114,217 144,703 82,043
Equipment
3
289,600 262,665 179,764 54,907
Institutional Funds 292,905 297,960 380,284 231,284
Grants and Gifts
4
1,033,371 1,523,583 1,642,410 1,069,071
Graduate Teaching
Assistants
483,316 724,978 671,035 586,349
Part-time Assistance
5
(other than teaching)
108,860 130,162 431,796 301,197
93
B. Course Syllabi
CHEM 1311 General Chemistry / CHEM 1111 General Chemistry Laboratory
MATH 2417 Calculus I
MATH 2419 Calculus II
MATH 2420 Differential Equations with Applications
PHYS 2325 Mechanics and Heat/ PHYS 2125 Physics Laboratory I
PHYS 2326 Electromagnetism and Waves/ PHYS 2125 Physics Laboratory II
CS 1315 (COSC 1315) Computer Science I
ECS 3390 Professional and Technical Communication
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental Techniques
EE 2110 Introduction to Digital Systems Laboratory
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra
EE 2310 Introduction to Digital Systems
EE 3101 Electrical Network Analysis Laboratory
EE 3102 Signals and Systems Laboratory
E 3110 Electronic Devices Laboratory
EE 3111 Electronic Circuits Laboratory
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory
EE 3150 Communications Systems Laboratory
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics
EE 3301 Electrical Network Analysis
EE 3302 Signals and Systems
EE 3310 Electronic Devices
EE 3311 Electronic Circuits
94
EE 3320 Digital Circuits
EE 3341 Probability Theory and Statistics
EE 3350 Communications Systems
EE 4301 Electromagnetic Engineering I
EE 4302 Electromagnetic Engineering II
EE 4304 Computer Architecture
EE 4310 Systems and Controls
EE 4325 Introduction to VLSI Design
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design
EE 4341 Digital Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design
EE 4360 Digital Communications
EE 4361 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing
EE 4365 Introduction to Wireless Communication
EE 4367 Telecommunications Switching and Transmission
EE 4368 RF Circuit Design Principles
EE 4380 Microprocessor Design Project I
EE 4381 Mobile Communications System Design Project I
EE 4383 Microprocessor Design Project II
EE 4382 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project I (Microelectronics)
EE 4384 Mobile Communications System Design Project II
EE 4385 DSP-Based Design Project I./
EE 4386 DSP-Based Design Project II
EE 4387 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project II
EE 4390 Introduction to Telecommunication Networks
95
EE 4399 Senior Honors in Electrical Engineering
EE 4420 Microprocessor Systems Design
EE 4V95 Undergraduate Topics in Electrical Engineering
EE 4V97 Independent Study in Electrical Engineering
EE 4V98 Undergraduate Research in Electrical Engineering
96
CHEM 1311-General Chemistry/CHEM 1111 General Chemistry Laboratory I
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
CHEM 1311 General Chemistry I (3 semester hours) Introduction to elementary concepts of
chemistry theory. The course emphasizes chemical reactions, the mole concept and its
applications, and molecular structure and bonding. (3-0) S
CHEM 1111 General Chemistry Laboratory I (1 semester hour) Introduction to the chemistry
laboratory. Experiments are designed to demonstrate concepts covered in CHEM 1311; including
properties and reactions of inorganic substances, and elementary qualitative and quantitative
analysis. (0-3) S
Prerequisite:
One year of High School Chemistry
Textbook
"Chemistry: Matter and Its Changes",4th Edition by Brady & Senese
University of Texas at Dallas: Chemistry Lab Manual
Reference:
"Study Guide for Chemistry: Matter and Its Changes", 4th Edition by Brady & Senese
Course Objectives:
To provide an understanding of Chemistry and applications after completing this course, the
student will be able to analyze simple chemical reactions and will understand basic concepts of
molecular structure.
Topics Covered:
• Atoms and Elements
• Compounds and Chemical Reactions
• Measurement
• Quantum Mechanical Atom
• Chemical Bonding:General Concepts
• Chemical Bonding and Mol Structure
• The Mole
• Solutions
• Oxidation-Reduction Reactions
• Energy and Chemical Change
• Properties of Gases
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Lab Preview: Preview questions are designed to help students understand the concepts and
techniques involved in each experiment.
Lab Manuals: University of Texas at Dallas: Chemistry Lab Manual 1998-99
97
Prelab: The pre-lab is designed to help students prepare for successful completion of the
experiment. It demonstrates the aim, chemistry and execution of the experiment. Students are
expected to turn in their pre-lab at the beginning of each lab period. It is typically one page and
should contain the following content: Objective, Apparatus and Chemicals Needed, Techniques
(if any), Brief Procedure in their own words.
• Exp 2 Nomenclature
• Exp 1 Basic Lab Operations
• Exp 3 Chromatography
• Exp 4 Identification of Compounds
• ***** Problem Set
• Exp 5 Spectroscopy
• Exp 6 Molecular Geometry
• Exp 7 Limiting Reactant
• Exp 8 Volumetric Analysis
• Exp 9 Vinegar Analysis
• Exp 11 Metathesis Reactions
• Exp 12 Redox Reactions
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 4/27/05
98
Math 2417 Calculus I
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
MATH 2417 Calculus I (4 semester hours ) Functions, limits, continuity, differentiation;
integration of function of one variable; logarithmic, exponential, and inverse trigonometric
functions; techniques of integration, and applications. Three lecture hours and two discussion
hours a week. Prerequisite: A SAT II Mathematics Level IC Test score of 560, a Level II Test
score of 530, or a grade of at least C in MATH 2312 or an equivalent course. (4-0) S
Prerequisite:
MATH 2312 or an equivalent course
Textbook
CALCULUS by Larson, Hostetler and Edwards, 7
th
Edition, Student Solution Manual Available
in Bookstore
Reference:
WEB: The utility WebCT, accessible from a UTD computer lab or from your own Web
connection, will be an essential communication tool for this course. The
URL is http://webct.utdallas.edu; this can also be accessed from the UTD home page.
Course Objectives:
After completing this course the student will be able to differentiate and integrate simple
functions and will be able to apply calculus to scientific and engineering problems.
Topics Covered:
• Preparation for Calculus (Self-review for students)
• Limits and their Properties
• Differentiation
• Applications of Differentiation
• Integration
• Logarithmic, Exponential, and Other Transcendental Functions
• Applications of Integration
• Integration Techniques, L'Hôpital's Rule, and Improper Integrals
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
MATH LAB HOURS
Monday-Thursday 10:00 am - 8:00 pm
Friday/Saturday 10:00 am - 2:00 pm or by appointment
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 4/28/05
99
Math 2419 Calculus II
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
MATH 2419 Calculus II (4 semester hours) Continuation of MATH 2417. Improper integrals,
sequences, infinite series, power series, parametric equations and polar coordinates, vectors,
vector-valued functions, functions of several variables, partial derivatives and applications,
multiple integration. Three lecture hours and two discussion hours a week. Prerequisite: A score
of at least 4 on the Advanced Placement Calculus BC exam or MATH 2417. (4-0) S
Prerequisite:
MATH 2417 or an equivalent course
Textbook
CALCULUS by Larson, Hostetler and Edwards, 7
th
Edition, Student Solution Manual Available
in Bookstore
Reference:
WEB: The utility WebCT, accessible from a UTD computer lab or from your own
web connection, will be an essential communication tool for this course. The
URL is http://webct.utdallas.edu; this can also be accessed from the UTD
home page.
Course Objectives:
To provide an understanding of series convergence and approximation, plane
and space curves, and of vectors, partial differentiation and multiple
integration, and their applications in the sciences.
Topics Covered:
• Integration Techniques, L'Hôspital's Rule, and Improper Integrals
• Infinite Series
• Conics, Parametric Equations, and Polar Coordinates
• Vectors and the Geometry of Space
• Vector-Valued Functions
• Functions of Several Variables
• Multiple Integration
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
MATH LAB HOURS
Monday-Thursday 10:00 am - 8:00 pm
Friday/Saturday 10:00 am - 2:00 pm or by appointment
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 5/28/05
100
Math 2420 Differential Equations with Applications
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
MATH 2420 Differential Equations with Applications (4 semester hours) Topics covered will
be drawn from the following list: First order differential equations, ordinary differential
equations, system of linear differential equations, stability, series solutions, special functions,
Sturm-Liousville problem, Laplace transforms and linear differential equations, numerical
solutions and applications in physical sciences and engineering using computers. Three lecture
hours and two discussion hours per week. Prerequisite: MATH 2419. (4-0) S
Prerequisite:
MATH 2419 or an equivalent course
Textbook
CALCULUS by Larson, Hostetler and Edwards, 7
th
Edition, Student Solution Manual
Reference:
WEB: The utility WebCT, accessible from a UTD computer lab or from your own
web connection, will be an essential communication tool for this course.
Course Objectives:
After completing this course the student will have a basic understanding of solution methods for
various types of ordinary differential equations.
Topics Covered:
• First order differential equations
• Ordinary differential equations
• System of linear differential equations,
• Stability, series solutions, special functions
• Sturm-Liouville problem
• Laplace transforms and linear differential equations,
• Numerical solutions and applications in physical sciences and engineering using
computers
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
MATH LAB HOURS
Monday-Thursday:10:00 am - 8:00 pm; Friday/Saturday 10:00 am - 2:00 pm or by appointment
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 4/28/05
101
PHYS 2325 Mechanics and Heat / PHYS 2125 Physics Laboratory I
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
PHYS 2325 Mechanics and Heat (3 semester hours) Calculus based. Basic physics including a
study of space and time, kinematics, forces, energy and momentum, conservation laws, rotational
motion, torques, and harmonic oscillation. Two lectures and one recitation session per week.
Prerequisite: MATH 2417. Co-requisite: PHYS 2125. (3-0) Y
PHYS 2125 Physics Laboratory I (1 semester hour) Laboratory course to accompany PHYS
2325. Personal computer-based data presentation and curve fitting. Basic measurement concepts
such as experimental uncertainty, mean, standard deviation, standard error, and error propagation
will be covered. Co-requisite: PHYS 2325. (0-3) Y
Prerequisite:
Math 2417-Calculus I
Textbook
University Physics (11
th
edition) Volume 1, Young and Freedman
Online HW: Mastering Physics for Young/Freedman, 11
th
edition
Reference:
N/A
Course Objectives:
This is a list of what I expect you to know and be able to do by the end of this class; Addition,
scalar multiplication, and vector multiplication of vectors, Understand the components of linear
motion (displacement, velocity, acceleration), Understand the different forces and work force
problems, Understand Newton’s laws of motion, Understand the different types of energy, Use
the conservation of energy to work problems, Understand impulse, momentum and collisions,
Understand center of mass and rigid bodies motion, Know rotational variables and the
relationship between linear and rotational variables, Be able to solve problems using rotational
and linear variables, Understand and work with equilibrium situations including the different
types of equilibrium, Understand simple harmonic motion and waves including their properties,
Understand fluids in motion and at rest, Understand heat and heat transfer mechanisms,
Understand the three laws of thermodynamics, Know the types of engines and refrigerators
Topics Covered:
Introduction, Units, Vectors
Velocity, Acceleration, 1-D Motion,2-D and 3-D Motion, Constant Acceleration
Newton's Laws and applications
Work, Potential Energy
Gravity
Momentum, Impulse, Collisions in 1-D,Collisions in 2-D
Angular Motion
Moment of Inertia
Torque, Rolling, Angular Momentum
Static Equilibrium
102
Simple Harmonic Motion
Waves, Pressure
Buoyancy, Ideal Gas
First Law of Thermodynamics, PV Diagrams
Second Law of Thermodynamics, Engines, Refrigerators
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
The course includes experiments designed to explore several areas in Mechanics and Heat. The
experiments in PHYS 2125 give you the opportunity to examine several phenomena in great
detail. In Physics, there is interplay between the theory that you see in a class or read about and
experimental work. One is not more important than the other but one informs the other:
theoretical predictions are a natural focus of experiment and experimental results help to develop
theory.
It is the responsibility of the student in this lab course to familiarize herself/himself with
concepts required in any experiment. The manual is a rough guide to concepts required and not a
thorough explanation of those ideas. Books that fully describe those concepts are available.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 4/27/05
103
PHYS 2326 Electromagnetism and Waves/PHYS 2126 Physics Laboratory II
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
PHYS 2326 Electromagnetism and Waves (3 semester hours) Continuation of PHYS 2325.
Topics include electrostatics and electromagnetics, electric field and potential, electric currents,
magnetic fields, laws of Coulomb, Ampere, and Faraday, Maxwell’s theory of propagation. Two
lectures and one recitation session per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 2325 and MATH 2419. Co-
requisite: PHYS 2126. (3-0) Y
PHYS 2126 Physics Laboratory II (1 semester hour) Laboratory course to accompany PHYS
2326. Builds on concepts of Physics Lab I. Will emphasize the use of an oscilloscope and
measurements using simple circuits constructed in class. Co-requisite: PHYS 2326. (0-3) Y
Prerequisite:
PHYS 2325 and MATH 2419. Co-requisite: PHYS 2126. (3-0) Y
Textbook
The basic material is covered in many textbooks and students may use any of them. This
particularly refers to: R.A. Serway and R.J. Beichner, "Physics for Scientists and Engineers",
Volume 2; D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker, "Fundamentals of Physics", Volume 2.
Reference:
R.P. Feynman, R.B. Leighton, & M. Sands, "The Feynman Lectures on Physics", Vol. 2 –
Read this for the Physics of it! ;A. Shadowitz, "The Electromagnetic Field".
Course Objectives:
This is an introductory course on electricity, magnetism and electromagnetic waves. The goal is
for students to develop an understanding and gain a practical knowledge of basic notions of
electric charges, currents, electromagnetic fields and forces. Our focus is not on "training" and
"dry" learning of the lecture materials but on conceptual understanding (broad concepts like
"physical fields vs action-at-a-distance", "superposition principle", etc.) and developing skills to
apply basic principles to actual problem solving. Lectures and problem solving sessions will
include examples of how to approach problems; students are expected to spend as much as
possible of their own time on problems, quizzes, etc. Some part of the lectures will be devoted to
topics beyond the textbook content and intended to make students aware of more advanced stuff,
to put things in a more general picture and to be, in a sense, inspirational. Lectures and other
materials will be made available online.
104
Topics Covered:
• Introduction to Electric Charges and Fields
• Properties of Electric Charges
• Coulomb's Law and Superposition;
• Conductors and Insulators;
• Magnetic fields and Lorenz force;
• Mathematics of Vector Fields
• Electrostatics in Vacuum and Dielectrics
• Electric Current and DC Circuits
• Magnetostatics in Vacuum and Matter
• Motion of Charges in Electric and Magnetic Fields
• Time-Dependent Fields and Currents
• Maxwell’s Equations and Electromagnetic Waves
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
The course includes experiments designed to explore several areas in Electromagnetism and
Waves. The experiments in PHYS 2126 give you the opportunity to examine several phenomena
in great detail. In Physics, there is interplay between the theory that you see in a class or read
about and experimental work. One is not more important than the other but one informs the
other: theoretical predictions are a natural focus of experiment and experimental results help to
develop theory.
It is the responsibility of the student in this lab course to familiarize herself/himself with
concepts required in any experiment. The manual is a rough guide to concepts required and not a
thorough explanation of those ideas. Books that fully describe those concepts are available.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to outcomes: a,b,c
Prepared by: C.D. Cantrell 4/27/05
105
CS 1337 Computer Science I
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
CS 1337 Computer Science I (3 semester hours) Introduction to object-oriented software
analysis, design, and development. Classes and objects. Object composition and polymorphism.
Sorting, searching, recursion. Strings and stacks using core classes. Inheritance and interfaces.
Graphic User Interfaces. Includes a comprehensive programming project. Prerequisite: CS 1336
or equivalent programming experience. (3-0) S
Prerequisites: CS 1336 or equivalent programming experience
Textbook: Liang, Daniel. Introduction to Java Programming.
5th Edition. Prentice Hall.
Course Objective:
After successful completion of this course, the student will have the: Ability to develop object
oriented software solutions for use on computers; to express algorithmic solutions in a high level
computer language; to utilize the String classes; to utilize express multi-class relationships
among objects; to implement graphical user interfaces; to develop graphical programs utilizing
standard layout
Managers; to develop event driven programs; to process data with abstract data types; to perform
searches and sorts; to develop programs utilizing recursive methodology; to utilize reference
variables; to utilize exception processing in sequential file input and output
Objectives: After successful completion of this course, the student will have the ability to:
develop object oriented software solutions for use on computers; express algorithmic solutions in
a high level computer language; utilize the String classes; utilize express multi-class
relationships among objects; implement graphical user interfaces; develop graphical programs
utilizing standard layout managers; develop event driven programs; process data with abstract
data types; perform searches and sorts; develop programs utilizing recursive methodology;
utilize reference variables; utilize exception processing in sequential file input and output
Course Outline:
• Introduction to Java
• Methods Review
• Recursion
• Objects and classes
• Strings
• Class Inheritance and Interfaces
• OO Software development
• GUI Programming
• Sorting and Searching
• Files
106
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and basic science requirement
Relation to program outcomes: a,c,e
Prepared by:
Martha Sanchez and C. D. Cantrell 4/28/05
107
ECS 3390 Professional and Technical Communication
Course Description: 2002-2004 catalog
Course Designation: Required
ECS 3390 Professional and Technical Communication (3 semester hours) Course utilizes an
integrated approach to writing and speaking for the technical profession. The writing component
focuses on writing professional quality technical documents such as proposals, memos, abstracts,
reports and letters. The oral communication part of the course focuses on planning, developing,
and delivering dynamic, informative and persuasive presentations. Gives students a successful
communication experience working in a functional team environment using a total on-line/real
time learning environment. Prerequisite: RHET 1302. (3-0) S.
Prerequisite: RHET 1302
Textbook:
Specified by Instructor
Course Objective:
After completing this course the student will be able too communicate effectively with
customers, technical peers and management orally and in writing.
Topics Covered:
Written and oral technical communications
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
General Education
Relation to program outcomes: g
Prepared by:
C.D. Cantrell 4/27/05
108
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental Techniques
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental Techniques (1 semester hour) EE fundamentals
laboratory that stresses laboratory procedures; learning use of common laboratory equipment
such as power supplies, multimeters, signal generators, and oscilloscopes; making
measurements; familiarization with simple DC resistor circuits; Ohm’s law; analyzing AC
signals, including frequency, period, amplitude, and rms value; inductors, capacitors and DC
transients; measuring phase shift in an AC circuit due to an inductor or capacitor; and basics of
laboratory report writing. (0-1) S
Prerequisites: N/A
Textbook: The EE 1102 Laboratory Manual and two electronics kits.
Course Objectives:
This course introduces students to experimental practices in an electrical circuit laboratory.
Students will learn to use common laboratory instruments, including the power supply, multimeter,
oscilloscope, and signal generator. Experiments cover fundamentals of circuit theory, including
passive circuit elements, DC and AC circuits, and measurement techniques. Students will learn to
communicate research results by writing a laboratory report. Students will work in two-person
teams.
Topics Covered:
• Building a simple electronic circuit
• The relation of voltage, current, and resistance in a DC circuit.
• AC signals, the signal generator, and the oscilloscope.
• Capacitors, inductors, and transient circuit behavior.
• Resistor-inductor-capacitor (RLC) circuit transient behavior.
• Building a more complex electronic circuit.
• Inductors and capacitors in AC circuits.
• RL and RC AC circuits.
• Manufacturing tolerance: a statistical analysis of resistor variation.
• Two circuit design problems.
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets once a week for three hours.
Contribution to Course Meeting professional Component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,b,c,d,e,g,k
Prepared by: Dr. Nathan Dodge
109
EE 2110 Introduction to Digital Systems Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 2120 Introduction to Digital Systems Laboratory: (1 semester hour) Laboratory to
accompany EE 2310. The purpose of this laboratory is to give students an intuitive
understanding of digital circuits and systems. Laboratory exercises include construction of
simple digital logic circuits using prototyping kits and board-level assembly of a personal
computer
Prerequisite: CS 1315. Co-requisite: EE 2310
Textbook: None. All material (including this syllabus) is available on-line. To obtain all EE
2110 course material, go to the instructor’s web site at http://www.utdallas.edu/~dodge/ee2110
and click on “EE 2110.” Labs are in Acrobat .pdf format, requiring Acrobat 5.0 reader, which can
be obtained from the University of Texas at Dallas software website (
http://www.utdallas.edu/ir/local/index.html ) or from the Adobe website. Once downloaded, they
can be printed for use in the lab.
Course Objectives: This course includes experiments with combinational and sequential digital
logic, hands-on assembly of an IBM-style PC, and assembly language programming.
Topics Covered:
• Introduction to laboratory equipment; simple logic gates; common logic gates
• Digital adder circuits.
• Bi-stable circuits (flip-flops and latches).
• Shift registers and counters.
• Assembly of a PC
• Programming project number 1; machine instructions and writing a simple program.
• Programming project number 2; writing a program involving a repetitive loop.
• Programming project number 3; procedures and use of the stack.
• Programming problem; a lab practicum on assembly language programming.
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets once a week for three hours.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,b,c,d,e,g,k
Prepared by: Dr. Nathan Dodge
110
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra
Course Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE2300 Applied Linear Algebra (3 semester hours) Matrices, vectors, determinants, linear
systems of equations, Gauss-Jordan elimination, vector spaces, basis, eigenvalues, eigenvectors,
numerical methods in linear algebra using MATLAB, computer arithmetic, Gaussian
elimination, LU factorization, iterative solutions to linear systems, iterative methods for
estimating eigenvalues, singular value decomposition, QR factorization.
Prerequisite: MATH 2419 (3-0) S
Textbook (required) : Introduction to Linear Algebra. Third Edition. By Gilbert Strang.
Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 2003
Course Objectives: 1) To provide a fundamental understanding of the theoretical and
computational aspects of modern linear algebra and its applications 2) To introduce the students
to the powerful software tool MATLAB
Topics Covered:
• Introduction to Vectors & Matrices (Vector operations, Inner Product, Matrix operations)
• Linear Systems of Equations (Elementary Operations, Gaussian Elimination, Echelon
Form, Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous Systems of Equations, Matrix Inversion,
Triangular Factorization)
• Determinants (Minors, Cofactors, Properties of Determinant, Cramer’s Rule)
• Vector Spaces & Subspaces (Linear span, linear dependence and independence, basis,
The four fundamental subspace of a matrix)
• Orthogonality (projections, orthogonal bases, Gram-Schmidt procedure, QR
factorization)
• Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors (Characteristic Polynomial, Matrix Diagonalization,
Positive Definite Matrices, Similar Matrices)
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
a, e,
Relation to program outcomes:
Mathematic and Basic science
Prepared by: Naofal Al-Dhahir
111
EE 2310 Introduction to Digital Systems
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
EE 2310 Introduction to Digital Systems: (3 semester hours) Introduction to hardware
structures and assembly-language concepts that form the basis of the design of modern computer
systems. Internal data representation and arithmetic operations in a computer. Basic logic
circuits. MIPS assembly language. Overview of PC architecture..
Prerequisite: CS 1315 Co requisite: EE 2110 (3-0) S
Textbooks:
Required; Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of Digital Principles, Third Edition,
Roger L. Tokheim, (McGraw-Hill), Introduction to RISC Assembly Language Programming,
John Waldron, (Addison-Wesley, 1998),
Recommended: Computer Organization and Design, Second Edition, David Patterson and
John Hennessy (Morgan Kaufmann, 1997)., Logic Works 4, Capilano Computing Systems, Inc.
(Addison-Wesley, 1996).
Objectives: This course covers principles of digital systems, assembly language programming,
and an overview of computer architecture. It provides a background in basic technology areas that
are required to understand computer architecture and design, including: Binary numbers and
codes, Hexadecimal numbers, Fundamentals of Boolean Algebra, Digital logic gates, Basic
combinational logic circuits, Sequential logic/clocked circuits, Assembly language programming,
Modern computer organization
Topics:
• Overview, history of computing, binary numbers.
• Two’s complement negative binary number representations and binary codes.
• Boolean algebra and combinational digital logic
• More complex combinational logic circuits.
• Karnaugh maps; logic simplification
• Fundamentals of sequential logic circuits, flip-flops
• More complex latch or flip-flop circuits.
• Designing sequential digital logic;
• Assembly language programming; introduction to SPIM.
• Overview of MIPS instruction set; register-register instructions and system calls.
• Writing and executing MIPS programs.
• Memory reference instructions.
• MIPS shift and logical instructions; branch instructions and their use in program control.
• Constructing loops in SPIM
• Procedures and use of the stack.
• Computer operation, processes, and final programming session
• Class programming exercise
• Computer architecture: ALU and control unit design
• Review of single-cycle ALU.
• Multicycle implementation.
• Pipeline introduction.
112
• Pipelined processors.
• Memory architecture and management.
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional Component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Dr. Nathan Dodge, September 2003
113
EE 3101- Electrical Network Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Required
EE 3101 Electrical Network Analysis Laboratory (1 semester hour) Laboratory to accompany
EE 3301. Design, assembly and testing of linear electrical networks and systems. Use of
computers to control electrical equipment and acquire data. Prerequisite: EE 1102. Corequisite:
EE/TE 3301. (Same as TE 3101) (0-1) S
Prerequisite: EE 1102. Corequisite: EE/TE 3301. (Same as TE 3101) (0-1) S
EE 3301
Textbook:
Manual for Electrical Engineering Circuits Laboratory, University of Texas at Dallas, 2004.
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to train juniors in electrical engineering and telecommunications
engineering in the use of test equipment such as oscilloscopes, multi-meters, and signal-
generators, to give them an understanding of the characteristics of real components used in linear
circuits, a background in basic electric measurements, and insight into the correspondence
between theory and practice.
Topics covered:
• Learning to use test equipment to take measurements.
• Measurements on DC Circuits
• Natural response of RL and RC circuits.
• Step response of series RLC circuits.
• Operational Amplifiers
• Power in AC circuits.
• Frequency response and input/output impedances.
• Resonant circuits.
• Mutual inductance and transformers.
• Equalization networks.
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets once a week for three hours.
Contribution of course to meeting Professional Component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
b,k,
Prepared by: Nathan Dodge, September 2003
114
EE/TE 3102 Signals and Systems Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE/TE 3102 Signals and Systems Laboratory (1 semester hour) Laboratory based on
MATLAB to accompany EE 3302. Fourier analysis, implementation of discrete-time linear time-
invariant systems, applications of Fast Fourier Transform, design of digital filters, applications of
digital filters..
Prerequisites: MATH 2420, EE/TE 3301, and CS 1315
Co requisite: EE/TE 3302. (Same as TE 3102) (0-1) S
Textbook: Manual for Signals and Systems Laboratory EE 3102
Course Objectives: In this course, the student will acquire hands-on experience with
programming in MATLAB. MATLAB will enable you to study and understand the theory behind
signals and systems as well as validate the theory with real-world examples. The lab will cover
linear time-invariant systems, Fourier series, Fourier transforms, sampling, digital filters along with
several accompanying digital signal processing applications.
Topics Covered:
• Lab 1 Introduction to MATLAB
• Lab 2 Linear time-invariant systems and convolution
• Lab 3 Fourier series
• Lab 4 The continuous-time Fourier transform
• Lab 5 Sampling and aliasing
• Lab 6 Analysis of discrete-time systems
• Lab 7 The FFT
• Lab 8 Digital Filtering (optional)
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets once a week for three hours.
Contribution of course to meeting Professional Component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: Bill Boyd, May 2005
115
EE 3110 Electronic Devices Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Required
EE 3110 Electronic Devices Laboratory (1 semester hour) Laboratory to accompany EE 3310.
Experimental determination and illustration of properties of carriers in semiconductors including
carrier drift, photoconductivity, carrier diffusion; p-n junctions including forward and reverse
bias effects, transient effects, photodiodes, and light emitting diodes; bipolar transistors including
the Ebers-Moll model and secondary effects; field effect transistors including biasing effects,
MOS capacitance and threshold voltage. Prerequisite: EE 1102. Corequisite: EE 3310. (0-1) S
Prerequisites: EE 1102. Co requisite: EE 3310
Textbook: EE 3110 Electronic Devices laboratory (download from web site)
Course Objectives: This course Laboratory to accompany EE 3310 and provides a fundamental
understanding of applications to engineering problems.
Topics covered:
• Axioms of probability
• Lab equipment tutorial
• Introduction to LabView
• Conductivity and the Hall effect in silicon
• Silicon diode characteristics
• Small signal models of pn junction diodes
• Transient signals of pn junction diodes
• Low frequency characteristics of JFETs
• MOSFETs
• MOSFET amplifiers
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets one day per week for 3 hours
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
b,k,
Prepared by: Gil Lee, March 31, 2005
116
EE 3111 Electronic Circuits Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3111 Electronic Circuits Laboratory: (1 semester hour) Laboratory to accompany EE
3311. Design, assembly and testing of electronic circuits that use diodes, transistors and
operational amplifiers in configurations typically encountered in practical applications.
Prerequisite: EE/TE 3101
Co requisite: EE 3311 (0-1) S
Textbook:
Reference:
M. N. Horenstein, Microelectronic Circuits and Devices, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996.
Course Objectives:
This course is intended to provide junior and senior students in electrical engineering an
opportunity to design electronic circuits, using diodes, transistors, and op-amps. In addition, the
students learn to quantitatively bring together analytic, numerical, and experimental techniques
in the design and testing of their circuits.
Topics Covered:
• Diode Bridge Rectifier
• Transistor Switch
• Single Transistor Amplifier
• Multistage Transistor Amplifier
• Difference Amplifier
• Single Operational Amplifier Circuit with Feedback
• Multistage Operational Amplifier Circuit with Feedback
Class/Laboratory Projects:
This class meets once a week for three hours
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcome:
b,k,
Prepared by: Nathan Dodge , May 2005
117
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory (1 semester hour) Laboratory to accompany EE 3320. Design,
assembly, and testing of logic circuits. Prerequisite: EE 2110. Corequisite: EE 3320. (0-1)
STextbook:
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to give juniors and seniors in electrical engineering an ability to choose
modem electronic components and subsystems and to integrate them into overall designs. Strong
emphasis is placed on the use of programmable logic devices and CAD tools.
Topics:
• Introduction to the digital lab.
• Combinational logic design using PDLs.
• Hierarchical combinational logic design using MSI blocks.
• Arithmetic and logic unit design.
• Flip-flops and registers.
• Sequential logic design using PDLs.
Class/laboratory Schedule:
This class meets once a week for three hours
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
b,k,
Prepared by: Nathan Dodge, May 2005
118
EE 3150 Communications Systems Laboratory
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3150 Communications Systems Laboratory (1 semester hour) Laboratory to accompany
EE 3350. Fundamental elements of communications systems hardware; use of spectrum
analyzers and other measurement instruments typically encountered in communication systems;
design of active filters in communications systems; analog frequency and amplitude modulators
and demodulators; data communication systems.
Prerequisites: Co-requisite EE3350
Textbook:
EE 3350 Laboratory manual
Course Objectives:
To familiarize senior undergraduate students with many measurement tools including
measurement in the frequency domain. Two experiments are dedicated to the design of active
filters for communications applications. The final design experiment is dedicated for
communication systems which require the knowledge from all previous experiments and also the
accompanied course EE 3350.
Topics covered:
• Fourier Transform
• Impulse Response of a System
• Active Filter Design I (LPF and HPF)
• Active Filter Design II (BPF and BSF)
• Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation
• Frequency Modulation and Demodulation
• Pulse Code Modulation
• Communication Design
Class/laboratory Schedule:
This class meets once a week for three hours
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
b,k,
Prepared by: Nathan Dodge May 2005
119
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics (3 semester hours) Survey of advanced
mathematics topics needed in the study of engineering. Topics include vector differential
calculus, vector integral calculus, integral theorems, complex variables, complex integration,
series, residues and numerical methods. Examples are provided from microelectronics and
communications.
Prerequisite: Math 2420 (2-0) S
Textbook: Text M. L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences, 2nd edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 1983
Course Objectives: This course enables students to study advanced mathematical topics needed
for engineering. The purposes are: 1) to introduce the undergraduate electrical engineering student
to advanced mathematical techniques that will be encountered in subsequent courses in the
electrical engineering curriculum, 2) to illustrate how mathematical reasoning and modeling are
applied to obtain the solution to realistic engineering problems in microelectronics and
telecommunications. The course begins with a short discussion of infinite series and sequences,
followed by integration in two and three dimensions, leading to the algebra and calculus of vectors
and vector and scalar fields. The course concludes with an introduction to complex analysis,
including the algebra and calculus of complex numbers and functions, complex integration, power
series, and the Cauchy and residue theorems.
Topics Covered:
• Differential Equations with Applications
• Linear Algebra
• Matrices
• Vectors
• Determinants
• Eigenvalue and Eigenvectors
• Vector differential calculus-Gradient, Divergence, and Curl
• Inner product, Cross Product
• Curves, Tangents, and Arc Length
• Velocity and Acceleration
• Vector Integral calculus-Line and Surface Integrals
• Integral Theorems-Green’s, Divergence, and Stokes
• Complex Numbers
• Complex Integration
• Complex Analytic Functions
• Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series
• Residue Integration Method
120
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
Mathematics and Basic Science
Relation to program outcomes:
a,e,k
Prepared by: John Fonseka, May 2005
121
EE/TE 3301 Electrical Network Analysis
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3301 Electrical Network Analysis (3 semester hours) Analysis and design of RC, RL, and
RLC electrical networks. Sinusoidal steady state analysis of passive networks using phasor
representation; mesh and nodal analyses. Introduction to the concept of impulse response and
frequency analysis using the Laplace transform. Prerequisites: MATH 2420, PHYS 2326.
Corequisite: EE/TE 3101. (Same as TE 3301) (3-0) S
Prerequisites: MATH 2420, PHYS 2326
Co requisite: EE/TE 3101
Textbook: Electric Circuits, Fifth Edition, James W. Nilsson, Addison-Wesley, 6
th
edition.
Course Objectives: This course is designed to give sophomores in Electrical and
telecommunications engineering an ability to analyze and design passive analog circuits.
Topics Cover:
• Circuit Elements
• Simple Resistive Circuits
• Techniques of Circuit Analysis: Node-Voltage Method, Mesh-Current Method, Source
Transformations, Thevenin and Norton Equivalents, Maximum Power Transfer, Super
Position
• Operational Amplifiers
• Inductors and Capacitors
• Response of First-Order RL and RC Circuits
• Natural Response of RLC Circuits
• Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis:
• Sinusoidal Steady-State Power Calculations
• The Laplace Transform in Circuit Analysis: A Review of the Laplace Transform, Circuit
Elements in the s Domain, Circuit Analysis in the s Domain
• Introduction to Frequency Selective Circuits: Low-Pass Filters, High-Pass Filters, Band
Pass Filters, Band reject Filters
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
122
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
123
EE 3302 - Signals and Systems Fall
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3302 Signals And Systems
(3 semester hours) Advanced methods of analysis of electrical networks and linear systems.
Laplace transforms, Fourier series, and Fourier transforms. Response of linear systems to
step, impulse, and sinusoidal inputs. Convolution, system functions, and frequency response.
Z transforms and digital systems.
Prerequisites:
MATH 2420, EE 3301. (3-0) S
Textbook:
Continuous and Discrete Signals and Systems, Samir S. Soliman and Mandyam O. Srinath,
Prentice Hall, 1998
Reference: (optional)
Signals and Systems: Continuous anti-Discrete, Second Edition, Rodger E. Ziemer, William
H. Trantor and D. Ronald Fannin, MacMillan Publishing Co., 1989.
Signals and Linear Systems, Third Edition, Robert A. Gabel, Richard A Roberts, John Wiley
and Sons Publishing Co., 1987.
Course Objectives:
After completing this course, the student will be able to analyze signals and systems in the
time domain and the frequency domain, and will be able to switch between the two with
facility.
Topics Covered:
• Systems and signals, applications and motivation.
• Signals, mathematical properties, classification and representations.
• Convolutions and correlations, continuous and discrete.
• Fourier analysis, continuous and discrete.
• Filtering.
• Modulation.
• Sampling.
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: Pete Bernardin , May 2005
124
EE 3310 Electronic Devices
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3310 Electronic Devices (3 semester hours) Theory and application of solid state electronic
devices. Physical principles of carrier motion in semiconductors leading to operating principles and
circuit models for diodes, bipolar transistors, and field effect transistors. Introduction to integrated
circuits.
Prerequisites: MATH 2420, PHYS 2326 and EE 3301
Textbooks: B. Streetman and S. Banerjee, “Solid State Electronic Devices (5th edition)”, Pretice
Hall, 2000 Useful References [Books]R. Pierret, “Semiconductor Device Fundamentals”
Reference:
Course Objectives: The course provides basic information on the physics of operation of p-n
junction diodes, bipolar junction transistors and field effect transistors. The course will enable
students to analyze and to some extent design basic solid state device sites by Topic: Solution of
differential equations. Solution of the one dimensional diffusion equation. Theory of electrostatics
and electromagnetics, including the laws of Coulomb, Maxwell, Ampere and faraday. Probability
theory, statistics and numerical methods. Theory and analysis of electrical networks.
Topics Covered:
• Introduction to microelectronic devices
• Atoms and electrons
• Energy bands and charge carriers
• Excess charge carriers
• pn Junction diode
• JFET and MOSFET
• Bipolar junction transistor
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: J.B. Lee, May 2005
125
EE 3311 Electronic Circuits
Course catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3311 Electronic Circuits (3 semester hours) Analysis design of electronic circuits using
diodes, transistors operational amplifiers with feedback. Gain stability of basic amplifier circuits
using BJT’s, JFET’s and MOSFET’s; classes of amplifiers; performance of ideal and non-ideal
operational amplifiers..
Prerequisites: EE/TE 3301,EE 3310
Co requisite: EE 3111.(3-0) S
Textbook: A. Sedra and K. Smith , Microelectronic Circuits , fifth Edition, Oxford University
Press, ISBN: 0-13-158775-7.
Reference: Richard Jaeger, Microelectronic Circuit Design, McGraw Hill, 1996.
Course Objectives: This course is designed to give junior and senior students in electrical
engineering an understanding of the characteristics of non-linear and active solid state components
in networks, and the ability to design electronic circuits based on this knowledge.
Topics Covered:
• Semiconductor diode DC and AC small-signal models and applications.
• BJT and FET characteristics and models.
• Transistor DC models and load line analysis
• Operating point design and temperature effects.
• Small signal low and high frequency models for BJT and FET.
• Single stage amplifiers mid frequency analysis and design.
• Multistage amplifier low and high frequency analysis and design.
• Operational amplifier models and circuits using operational amplifiers
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c e,k,
Prepared by: Gil Lee, May 2005
126
EE 3320 Digital Circuits
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 3320 Digital Circuits (3 semester hours) Boolean logic. Design and analysis of
combinational logic circuits using SSI and MSI. Design and analysis of synchronous state
machines. Use of programmable logic devices and simple CAD tools.
Prerequisite: EE 2310
Co requisite: EE 3120. (3-0) S
Textbook:
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic,
McGraw Hill Publishing, 2003, ISBN: 0-07-282315-1
Course Objectives:
Understand the importance of digital circuits and systems which form the basis for most of the
electronic devices ranging from small electronic toys to large scale computers. Understand how
these circuits are designed and operate.
Topic Covered:
Logic Gates and Implementations
Electrical properties of logic gates (CMOS)
Digital Logic Design Fundamentals
Programmable Logic Devices
Logic design using ABEL
Karnaugh Map based minimization (SOP and POS forms)
Combinational Logic Analysis and Design
Functional and Timing analysis
Decoders and Encoders
Multiplexers and Demultiplexers
ROM based logic design
Field Programmable Gate Arrays
Tristate Logic
Sequential Logic Elements
Latches and Flip-flops
Latch and flip-flop timings
Sequential Logic Analysis and Design
Counters and Registers
Sequential logic circuit timing
State minimization and assignment
Arithmetic Circuits
Combinational Shifter
Multipliers
Digital Design Examples
127
Dynamic Hazards in digital circuits
Testable design
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: Dinesh Bhatia 5-16-05
128
EE 3341 – Probability and Statistics
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Required
EE 3341 Probability Theory and Statistics (3 semester hours) Axioms of probability,
conditional probability, Bayes theorem, random variables, probability density function (pdf),
cumulative density function, expected value, functions of random variable, joint, conditional and
marginal pdf’s for two random variables, moments, introduction to random processes, density
estimation, regression analysis and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MATH 2419. (Same as TE
3341) (3-0) SY
Prerequisites: Math 2419.
Textbook: Probability and Stochastic Processes by Roy D. Yates and David j. Goodman, John
Wiley and Sons, ISBN 0-471-17837-3
Course Objectives: This course provides a fundamental understanding of probability and
statistics with applications to engineering problems.
Topics covered:
• Axioms of probability
• Conditional Probability
• Bayes Theorm
• Random variables
• Probability Density Function (pdf), Cumulative Density Function
• Expected value
• Functions of Random Variables
• Joint and Marginal pdf’s for two random variables
• Moments
• Introduction to Statistical and Hypothesis Testing
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,b,e
Prepared by: Aria Nostratina, March 31, 2005
129
EE 3350 Communications Systems
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Required
EE 3350 Communications Systems (3 semester hours) Fundamentals of communications
systems. Review of probability theory and Fourier transforms. Filtering and noise. Modulation
and demodulation techniques, including amplitude, phase, pulse code, pulse position, and pulse
width modulation concepts. Time division multiplexing.
Prerequisites: EE 3300, EE/TE 3302, and EE/TE 3341. (3-0) S
Textbook: Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, third edition, B.P. Lathi, Oxford
University Press, 1998, ISBN: 0-19-51009-9
Topics Covered:
• Signal Analysis
• Signal Analysis
• Fourier Transform (FT)
• Fourier Series
• Linear Systems, Filters
• Spectral Density Functions
• Amplitude Modulation (AM)
• Single Sideband Modulation (SSB)
• SSB, VSB Modulation
• Amplitude demodulation
• Performance of AM
• FM and PM
• Performance of FM
• PAM
• PCM, PCM transmission
• Demodulation of PCM
• Digital carrier Modulation
• Performance of PCM
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,e,
Prepared by: John Fonseka, May 2005
130
EE 4301 – Electromagnetic Engineering I
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 4301 Electromagnetic Engineering I (3 semester hours) Introduction to the general
characteristics of wave propagation. Physical interpretation of Maxwell’s equations.
Propagation of plane electromagnetic waves and energy. Transmission lines. Antenna
fundamentals.
Prerequisites:
PHYS 2326, EE 3300. (3-0) S
Textbook:
Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, Sixth Edition, N. N. Rao, Prentice Hall, 2004.
Course Objectives:
After completing this course, the student will be able to analyze static and dynamic electric
and magnetic fields, plane waves, transmission lines, dipole antennas, and antenna arrays.
Topics Covered:
• Electrostatics; Gauss’ law in integral and differential form; capacitance. (10 classes)
• Magnetostatics; Ampere’s law in integral and differential form. (4 classes)
• Electromagnetic induction; Faraday’s law in integral and differential form; summary of
Maxwell’s equations. (1 class)
• Plane electromagnetic waves. (5 classes)
Polarization of electromagnetic waves; solution of the 1-dimensional wave equation. (1
class)
• Analysis of transmission lines using fields and bounce diagrams. (7 classes)
• Electromagnetic radiation. (2 classes)
• Dipole antennas. (3 classes)
• Antenna arrays and review of radiation & antennas. (3 classes)
Class Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday for 50 minutes, or Tuesday and Thursday for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,b,c,d,e,g,k
Prepared by: C. D. Cantrell, 3/31/05
131
EE 4302 Electromagnetic Engineering II
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4302 Electromagnetic Engineering II (3 semester hours) Continuation of the study of
electromagnetic wave propagation. Metallic and dielectrically guided waves including
microwave waveguides and optical fibers. Dipole antennas and arrays. Radiating and receiving
systems. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in materials and material properties. Prerequisite:
EE 4301. (3-0) S
Prerequisites: EE 4301.
Textbook: Electromagnetic Field and Waves, Magdy F. Iskander, Waveland Press, Prospect
Heights, IL, ISBN 1-57766-115-X
Course Objectives: This course provides a fundamental understanding of probability and
statistics with applications to engineering problems.
Topics covered:
• Applied elements of electromagnetism
• Tranmission Lines
• Antennas
• Fiber Optic Wave Guides
• Wave Interaction and Interfaces
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes.
A class project related to RFID is also required
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,b,c,d,e,g,k
Prepared by: Matthew Goeckner, March 31, 2005
132
EE 4304 Computer Architecture
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4304 Computer Architecture (3 semester hours) Introduction to computer organization and
design, including the following topics: CPU performance analysis. Instruction set design,
illustrated by the MIPS instruction set architecture. Systems-level view of computer arithmetic.
Design of the datapath and control for a simple processor. Pipelining. Hierarchical memory. I/O
systems. I/O performance analysis. Multiprocessing
Prerequisite: EE 3320. (3-0) S
Textbook: Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface, second edition,
D.A. Paterson and J.L. Hennessy, Morgan Kaufman, 1998
Reference:
Course Objectives:
Topics covered:
• Introduction to Computer Organization
• Evaluating performance
• Instruction set design
• Computer Arithmetic
• Processor: datapath and control
• Pipelining
• Memory Organization
• Interfacing processor and peripherals
• Advanced topics
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: R. Sangireddy, May 2005
133
EE 4310 Systems and Controls
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Required
EE 4310 Systems and Controls (3 semester hours) Introduction to linear control theory.
General structure of control systems. Mathematical models including differential equations,
transfer functions, and state space. . Control system characteristics. Sensitivity, transient
response, external disturbance, and steady-state error. Control system analysis. Performance,
stability, root-locus method, Bode diagram, log diagram, and Nichol’s diagram. Control
system design. Compensation design using phase-lead and phase-lag networks. Prerequisites:
EE 2300, EE/TE 3302 (3-0)
Prerequisites:
MATH 2420, EE 3301, EE/TE 3302.
Textbook:
Gene F. Franklin, J. David Powell, and Abbas Emani-Naeini, Feedback Control of Dynamic
Systems, Fourth Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 2002
Reference: (optional)
N/A
Course Objectives:
This course introduces students to important techniques for control systems design.
Topics Covered:
• History of Feedback Control
• Dynamic Models
• Dynamic Response
• PID Controllers
• Steady-state Tracking and Disturbance Rejection
• Stability
• Root-locus
• Lead and Lag compensation
• Bode Plot
• Nyquist Stability Criterion
• Compensation
• Sensitivity
• State-space Design
• Estimators
134
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for
one hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Bob Hunt, May 2005
135
136
EE 4325 Introduction to VLSI Design
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4325 Introduction to VLSI Design (3 semester hours) Introduction to CMOS digital IC
design using semi-custom and full-custom design techniques with an emphasis on techniques for
rapid prototyping and use of various VLSI design tools. FPGA’s, standard cell and full-custom
design styles. Introduction to a wide variety of CAD tools
Prerequisite: EE 3320 (or, for CS majors, CS/SE 4340). (3-0) T Cross List CE 6325-501
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: To understand various techniques for the design of digital circuits and
systems using appropriate CAD tools.
Topics covered:
Course Overview, Introduction to VLSI & ASIC Design
CAD tools introduction and tutorial
VLSI Design Styles and Methodologies
Full Custom Layout Lab.
Layout & Simulation Lab.
MOS transistor Theory
CMOS inverter details
CMOS combination logic, Static logic
PLAs, State Machines
Layout Styles
Pas transistor logic
Parasitics: resistance,capacitance,etc.
Performance estimation:delay,power
VHDL/Verilog to ASIC using Synthesis approach
VHDL/ Verilog to FPGA
CMOS Fabrication process
Design for Testability
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k
137
Prepared by: L. Velasquez
138
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology (3 semester hours) Principles of design and fabrication
of integrated circuits. Bipolar and MOS technologies. Passive and active component
performance, fabrication techniques including epitaxial growth, photolithography, oxidation,
diffusion, ion-implantation, thin and thick film components. Design layout of integrated devices.
Relations between layout fabrication techniques.
Prerequisite: EE 3310
Textbook: Richard C. Jaeger, Introduction to Microelectronic Fabrication, Prentice Hall, 2002
Course Objectives: To learn the language, science and technology of integrated circuit fabrication
and how these affect the performance of micro-electronic devices.
Topics covered:
Overview of Fabrication
Lithography
Thermal Oxidation of Silicon
Atomic Diffusion
Ion Implantation
Film Deposition Processes
Contact and Interconnections: Ohmic contacts, Metallization
Packaging and Yield
MOS Process Integration
Bipolar Process Integration
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: William R. Frensley, May 25, 2005
139
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design (3 semester hours) Analog integrated
circuits and systems. Analysis and design of linear amplifiers, including operational, high-
frequency, broad-band and feedback amplifiers. Use of monolithic silicon systems. Prerequisite:
EE 3311. (3-0) T
Prerequisites: EE 3311
Textbook: Microelectronics Circuits by Sedra and Smith
Course Objectives: This course teaches students the design of Analog Integrated Circuits
Topics covered:
• Device characteristics, device models, and simple amplifier configurations: Diode,
MOSFET, BJT
• Single stage integrated circuit amplifiers
• Differential and multistage amplifiers
• Feedback
• Operational amplifier
• Filter and tuned amplifier
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to program outcomes:
a,c,e,k
Prepared by: Gil Lee, March 31, 2005
140
EE 4341 Digital Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design
Course catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4341 Digital Integrated Circuit Analysis and Design (3 semester hours) Digital integrated
circuits. Large signal model for bipolar and MOS transistors. MOS inverters and gates.
Propagation delay and noise margin. Dynamic logic concepts. Bipolar transistor inverters and
gates, regenerative logic circuits, memories.
Prerequisites EE 3311, EE 3320 (3-0) T
Textbook: Digital Microelectronics, H. Hazmedar
Course Objectives: Understand various digital integrated circuits
Topics covered:
• Introduction to Digital Design
• Review of semiconductor fundamentals
• Semiconductor Diodes
• MOS Transistor
• CMOS Technology
• Bipolar Transistor Technology
• Bipolar Logic Families
• Buffers, Drivers, and Interfacing
• Digital Regenerative Circuits
• Semiconductor Memories
• Analog Interface Circuits
• Noise in Digital Circuits
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Dinesh Bhatia 5-16-05
141
EE 4360 Digital Communications
Course Catalog Description: 2000-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4360 Digital Communications (3 semester hours) Information, digital transmission, channel
capacity, delta modulation, and differential pulse code modulation are discussed. Principles of
coding and digital modulation techniques such as Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK), Frequency
Shift Keying (FSK), Phase Shift Keying (PSK), and Continuous Phase Frequency Shift Keying
(CPFSK) are introduced. M-ary signaling such as Quadrature amplitude and phase shift keying,
and M-ary PSK and FSK are also discussed. Prerequisite: EE 3350. (3-0) T
Prerequisite: EE3350
Textbook: [1] “Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications” (2-nd Edition),
Bernard Sklar, Prentice Hall, 2001, ISBN 0-13-084788-7.
[2] “Fundamentals of Communication Systems” (1
st
Edition), John G. Proakis, Masoud Salehi,
Prentice Hall, 2005, ISBN: 013147135X
Course Objective: This course discusses the basic elements of digital communication systems.
Main topics to be covered are digitally modulated signals, PCM, the baseband and bandpass
modulation, demodulation, coherent/non-coherent detection methods (and receiver structures) in
AWGN channel, their error performance, communication over band-limited channels with ISI
and AWGN, channel capacity, bandwidth efficiency, comparison of modulation techniques, link
budget, introduction to source coding, channel coding, spread-spectrum and multiple access
techniques.
Topics Covered:
• PCM (sampling, uniform and non-uniform quantization, PCM waveforms)
• Signal Space
• Baseband and bandpass Modulations (PAM, ASK, FSK, PSK, QAM, MSK, CPFSK,
DPSK, OQPSK, π/4-shifted DQPSK)
• Demodulation (Matched-filters, correlation-demodulator)
• Detection (ML, MAP)
• Error performance calculation
• Non-coherent detection (envelope or square-law detector)
• Comparison of Modulation and Bandwidth efficiency
• Signal design for band-limited channels (Zero-ISI condition, Raised-cosine filter,
Partial-response signaling)
• Channel Capacity
• Link budget
• Introduction to channel coding (coding gain, Linear block codes and convolutional
codes (encoder))
• Introduction to source coding (Information, entropy, Huffman’s coding algorithm,
Modified Huffman’s code for CCITT Facsimile Standard, Lempel-Ziv coding
algorithm)
• Introduction to spread-spectrum and multiple access techniques (if time permits)
142
Class/laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
Relation to outcomes:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Dr. Hlaing Minn
143
EE 4361 - Introduction to Digital Signals Processing
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4361 Digital Signals and Systems (3 semester hours) An introduction to the analysis and
design of discrete, linear systems and the processing of digital signals. Topics include time and
frequency domain approaches to discrete signals and systems, the Discrete Fourier Transform and
its computation, and the design of digital filters.
Prerequisites: EE 3302.
Textbook: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications, 3rd
Edition, by John G. Proakis, and Dimitris G. Manolakis, Prentice Hall 1996. ISBN: 0 - 13 -
373762- 4
Course Objectives: An introduction to the analysis and design of discrete linear time invariant
systems, and to the processing of digital signals.
Topics Covered:
• Basic sequences.
• Properties of systems.
• Linear shift-invariant systems
• Difference equations and their solutions.
• Discrete convolution and the impulse response of linear systems.
• Frequency response and transfer equations of digital filters
• z-transform
• Discrete time Fourier Transforms and their computation
• Filter design;FIR filters, IIR filters
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Issa Panahi, May 2005
144
EE 4365 - Introduction to Wireless Communication
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course designation: Elective
EE 4365 Introduction to Wireless Communications: (3 semester hours) Introduction to the
basic system concepts of cellular telephony. Mobile standards, mobile system architecture,
design, performance and operation. Voice digitization and modulation techniques; PCS
technologies.
Prerequisite:. EE 4350 (3-0) Y
Textbook: Introduction to Wireless Systems, P. Mohana Shankar, John Wiley & Sons
Course Objectives: Introduce students to systems, standards, and architectures of high tier and
low tier telecommunications systems
Topics:
• History and Overview of Wireless Communications
• Review: Communications System Design and Probability
• Propagation Characteristics of Wireless Communications
• Modems for Wireless Communications
• Cells and Cellular Traffic
• Fading Mitigation in Wireless systems
• Multiple Access Techniques; FDMA, TDMA, CDMA
• Wireless Standards and Mobility in Wireless networks
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Muhammad A. Kalam, May 15, 2005
145
EE 4367 – Telecommunications Switching and Transmission
Course Catalog: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4367 Telecommunications Switching and Transmission: (3 semester hours) Telephone
basics, switching technologies: circuit switching and packet switching, transmission
technologies, transmission media, Fiber optics transmission, SONET and digital hierarchy,
network synchronization, advanced protocol and architecture: ATM, Frame Relay and VoIP.
Prerequisite or Co requisite: EE 3350 (3-0) Y
Text Book: John Bellamy, Digital Telephone, 3
rd
Edition, John Wiley, 2000.
Goals: Introduce students to switching and transmission of voice, video and data in the telephone
infrastructure.
Topics:
• Telephone Basics
• Telephone Networks architecture
• Modulation and voice digitization
• Line coding
• Multiplexing and de-multiplexing
• Telephone switching architectures
• Timing and synchronization
• Network synchronization, control and management
• Fiber Optics transmission
• SONET (Synchronous Optical Network)
• Broadband access, DSL and cable-modem
• ATM, Frame Relay and VoIP (Voice over Internet)
Computer Usage: Analysis and design of a simple TST and an STS switch.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of Course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Muhammad A. Kalam
Date: May 15, 2005.
146
EE 4368 RF Circuit Design Principles
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4368 RF Circuit Design Principles (3 semester hours) Transmission lines, the Smith chart,
impedance matching, simple amplifier design, power coupling, waveguides and lossy
transmission lines. Prerequisite: EE4301, Co-requisite: EE 3311. (3-0) Y
Prerequisites: EE 4301.
Textbook: Reinhold Ludwig and Pavel Brectchko, RF Circuit Design: Theory and Applications,
Prentice Hall ,2000
Course Objectives:
Demonstrate the following: An understanding of the circumstances which require RF design
techniques; an understanding of the variation of impedance along a loaded transmission line
problems; the ability to use the Smith chart to solve loaded transmission line problems; the
ability to design impedance-matching networks using lumped components; the ability to design
impedance matching networks using distributed components; the ability to design a single-stage
microwave amplifier using impedance-matching networks.
Topics covered:
Background on RF design requirements
Transmission lines
The Smith Chart
Network theory
Active RF components
Matching and biasing networks
RF transistor amplifier design
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Class meets Monday, Wednesday, and Friday’s for 50 minutes or Tuesday and Thursday’s for one
hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: William R. Frensley, May 25,2005
147
EE 4380 Microprocessor Design Project I
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4380 Microprocessor Design Project I (3 semester hours) Detailed design, architecture and
interfacing of a microprocessor-based system. A balanced view of hardware techniques (e.g.
using development board) and software strategies (e.g. using assembler, simulator) for
developing an embedded system. All students must do laboratory experiments, propose and
implement a limited microprocessor-based project, submit a written report and make an oral
presentation at the culmination of the project. EE 3320. (3-0) Y
Prerequisites: EE 3320
Textbook: Determined by Instructor
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Philip Loizou , May 2005
148
EE 4381 - Mobile Communications System Design Project
EE 4381 Mobile Communications System Design Project: (3 semester hours) Radio
frequency system design, propagation, antennas, traffic and trunking, technology issues, channel
modeling, link budget, cell design principles, demographics and capacity analysis, project
management, and regulatory issues. This can be used to satisfy Senior Design Project. All
students must submit a written report and make an oral presentation at the culmination of the
project.
Prerequisites: Senior standing, EE 4365. (3-0) Y
Textbook: Theodore Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice
Hall, 1996.
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
This course enables student to analyze/synthesize design/implementation of wireless
communication networks.
Topics Covered:
• Traffic Theory and analysis
• Decibel calculations for communications systems
• Antennas and free space propagation
• Propagation models frequency planning
• Diversity reception, Path balance and Project planning
• The error function and the Q-function
Class/Laboratory Schedule: Class meets once a week for three hours
• Design wireless communications systems using UNIX computer with PlaNET software
• Record and Analyze RF coverage using Laptop PC, IS-136 handset with PC interface,
Global Positioning System, using TEMS software
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Philip Loizou, May 2005
149
EE/TE 4382 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project I
(Microelectronics)
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4382 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project I (Microelectronics) (3 semester hours)
Detailed design assembly and testing of a system or component under the guidance of a faculty
member. Specific technical requirements will be set by the faculty member. All students must
submit a written report and make an oral presentation of the culmination of the project.
Prerequisite: senior standing. (Same as TE 4382) (3-0) R
Prerequisites: Senior Standing (Same as TE 4382) (3-0) R. Written Permission of Instructor
required
Textbook:
Reference: Written Permission of Instructor required
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Larry Overzet, May 2005
150
EE 4383 Microprocessor Design Project II
Course catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4383 Microprocessor Design Project II: (3 semester hours) Advanced topics in
microprocessor design, architecture, I/O, memory and interfacing. Specification and design of
embedded systems. Advanced hardware and software techniques (e.g. using simulator, emulator,
compiler and other sophisticated test equipment) for developing microprocessor-based system.
All students must do a market survey, propose and implement a complete microprocessor-based
project, submit a written report and make an oral presentation at the culmination of the project.
Prerequisite: EE4380 (3-0) Y
Textbook:
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k
Prepared by: Poras Balsara, May 2005
151
EE 4384 Mobile Communications System Design Project II
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Required
EE 4384 Mobile Communications System design Project II: (3 semester hours) Radio
frequency system design, propagation, antennas, traffic and trunking, technology issues, channel
modeling, link budget, cell design principles, demographics and capacity analysis, project
management, and regulatory issues. All students must submit a written report and make an oral
presentation at the culmination of the project.
Prerequisite:
Co requisite: EE 4390 or CS/TE 4390 (Same as TE 4383) (3-0) Y
Textbook: Theodore Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall,
1996.
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
Topics Covered:
• Traffic Theory and analysis
• Decibel calculations for communications systems
• Antennas and free space propagation
• Propagation models frequency planning
• Diversity reception, Path balance and Project planning
• The error function and the Q-function
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burham, May 2005
152
EE 4385 - DSP-BASED DESIGN PROJECT I
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4385 DSP-Based Design Project I (3 semester hours) Basic discrete-time signal processing
concepts, hands-on experience in real-time digital communications systems, digital signal
processor architectures, programming, and interfacing with external systems. All students must
finish laboratory experiments, submit a written report, and make an oral presentation at the
culmination of the project. Prerequisites: EE 2310 and EE 3350 (or EE/TE 4361). (Same as TE
4385) (3-0) Y.
Prerequisites: EE 2310 and EE3350.
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
This course is developed to fulfill three design hours of the undergraduate curriculum. It is
devised to teach students how to design signal processing systems in a graphical programming
environment and how to implement and optimize signal processing algorithms on DSP
processors using C and DSP assembly programming. The emphasis in the course is placed on
hands-on lab and project work.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Project (35%) – The project will be assigned after completion of the lab assignments.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Murat Torlak, May 2005
153
EE 4386 - DSP-BASED DESIGN PROJECT II
Course Catalog Description: 2004-2006
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4386 DSP-Based Design Project II - (3 semester hours) Implementation of signal
processing algorithms on DSP processors, DSP chip architecture, DSP software development
tools, DSP assembly programming, code optimization, fixed-point versus floating-point, design
projects (2-3) Y
Prerequisites: EE 4361 or EE4385, and knowledge of C.
Textbook: Real-Time Digital Signal Processing based on the TMS320C6000
by N. Kehtarnavaz, Elsevier, ISBN #0-7506-7830-5, 2005
Supplementary reference materials:
National Instruments, LabVIEW User Manual, Part Number 320999E-01, 2003
Texas Instruments, Code Composer Studio User’s Guide, Literature ID# SPRU,2000
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability;
ethical; health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
This course is developed to fulfill three design hours of the undergraduate curriculum. It is
devised to teach students how to design signal processing systems in a graphical programming
environment and how to implement and optimize signal processing algorithms on DSP
processors using C and DSP assembly programming. The emphasis in the course is placed on
hands-on lab and project work.
Topics covered:
• LabVIEW graphical programming of DSP systems
• Analog to digital signal conversion
• TMS320C6000 DSP architecture
• Code Composer Studio DSP software tool
• DSP C and assembly programming
• Fixed-point versus floating-point DSP implementation
• FIR/IIR digital filtering
• DSP code optimization
• Interfacing DSP and LabVIEW
• Adaptive filtering and frequency transformations
• Design project
154
Class/Laboratory Schedule:
Project (35%) – The project will be assigned after completion of the lab assignments.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by:
Nasser Kehtarnavez, March 31, 2005
155
EE 4390 – Introduction to Telecommunications Network
Course Catalog: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4390 Introduction to Telecommunications Networks: (3 semester hours) Data Networking
basics, Internet architecture: OSI and TCP/IP layers and IP addressing, LAN, MAN and WAN
technologies, Gigabit and Fiber optics transmission, advanced protocol and architecture: ATM,
Frame Relay, MPLS and WLAN, Multimedia and next generation Internet architecture: IPv6 and
convergent network with VoIP.
Prerequisite or Co requisite: EE 3350 (3-0) Y
Text Book: Kurose & Ross, Computer Networking, 3
rd
Edition, Addison Wesley, 2005.
Course Objectives: Introduce students to data networking infrastructures and transmission of
voice, video and data in the convergent network.
Topics Covered:
Computer Networks and Internet
Internet architecture and TCP/IP
Internet Applications and Applications Layer Protocols
Transport Layer – TCP and UDP
Network Layer and routing
IP addressing – Ipv4 and IPv6
Data link layer – PPP, Ethernet and WLAN
Packet switching and data link layer – ATM and Frame Relay
Multimedia Networking
VoIP (Voice over Internet) and network convergence
Broadband access and next generation internet
Class/Laboratory Schedule: Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday for 50 minutes or
Tuesday and Thursday for one hour and fifteen minutes.
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared By: Muhammad A. Kalam, May 2005
156
EE 4387 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project II
Course catalog Description: 2002-2004
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4387 Individually Supervised Senior Design Project II: (3 semester hours) Detailed design
assembly and testing of a system or component under the guidance of a faculty member. Specific
technical requirements will be set by the faculty member. All students must submit a written report
and make an oral presentation of the culmination of the project.
Prerequisite: EE/TE 4382. (Same as TE 4387) (3-0) R
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: This course prepares students for engineering practice. It is the culminating
major design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and
incorporating engineering standards and realistic constraints that include most of the following
considerations as appropriate: economic; environmental; sustainability; manufacturability; ethical;
health and safety; social; and political.
The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for senior electrical engineering students
to synthesize the information gathered in previous courses into a group project or independent
effort in specification, design, fabrication, and test of an engineering device or system that is
representative of the type of activity they would be expected to perform in industry.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
157
EE 4399 Senior Honors in Electrical Engineering
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4399 Senior Honors in Electrical Engineering: (3 semester hours) For students
conducting independent research for honors theses or projects. (0-3) R
Prerequisites: Written permission of the Instructor and the EE Department Head
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: This course give the student more in depth, intensive exposure to engineering
topics.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
158
EE 4V95 Undergraduate Topics in Electrical Engineering
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4V95 Undergraduate Topics in Electrical Engineering: (1-9 semester hours) Subject
matter will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit (9 hours maximum). ([1-
9]-0) R
Prerequisites: Written permission of the Instructor and the EE Department Head
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: This course is used to introduce new course materials into the engineering
curriculum.
Topics covered:
Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,e,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
159
EE 4V97 Independent Study in Electrical Engineering
Course Catalog Description: 2002-2004 Catalog
Course Designation: Elective
EE 4V97 Independent Study in Electrical Engineering: (1-9 semester hours) Independent
study under a faculty member’s direction. May be repeated for credit (9 hours maximum).
Consent of instructor required. ([1-9]-0) R
Prerequisites: Written permission of the Instructor and the EE Department Head
Textbook: Determined by instructor
Course Objectives: Independent study of relevant engineering topics
Topics covered:
Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
Contribution of course to meeting professional component:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
160
EE 4V98 Undergraduate Research in Electrical Engineering
EE 4V98 Undergraduate Research in Electrical Engineering: (1-9 semester hours) May be
repeated for credit. ([1-9]-0) R
Prerequisites: Written permission of the Instructor and EE Department Head
Textbook: Determined by instuctor
Course Objectives: Provide research opportunity for undergraduate engineering students.
Topics covered: Each project is individualized to the group or person performing the design.
Class/Laboratory Projects:
An engineering topic
Relation to outcomes:
a,c,d,e,g,h,j,k,
Prepared by: Gerald Burnham, May 2005
- 162 -
C. Electrical Engineering Faculty Curriculum Vitae
163
NAME:
Noafal Al-Dhahir
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Electrical Engineering, 1989, Kuwait
University.
Master of Science, Electrical Engineering, 1990, Stanford University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, 1994, Stanford
University.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
AT&T Labs-Research; Principal Member Technical Staff, Florham
Park , NJ ‘99-‘03
General Electric R&D Labs; Member Technical Staff, Schenectady,
NY, ‘94-‘99
Stanford University; Instructor, Palo Alto, California, Winter
Quarter ‘93
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Amati Communications Inc, Consultant; June 1992-September ‘92;
Topic: Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) modem design
13 issued U.S. Patents
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N. Al--Dhahir and S.N. Diggavi,``Optimum Guard Sequence for
block Transmission over Linear Frequency-Selective Channels'', in
IEEE Transactions on Communications, p. 938-946, June 2002
N. Al--Dhahir, ``Overview and Comparison of Equalization
Schemes for Space-Time-Coded Signals with Application to EDGE'',
IEEE Transactions on Signal Processing, pages 2477-2488, October
2002.
A. Stamoulis and N. Al-Dhahir, ``Impact of Space-Time Block
Codes on 802.11 Throughput'', IEEE Transactions on Wireless
Communications, p. 1029-1039,September 2003
S. Diggavi, N. Al-Dhahir, and A.R. Calderbank, ``Algebraic
164
Properties of Space-
Time Block Codes in Intersymbol Interference Multiple Access
Channels'', IEEE
Transactions on Information Theory, pages 2403-2414, October
2003
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Senior Member of the IEEE since 1998
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Chairperson, EE Adhoc committee for promotion of Dr. Murat
Torlak
Member, EE teaching assignment committee
Member, EE computer equipment committee
Editor for IEEE Transactions on Communications
Elected Member of IEEE Signal Processing for Communications
Technical Committee
Elected Member of IEEE Signal Processing Theory & Methods
Technical Committee
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 6343 Detection and Estimation Theory, Fall ’04 (Graduate)
EE 7v81 Theory and Practice of Equalization, Spring '04 (Graduate)
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Served on Technical Program Committee of the following IEEE
Conferences :
ICASSP, Globecom, WCNC, Asilomar, ISSPIT, ICC.
Delivered a tutorial on “space-time coding” at PIMRC’02 and
ICECS’03.
Regular participant in IEEE conferences on signal processing.
Served on NSF panels to review technical proposals
Developed and presented a short course on “Equalization Methods”
at UCLA extension
165
NAME:
Poras T. Balsara
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor of Electrical Engineering
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Computer Science, Penn State University, Aug. 1989
M.S., Computer Science, Penn State University, Aug. 1985
B.E., Electrical Engineering, University of Bombay, July 1983
L.E.E., Electronics, Victoria Jubilee Tech. Institute, July 1980
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
15 years, Assistant Professor (9/89-8/95), Associate Professor
(9/95-8/00), Professor (9/00 – present).
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
9/83 to 8/89 Graduate Assistant, Penn State University
Spent few summers working in industry.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Consultant for IC design companies
P. T. Balsara & K. Koshy: “Design of Basic Digital Logic
Gates using Resonant Tunneling Diodes (RTDs) and Standard
MOSFETs” and “Design of a Binary Full Adder Circuit using
Resonant Tunneling Diodes (RTDs) and Standard MOSFETs”,
United States Patent Number 6,130,559, October 10, 2000
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
R. Bharadwaj, R. Konar, P. T. Balsara & D. Bhatia: “Exploiting
Temporal Idleness to Reduce Leakage Power in Programmable
Architectures,” Asia and South Pacific Design Automation
Conference (ASP-DAC), Shanghai, China, Jan. 18-21, 2005. pp.
651-656
M. J. Akhbarizadeh, M. Nourani, Deepak-Sarathi V., & P. T.
Balsara: “PCAM: A Ternary CAM Optimized for Longest Prefix
Matching Tasks,” Proceedings of the IEEE International
Conference on Computer Design (ICCD), San Jose, CA, Oct. 11-
13, 2004. pp. 6-11. Best paper award.
R. B. Staszewski, C. Fernando & P. T. Balsara: “Event-driven
Simulation and Modeling of an RF Oscillator,” Proceeding of the
IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and Systems,
Vancouver, Canada, May 2004, pp. 641-644.
166
R. B. Staszewski, C-M Hung, Ken Maggio, J. Wallberg, D. Leipold
& P. T. Balsara: “All-Digital Phase-Domain TX Frequency
Synthesizer for Bluetooth Radios in 0.13µm CMOS,” Proceedings
of the IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, San
Francisco, CA, Feb. 2004, pp. 272-273,527.
R. Staszewski, D. Leipold, K. Muhammad & P. T. Balsara:
“Digitally-Controlled Oscillator (DCO)-Based Architecture in a
Deep-Submicron CMOS Process for Wireless Applications,” IEEE
Transactions on Circuits and Systems-II, Vol. 50, No. 11, Nov.
2003, pp. 815-828.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE,IEEE Solid-State Circuits Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
Senior Member, IEE
Best Paper Award at the IEEE International Comference on
Computer Design, 2004 UTD Erik Jonsson School Outstanding
Service Award
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Associate Chair for Graduate Studies.
Served on the following committees: EE Faculty Search
committee, EE Dept. graduate committee, EE Dept. TA
assignment committee, Computer Engineering graduate committee,
Jonsson school Dean’s Search committee, Jonsson school Personnel
Review committee, Jonsson school Academic Affairs committee,
UTD Faculty Senate, UTD Committee on Educational Policy
(CEP), UTD Special Faculty Hearing Tribunal, and UTD IP
Committee.
Reviewed papers for IEEE journals and conferences.
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3320 Digital Circuits
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory
EE 6325 VLSI Design
Individual Studies / Research Senior Design Project
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Regularly attend conferences in my research areas
Attend local seminars
167
NAME:
Charles P. Bernardin
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Mathematics, 1973, Villanova University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Biomedical Engineering, 1979, The Johns
Hopkins University.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Over 20 years experience in solving engineering and mathematical
problems with digital methods which included:
Radar and Digital Systems division of Texas Instruments.
Advanced Technology Lab of RCA.
Image processing consultant for NASA,
Digital signal processing staff specialist for Tandy
Corporation
Manager for Wireless RF engineering, Sprint Account
Senior Manager for Broadband Wireless product
development at Nortel Networks
Author of two books concerning numerical computation
for engineering and scientific applications.
Author of several research papers covering a broad
range of technical areas which include image
processing, radar, spectral estimation and wireless
communications.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
“Method and Apparatus for a Radio Telephone System Optimized
for Cell Boundary Coverage Reliability,” Patent # 5,966,661
October 12, 1999
“Method and Apparatus for Minimizing the Number of Samples
Needed to Determine Cell Radius Coverage Contour Reliability in
a Radio Telephone System,” Patent # 5,983,106 November 9, 1999
“Method and Apparatus for Estimating Cell Radius and Area
Coverage Reliability in a Radio Telephone System,” Patent #
6,006,095 December 21, 1999
“Method and Apparatus for Minimizing the Number of Samples
Needed to Determine Cell Area Coverage Reliability in a Radio
Telephone System,” Patent # 6,041,236 March 21, 2000
“Method and Apparatus for Selecting Drive Routes for Testing RF
Coverage in a Radio Telephone System,” Patent # 6,052,583 April
18, 2000
168
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
“The Post-Processing Resolution Required for Accurate RF
Coverage Validation and Prediction,” with Kanagalu Manoj, IEEE
Trans on Vehicular Tech, vol. 49, No. 5, September 2000, pp.
1516-1521.
“Coverage Prediction for Cellular Networks from Limited Signal
Strength Measurements,” with Kanagalu Manoj, and Lakshman
Tamil, 9th IEEE Symposium PIMRC, Boston, Mass., 9/8-11/98,
pp. 1147-1151
“Cell Radius Inaccuracy: A New Measure of Coverage
Reliability,” with Meng Yee and Tom Ellis, IEEE Trans on
Vehicular Tech, vol. 47, No. 4, November 1998, pp.1215-1226.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior Member IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
1998-1999 Vice Chair of Dallas Chapter of IEEE Communications
and Vehicular Technology Society
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Fall 2004 TE 3307 Discrete Math for Computing,
Fall 2004 EE 3302 Signals and Systems
Summer 2004 EE 4361 Intro to Digital Signal Processing
Spring 2004 EE 4365 Intro to Wireless Communications
Spring 2004 EE 4365 Intro to Wireless Communications
Fall 2003 TE 3307 Discrete Math for Computing
Fall 2003 EE 4361 Intro to Digital Signal Processing
Summer 2003 CS 5333 Discrete Structures
Spring 2003 EE 4365-01 Intro to Wireless Communications
Spring 2003 EE 4365-02 Intro to Wireless Communications
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Recent Industrial experience working with many different wireless
technologies such as UMTS and GPRS.
169
NAME:
Dinesh K. Bhatia
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Computer Science, University of Texas at Dallas, 1990.
Thesis:Wafer Scale Integration of Mesh Connected Architectures. (
Part of the work was supported by the ACM-SIGDA/IEEE-DATC
academic scholarship)
M.S. in Computer Science, University of Texas at Dallas, 1987
B.E. in Electrical Engineering, Regional Engineering College,
Suratkal, India, 1985. Thesis: Speed Control of Brushless DC
Motors
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
5 Years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
UTD Program Head, Computer Engineering Program, Erik
Jonnson Scholl of Engineering and Computer Science, University
of Texas at Dallas, January 2004-Present
Associate Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering,
University of Texas at Dallas, September 2000-present
UC Associate Professor, Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering and Computer Science , University of Cincinnati,
September 97-present.
Director, Design Automation Laboratory, University of Cincinnati,
June 91-Present
Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering and Computer Science, University of Cincinnati, June
91-August 97.
SMU Visiting Asistant Professor, Department of Computer Science
and Engineering, Southern Methodist University, September 1990-
May 1991.
UTD Research Assistant, Computer Science Department,
University of Texas at Dallas, January 87-August 90.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Shankar Balachandaran and Dinesh Bhatia, “A-priori Wirelength
and Interconnect Estimation based on Circuit Characteristics”,
IEEE Transactions on Computer Aided Design of Integrated
Circuits and Systems (accepted)
Manjunath Gangadhar and Dinesh Bhatia, “FPGA based EBCOT
Architecture for JPEG 2000”, Journal of Microprocessors and
Microsystems (accepted)
Shankar Balachandaran, Parivallal Kannan, and Dinesh Bhatia, “On
Metrics for Routability Estimation for FPGAs”, IEEE Transactions
170
on VLSI Systems, April 2004, pp. 381-385.
J. M. Emmert, S. Lodha, and Dinesh Bhatia, “On Using Tabu
Search for Design Automation of VLSI Systems, Journal of
Heuristics 9(1), pp. 75-90, January 2003, Kluwer Academic
Publishers.
Parivallal Kannan and Dinesh Bhatia, “Estimating Pre-Placement
FPGA Interconnection Requirements”, 17
th
International
Conference on VLSI Design, IEEE Press, January 2004.
Manjunath Gangadhar and Dinesh Bhatia, “FPGA Based EBCOT
Architecture for JPEG 2000”, IEEE International Conference on
Field Programmable Technology, Tokyo, Japan, December 2003.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Institute of Electrical and Electronics (IEEE),
IEEE computer society
IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Eta-Kappa-NuInstitute of Electrical and Electronics (IEEE),
IEEE computer society
IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Eta-Kappa-Nu
HONORS & AWARDS:
Associate Editor, IEEE Transactions on Computer,July 1999-
Present.
Best MS Thesis Award, ECE Department, 1998-99. Karthik
Gajjalapurna, Advisee.
William H. Middendorf Award for Research Excellence, ECECS
Department, 1995.
Guest Editor, VLSI Design Journal, special issue on Field-
Programmable Gate Arrays, Gordan Breach Scientific
Publishing.1996.
Shapiro Visting Scholar , Dartmouth College, spring 1992.
(Honorary assignment for research at Dartmouth)
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Program Head, Computer Engineering, January 2004-
Chair, University Library Committee, 2004-05.
Chair, Faculty Search Committee, Computer Engineering (Search
767), 2004-05.
Member, Executive Committee of Industrial Advisory Board on
Reseach, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer
Science, December 2004-
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Electrical Engineering
Department, 2004-05.
Chair, Computer Engineering Program Governance Committee,
January 2004-
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Computer Engineering
Program, 2003-04.
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Electrical Engineering
Department, 2003-04.
Chair, Computing Resources Committee, EE Department,
September 2002-present.
Chair, Computer Engineering Graduate Program Committee,
171
January 2001-Present.
Member, Power Outage Committee, Erik Jonsson School of ECS,
2002-2003.
Member, Faculty Senate, The University of Texas at Dallas, 2002-
2003.
Chair, Electrical Engineering Faculty Search Committee, 2002-
2003.
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3320 Digital Circuits,
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Laboratory,
Design and Analysis of Reconfigurable Systems,
CAD Algorithms
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Attended various workshops and tutorials at conferences and by
industrial tool vendors for integrating technology in classroom.
172
NAME:
Andrew Blanchard
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. Electrical Engineering,1977, Texas A&M University
M.S. Electrical Engineering, 1973, Colorado State University
B.S. Electrical Engineering, 1972, University of Southwestern
Louisiana
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
5 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Vice President Technology, Clean Earth Technologies, LLC, June
2002 – June 2004.
Senior Associate Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and
Computer Science,
Director of Research, College of Engineering, University of
Missouri-Columbia, December 1995-December 2000
Director, Strategic Technology Applications Research Center
(STAR Center), Houston Advanced Research
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
CET, LLC 2004-present
Symtrex, LLC, 2002
Oceanography International, Inc., 1980-1981.
Vitronics Inc., 1980 - 1982
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Book Chapter: Progress in Electromagnetics Research, Editor J. A.
Kong, Elsevier Press, Polarimetric Remote Sensing Chapter 3, pp
143-231, Fung, Blanchard, Chen, 1990
Mesh Sensor Network Design“, Proceedings of the IGARSS,
Toulouse, France; July 20-25.2003
Blanchard, A. J., Morgan, R., Golden, J, ”On the concept of all
digital sensor design“, Proceedings of the IGARSS, Toulouse,
France; July 20-25.2003.
Blanchard, A. J., Cai, J., Morgan, R., Golden, J., Fumagalli, A.,
Maloberti, F. ”Mega-Mesh Sensor Network Design“, Proceedings
of the IGARSS, Toulouse, France; July 20-25.2003
Blanchard, A. J., Morgan, R., Golden, J, ”On the concept of all
digital sensor design“, Proceedings of the IGARSS, Toulouse,
France; July 20-25.2003.
173
Blanchard, A. J., “Advanced Imaging Technology Lecture Series”,
National University of Singapore, March 9-April 1, 2000.
(Invited Lecturer)
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
Eta Kappa Nu
Geoscience and Remote Sensing Society
American Geophysical Union
HONORS & AWARDS:
Fellow, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE),
1995-present
Elected Member of The Electromagnetics Academy, 1993-present
Elected Member, Union of Radio Science Inc. Commission F
Invited Professorship, National University of Singapore, March
2000
1996 Recipient of the IEEE GRSS Outstanding Service Award
1994 GRSS Interactive Prize Paper Award, “Demonstration of 3D
Microwave Holography,” Byrd, Jersak, Krenek, Blanchard
1985 C. Holmes MacDonald Award, Presented by the National Eta
Kappa Nu Association to the Outstanding Electrical Engineering
Professor in the United States of America.
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Senior Associate Dean
Project Emmitt Project Manager
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4382 Senior Project, fall ‘04
EE 4301 Electromagnetism and Waves, spring ‘05
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Science and Technology Conference 2003, Fort Leonard Wood,
Missouri, August 19 –21, 2003, Invited Technical Presentation
Workshop on Applications of Remote Sensing--Mid America GIS
Conference, Missouri, June- 2000
Workshop on Applications of Remote Sensing to the Department of
Transportation, NASA Stennis Space Center, February 14-15, 2000
174
NAME:
William Boyd
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering Texas A. & M. University, 1969
M.S. Engineering, University of Washington, 1964
B.S. Civil Engineering, Lamar University, 1962
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
4 Years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
1997-1999 Raytheon Systems Company
1969-1997 Texas Instruments Inc.
1964-1997 National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
Johnson Spacecraft Center
1962-1963 The Boeing Company
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Tau Beta Pi
HONORS & AWARDS:
Phi Kappa Phi honor society
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Engineering Mechanics 2000-2001
Signals and Systems 2001-2004
Signals and Systems Laboratory 2001 - 2004
Systems and Control 2002-2004
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
175
NAME:
Gerald O. Burnham
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
California State University at Los Angeles B.A. Mathematics 1967,
California State University at Los Angeles M.S. Mathematics 1968,
University of Southern California M.S. Computer Science 1970,
University of Southern California Ph.D Electrical Engineering 1973
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
9 Years, Appointed Associate. Prof. 9/1/99
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Texas Instruments, Senior Member of Technical Staff 1977-1998
Cal Tech Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Technical Group Supervisor
1973-1977
Hughes Aircraft Company, Design Engineer 1966-1973
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Digitally Coded Incremental Stroke Generator, Hughes
Aircraft Electronic Navigation Chart, Texas Instruments
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
“ Increasing Interactivity in Electrical Engineering”, Millard, D.L.,
Burnham,G., IEEE frontiers in Education Conference, Boulder, CO,
November 2003.
“ The First Telecommunications Engineering Program in the United
States”, Journal of Engineering Education, pp 653-651, October
2001.
“Cool” Interactive Media for Electrical Engineering Education”,
Millard, D.L., Burnham, G.,ASEE Annual Conference, St. Louis,
MO. June 2001.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Sigma Xi
Eta Kappa Nu
IEEE
ASEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Howard Hughes Doctoral Fellow, 1970-1973.
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Electrical Engineering Department Head 2001-2004
Associate Dean, Research 1996-2001
Associate Dean, Accreditation and Outreach 2004-Present
176
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3301, Spring ‘04
EE 3301, Fall ‘04
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Administative Chairman, Dallas IEEE Section Executive
Committee Active funded research programs in
telecommunications digital signal processing, array processing and
nonlinear signals and systems. Regular participant in IEEE
conferences on signal processing. Program chairman, Dallas
Section of IEEE Signal Processing Society. Treasurer of Dallas
Section of IEEE Circuits and Systems Group.
177
NAME:
Dale M. Byrne
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
BS, Physics, Florida Institute of Technology, 1968
MS, Physics, Florida Institute of Technology, 1970
MS, Optical Sciences, University of Arizona, Optical Sciences
Center, 1975
Ph. D., Optical Sciences, University of Arizona, Optical Sciences
Center, 1978
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
18 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Taught in physics department at Florida Institute of Technology,
1968 to 1972
Taught short courses in Optics for Texas Instruments (professional
development)
Taught short courses in Optics for Texas Instruments (foreign
engineering professionals)
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Consulted with various companies in the metroplex – TI, Verity
Instruments, Optek, New ID
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
"Frequency Selective Surfaces with Multiple Apertures within a
Periodic Cell", Jeffrey A. Reed and D. M. Byrne, Journal of the
Optical Society of America, A, Vol. 15, No. 3, March 1998.
"Analytical Far-field Divergence Angle of a Truncated Gaussian
Beam", Emmanuel M. Drege, Neal G. Skinner, and Dale M. Byrne,
Applied Optics, Vol. 39, No. 27, 20 September 2000.
"Lithographic Process Monitoring Using Diffraction
Measurements", Emmanuel M. Drege and Dale M. Byrne, in
Metrology, Inspection, and Process Control for Microlithography
XIV, Neal T. Sullivan, ed., Proc. of SPIE 3998, pp. 147-157, 2000.
"Linearized Inversion of Scatterometric Data to obtain Surface
Profile Information", Emmanuel M. Drege, Jeffrey A. Reed, and
Dale M. Byrne, Optical Engineering, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp.225-236,
Jan. 2002.
"Profile Parameter Accuracy Determined from Scatterometric
178
Measurements", Rayan M. Al Assaad, Emmanuel M. Drege, and
Dale M. Byrne, Design, Process Integration, and Characterization
for Microelectronics, Alexander Starikov, and Kenneth W. Tobin,
eds., Proc. of SPIE 4692A, pp.17-28, 2002.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Optical Society of America
IEEE
SPIE
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
EE undergraduate curriculum committee
Health professions advisory committee
EE Honors courses committee
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Regularly attend annual meeting of Optical Society of America
(annually Attend SPIE Micro-lithographic Conference,
(alternate years)
Regularly serve as reviewer for journals
(average 3 reviews per year)
• Applied Optics
• Optics Letters
• Journal of the Optical Society of America: A
• Journal of Optics
• Optical Engineering
179
NAME: Cyrus D. Cantrell
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND
DATES:
Bachelor of Arts (cum laude), Physics, 1962, Harvard University.
Master of Arts, Physics, 1964, Princeton University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Physics, 1968, Princeton University.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT
UT DALLAS:
25 years
RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Swarthmore College, Assistant Professor to Associate Professor
1967-1973
Los Alamos, Staff Member, National Laboratory, 1973–1979
University of Paris, France Visiting Professor, 1980
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Recent Consulting:
Alcatel Americas, Consultant, 2001
Winstead & Minick, Sechrest ,Expert witness,2005
US Patents:
4,061,921, Infrared laser system, 1982
Re. 30,898
4,690,742 Method & apparatus for laser isotope separation, 1987
4,879,532 Method & apparatus for phase conjugate optical
modulation,1989
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
“Multiple-vibrational –mode model for fiberoptic Raman gain spectrum
and response function”, Journal of the Optical Society f America B 19,
2886-2892 (2002) [ with Dawn Hollenceck].
“Continuous and discrete wavelet transform analysis of nonlinear pulse
propagation in single mode fibers”, Optical Fiber Technology:
Materials, Devices and Systems 7, 65-83 (2001) [with T. Landoisi and
L.S. Tamil].
“ The first Telecommunications Engineering Program in the United
Sates”, Journal of Engineering Education, October 2001, 653-657
[ with Gerald O. Burnham, Andras Farago, Andrea Fumagalli, Kamran
Kiasaleh, William P. Osborne, and Ravi Prakash].
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL
SOCIETIES OF WHICH A
MEMBER:
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Optical Society of America
American Physical Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
Third Millennium Medal , Institute of Electrical and Electronics
180
Engineers, 2000
Fellow , Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1985
Fellow, American Physical Society, 1982
Fellow, Optical Society of America,1978
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4301, Electromagnetic Engineering I
EE 6345, Engineering of Packet-Switched Networks
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Seminars in the Dallas Chapter of the IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics
Society: 2 Seminars in the Department of Electrical Engineering: 7
Distinguished Lectures in the School of Engineering and Computer
Science: 21 University-wide Colloquia:1
181
NAME:
Andrew Cilia
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
BSEE, Electrical Engineering, Auburn University, AL Aug 1988
MSEE , Electrical Engineering, University of Texas at Arlington.
Dec 1996
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
4 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
• Over 20 LMDS related patents disclosed in USA, Europe
and Asia, among them:
• Local Multipoint Distribution Service Base Station
Architecture (US pat.6,501,768).
• Common Control Channel Dynamic Frequency Assignment
Method and Protocol (US pat. 6,404,751).
• Allocating and De-allocating transmission resources in a
Local Multipoint Distribution Services System (US pat
6,226,280
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member of IEEE and Eta Kappa Nu Honor Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE-4380 Microprocessor Senior Design Project I
EE-4381 Mobile Comm. System Design Project I
EE-4387 Indiv Supervised Senior Design Project I
EE-4384 Mobile Comm. System Design Project II
EE-4381 Mobile Comm. System Design Project I
EE-4382 Indiv. Supervised Senior Design Project I
182
EE-4387 Mobile Comm. System Design Project II
EE-8V40 Individual Instruction in EE
EE-3102 Signals and Systems Lab
EE-4380 Microprocessor Senior Design Project I
EE-4381 Mobile Comm. System Design Project I
EE-4387 Mobile Comm. System Design Project II
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
183
NAME:
Nathan Dodge
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
BSEE, 1963, Southern Methodist University, MSEE, 1966 and
Ph.D. EE, 1969, The University of Texas at Austin.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
7 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
1998 – Present: University of Texas at Dallas. Joined UTD as
Senior Instructor III. Major responsibilities have been teaching and
assisting with undergraduate advising
1973 – 1998: Texas Instruments, Dallas, TX: Director, University
Research.
1995-1998 Responsible for strategy development related to
university research investments at the corporate level.
1983-1995 : Various Management Assignments at TI
1969-1973 – General Dynamic Fort Worth, TX: Project
Aerosystems Engineer,
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Won teaching excellence award for electrical engineering
2004-2005
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Serves on a number of school committees.
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 2310 Digital Fundamentals
EE 2110 Digital Fundamentals Lab
EE 1102 Introduction to Experimental Techniques Lab
184
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Activities mainly limited to a Xilinx class/lab in Palo Alto in
1992 and seminars on the UTD campus. Typically 15-20 hour-
long seminars per year.
185
NAME:
Edward J. Esposito
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Dean for Industrial Relations
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Physics, 1971, Polytechnic University,
Brooklyn, NY
Master of Science, Physics, 1971, Polytechnic University ,
Brooklyn, NY
Doctor of Philosophy, Applied Physics, 1979, Harvard University
Cambridge, MA
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Alcatel USA (Richardson/Plano, TX):
External Affairs Manager, Research & Innovation Center
1998-2002
Texas Instruments (Dallas, TX):
Manager, Ph.D. Recruitment & University Pgms., Central Research
Labs. 1993-98 Research Scientist & Program
Manager, Sensors & Infrared Laboratory 1980-1993
CMOS Process Development Engineer, DMOS-II Wafer Fab
1979-1980
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Occasional technical consultant in legal cases
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
American Physical Society/American Institute of Physics
HONORS & AWARDS:
Dennard Visiting Scholar, St. Marks’ School of Texas, , 1998
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Assistant Dean for Industrial Relations
Facilitator/coordinator of Jonsson School Industrial Advisory Board
Executive Committee (IAB ExCom)
Principal champion, liaison and administrative contact for current
and future industrial partnerships
Organizer/chairman of ACE 2005 (Jonsson School
research/education forum);
186
Section chair of ACE 2004
Member of NS&ERB planning committee Jan.-Mar. 2004
Created numerous materials for the ECS and ACE websites, and
other PR materials.
Compiled/published faculty research abstracts (book and CD-ROM
format) for distribution to industry partners.
Faculty advisor to UTD’s AUV (Autonomous Underwater Vehicle)
competition team.
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra, Fall 2004
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra, Spring 2004
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra, Fall 2003
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra, Summer 2003
EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra, Spring 2003
EE 3300 Advanced Engineering Math, Spring 2003
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
AIP (American Institute of Physics): Advisory Committee on
Education and Employment, Career Network Division
Alliance GigaPoP (North Texas Internet 2 consortium),
Advisory Council member and Research Steering Committee co-
chair.
Center for Advanced Computing and Communication (NCSU/Duke
Univ.), Industrial Advisory Board
Embedded Software Center (Univ. of Texas at Dallas): Governing
Board (acting)
AAPT (American Association of Physics Teachers) national and
eregional panels on science education and industrial careers
187
NAME:
John Foneska
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.Sc. (Hons.), Electronics and Telecommunications Engineering,
University of Moratuwa, 1980
M. Eng.., Electrical Engineering, Memorial University of
Newfoundland, Canada, 1985
Ph.D., Electrical Engineering, Arizona State University, 1988
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
16 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Consulting: Intelligent Automation, Inc. (IAI), Project Title: High
performance, low complexity, and bandwidth efficient receiver,
Duration: 7/1/04 – 12/31/04
Patent pending – A Multi-Interval Line Coding Technique for High
Speed Transmissions; SRC Patent ID: P0477; Inventors: John
Fonseka and Jin Liu, Filed December 2004
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Y. Yin, J.P. Fonseka and I. Korn, “Sensitivity to timing errors in
EGC and MRC combining techniques”, IEEE Transactions on
Communications, pp. 530-534, April 2003
C.-C. Teng, J.P. Fonseka and I. Korn, “Noncoherent sequence
detection of trellis coded CPFSK with MRC diversity over fading
channels”, IEE Proceedings-Communications, pp. 92-98, April
2002
J.P. Fonseka, Y. Yin and I. Korn, “Sensitivity to fading estimates in
maximal ratio combining”, IEE Proceedings-Communications, pp.
269-274, August 2003
I. Korn and J.P. Fonseka, “Optimal binary communication with
nonequal probabilities”, IEEE Transactions on Communications,
pp. 1435-1438, Sept. 2003
188
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
N/A
HONORS & AWARDS:
“Excellence in Teaching” in Electrical Engineering, 2000-2001
academic year
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
3300 (Advanced Engineering Mathematics)
3341 (Probability and Statistics)
3350 (Communication Systems)
3150 (Communications Systems laboratory)
4360 (Digital Communications)
6352 (Digital Communications)
6344 (Coding Theory I)
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Committee on Qualifications
Chair of Electrical Engineering Graduate Committee
Electrical Engineering Department Chair Search Committee
Electrical Engineering Faculty Search Committee
189
NAME:
William R. Frensley
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Physics, University of Colorado, 1976.
B.S., Physics, California Institute of Technology, 1973.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
15 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Texas Instruments, Inc.
Senior Member, Technical Staff 1986-1990
Member, Technical Staff 1977-1986
University of California at Postdoctoral Researcher 1976-1977
Santa Barbara
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
U. S. Patent 6,359,520, G. A. Frazier and W. R. Frensley,
“Optically Powered Resonant Tunneling Device,'' issued Mar. 19,
2002.
U. S. Patent 5,059,545, W. R. Frensley and M. A. Reed, “Three
Terminal Tunneling Device and Method,'' issued Oct. 22, 1991.
U. S. Patent 4,959,696, W. R. Frensley and M. A. Reed,
“Three Terminal Tunneling Device and Method,'' issued Sept.
25, 1990.
U. S. Patent 4,866,488, W. R. Frensley, “Ballistic Transport Filter
and Device,'' issued Sept. 12, 1989.
U. S. Patent 4,803,537, A. J. Lewis and W. R. Frensley, “Infrared
Detector System Based Upon Group III-V Epitaxial Material,''
issued Feb. 7, 1989
U. S. Patent 4,705,361, G. A. Frazier, W. R. Frensley and M. A.
Reed, “Spatial Light Modulator,'' issued Nov. 10, 1987.
U. S. Patent 4,539,528, B. Bayraktaroglu, B. Kim and W. R.
Frensley, “Two-Port Amplifier,'' issued Sept. 3, 1985.
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• Rivas, R. Lake, W. R. Frensley, G. Klimeck, P. E.
Thompson, K. D. Hobart, S. L. Rommel, and P. R. Berger,
“Full Band Modeling of the Excess Current in a Delta-
Doped Silicon Tunnel Diode,” J. Appl. Phys., vol. 94, pp.
5005-13 (2003).
• K. V. Loiko, I. V. Peidous, T. E. Harrington, and W. R.
190
Frensley, “Stress-induced redistribution of point defects in
silicon device structures,'' Proc. of the 9th Internat. Conf. on
Gettering and Defect Engineering in Semiconductor
Technology, Solid
• State Phenomena, vol. 82--84, pp. 225-230 (2002).
• C. Rivas, R. Lake, G. Klimeck, W. R. Frensley, M. V.
Fischetti, P. E. Thompson, S. L. Rommel, and P. R. Berger,
“Full-band simulation of indirect phonon assisted tunneling
in a silicon tunnel diode with delta-doped contacts,'' Appl.
Phys. Lett., vol. 78, pp. 814-6 (2001).
• K V. Loiko, G. Nallapati, K. M. Jarreau, S. S. Ekbote, R. A.
Hensley, D. Simpson, T. E. Harrington, W. R. Frensley, and
I. V. Peidous, “The Impact of Point Defects on Stress-
Induced Dislocation Generation in Silicon,'' Proceedings of
the Materials Research Society, vol. 610, pp. B6.13.1-6
(2001).
• M. Kao, E. A. Beam III, M. Muir, P. Saunier, H. Tserng,
and W. R. Frensley, “High Performance Metamorphic
HEMTs on 100-mm GaAs Substrate,'' 2000 International
Conference on Gallium Arsenide Manufacturing
Technology, Washington D.C., pp. 225-227, May 1-4, 2000.
• E. S. Daniel, X. Cartoixà, W. R. Frensley, D. Z.-Y. Ting and
T. C. McGill, “Coupled Drift-Diffusion/Quantum
Transmitting Boundary Method Simulations of Thin Oxide
Devices with Specific Application to a Silicon Based
Tunnel Switch Diode,'' IEEE Trans. Electron Devices, vol.
47, pp. 1052-60 (2000)
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, Fellow American Physical Society, Member
Institutional and Professional Service in the Last Five Years
Chairman, Dallas Section of the IEEE Electron Devices Society,
1996-7
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4330 Integrated Circuit Technology
EE 4368 Radio Frequency Circuit design
EE 6319 Quantum Physical Electronics
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
191
NAME:
Andrea Fumagalli
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Electrical Engineering, Politecnico di Torino, 1992
Laurea, Electrical Engineering, Politecnico di Torino,1987
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
7 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Assistant Professor , Politecnico di Torino, 1996-1997
Assistant Professor, Politecnico di Torino , 1992-1995
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Boston Communications Networks Inc. software tools for
optimal design of telecommunications network, 1998-1999.
Tunnel of Mont Blanc, fiber based communications system in
support of intergrated data, voice and video transmissions,
1993-1995
Sandretto, communication protocol for flexible manufacturing
system in accordance to the European standard EUROMAP,
1988-1989.
CSELT, coummunication protocol for ISDN environment
developed under ESPRIT Project 169 (LION), 1987-1988.
A. Fugmagalli, S. Darisala, P.Kothandataman,M.Tacca, L.
Valcarenghi, M. Ali,D. Elie-Dit-Cosaque, Method and
Apparatus for Dynamic Provisioning of Reliable Connections
in the Presence of Multiple Failures, Full Application filed with
the U.S. Patent Office, Fall 2003, Full Application filed with
U.S. Patent Office, February 2002.
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
A.Fumagali, M. Tacca, Differtiated Reliability ( Dir) in Wavelength
Division Multiplexing Rings, to appear in ACM/IEE Transaction on
Networking.
I. Cerutti, A. Fumagalli,Traffic Grooming in Static Wavelength
Division Multiplexing Networks, IEEE Communications Magazine,
vol.43, no. 1,pp.101-107, January 2005.
P. Monti, M. Tacca, A. Fumagalli
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member IEEE, 1999-present
IFIP Working Group 6.10 on Optical Networks, 2004- present
192
HONORS & AWARDS:
Best Teaching Award, Electrical Engineering, UTD, 2002
Best Thesis Award to Ph.D. Advisee Isabell Cerutti, 2002
On a Distinguished Lecturer Tour for IEEE ComSoc, 2000
Best Paper Award-I. Chlamtac, A. Fumaglli, J.Carruthers, G.
Wedzinga, “An Optimal Design Algorithm for Photonic Slot
Routing Networks Migrating to Optical Packet Switching,” in Proc.
SPIE vol.3843 Boston, MA, September 1999.
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Steering Committee of the Center of Excellence for Photonic
Networks and Technologies of Scuola Superiore Sant ‘ Anna,Pisa
Italy, 2002-2004.
Technical Activities Chair, IEEE Technical Committee on High-
speed Networking, 2001-present
Chair of the TA Committee for EE, TE, and CE Programs, UTD,
2000-present
Intellectual Property Committee,UTD, 1999-present.
Editorial Board Member of ACM/ IEEE Transaction on
Networking,2002-Present
Editorial Board Member of Elsevier Optical Swicthing and
Networking (OSN),2004-present
Editorial Board Member of Elsevier Computer Networks,2001-
present
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 6340-OT1 Intro. To Telecom. Networks, Summer 2004
EE 3302-501 Signals and Systems , Spring 2004.
EE 6340-OT1 Introduction to Telecommunication Networks,Spring
2004
EE 4360-501 Digital Communications, Fall 2003.
EE 6340-OT1- Intro. To Telecom. Networks, Fall 2003.
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Intellectual Property Committee, UTD, 1999-Present
TE Program Governing Committee,UTD, 01/01/2003-present
Established the “Telecommunications Applied Research in Gigabit
and Emerging Technologies” Lab. At UTD, 2003
Intieated and contributed to the cooperation MoU between UTD
and Scuola Superiore di Perfezinamento Sant’Anna di Pisa, Italy, in
July 2001.
Developed the Telecampus course”EE 6340 Intro. To Telecom.
Networks”’ UTD,2000.
Developed the core course for the EE Graduate Program; “ EE 7340
Optical Network Architecture and Protocols”, UTD, 1999.
Faculty Committee for the definition of the core courses of TE
Master’s Program, UTD,1997.
193
NAME:
Bruce Gnade
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chemistry
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D.Nuclear Chemistry Georgia Institute of Technology,1982
B.A.Chemistry,St. Louis University, 1976
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 Years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
R.M. Wallace and B.E. Gnade, “Gate Structure and Method”, U.S. Pat. # 6,784,507 B2
(2004).
D.M. Smith, P. Johnston, W.C. Ackerman, R.A. Stoltz, A. Maskara, T. Ramos, S.P.
Jeng, B.E. Gnade, “Low Volatility Solvent-Based Method for Forming Thin-Film
Nanoporous Aerogels on Semiconductor Substrates”, U.S. Pat. # 6,645,878 B2 (2003).
S.R. Summerfelt, H.R. Beratan, and B.E. Gnade, “Lightly donor doped electrodes for
high-dielectric-constant materials”, U.S. Pat. #6,593,638 (2003).
D.M. Smith, G.P. Johnson, W.C. Ackerman, S.-P. Jeng, B.E. Gnade, “Aerogel Thin
Film Formation from Multi-Solvent Systems”, U.S. Pat. # 6,437,007 B1 (2002).
D.M. Smith, G.P. Johnson, W.C. Ackerman, S.-P. Jeng, B.E. Gnade, “Aerogel Thin
Film Formation from Multi-Solvent Systems”, U.S. Pat. # 6,437,007 B1 (2002).
W.P. Kirk, J.X. Zhou, B.E. Gnade, C.-C. Cho, “Method of Forming Lattice Matched
Layer over a Surface of a Silicon Substrate”, U.S. Pat. # 6,419,742 B1 (2002).
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Materials Research Society, American Physical Society, Society for Information Displays
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Sigma Xi award for outstanding doctoral thesis, Ga. Tech
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Co-Chair SPIE Conference on Liquid Crystal Materials, Devices, and Flat Panel Displays,
Jan. 2000
Technical Committee, International Display Research Conference, Sept. 2000, 2003
United States Civilian Research and Development Foundation, Proposal review panel,
2000-2004
Guest Editor, Proceedings of the IEEE 90, Special Issue on Flat Panel Display
Technology, April 2002. Symposium Organizer, “Flexible Electronics: Materials and
Device Technology”, Spring MRS 2003-2004.
Session Organizer, “Front-End Materials and Processes for Scaled Silicon CMOS”,
Spring APS 2003.
National Academies Board of Assessment of NIST Programs – EEEL (2004-2005)
Associate Editor, IEEE/OSA Journal of Display Technology (2004-present).
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Fall 2004 EE 4304 Computer Architecture
Fall 2004 EE/CE 7304 Advanced Computer Architecture
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Attended several scientific conferences
194
NAME:
Matthew J. Goeckner
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B. S., Mathematics, Southern Illinois University, 1983
B. S., Physics, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale,1983
M. S., Physics , UCLA , 1984
Ph. D., Physics,University of Iowa, 1990
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
7 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Associate Professor in Electrical Engineering, University of Texas
at Dallas, Sept. 1999 - Current
Research Scientist, Varian Research Center, 1998-99
Research Physicist, Princeton University, Plasma Physics Lab,
1994-97
Research Associate, University of Wisconsin, Plasma ERC,
1991-94
Research Associate, University of Iowa, Physics Department, 1991
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
M.J. Goeckner and R.A. Breun “Using Fourier transform infrared
absorption spectrometry to probe the injected neutral gas in a
plasma having a high ionization fraction,” Journal of Vacuum
Science and Technology A 11, 689-693 (1993)
M. J. Goeckner, J.M. Marquis, B.J. Markham, A.K. Jindal, E.A.
Joseph, B.-S. Zhou, A modified Gaseous Electronics Conference
Reference Cell for the study of plasma-surface-gas interactions,
Review of Scientific Instrumentation 75, 884-891 (2004)
E. A. Joseph, B. Zhou, S. P. Sant, L. J. Overzet, and M. J.
Goeckner, Investigation and modeling of plasma-wall interactions
in inductively coupled fluorocarbon plasmas, Journal of Vacuum
Science and Technology A 22, 689-697 (2004).
Baosuo Zhou, E. A. Joseph, L. J. Overzet, and M. J. Goeckner,
195
Spectroscopic study of gas and surface phase chemistries of
fluorocarbon plasma in an inductively coupled modified gaseous
electronics conference (mGEC) reactor, Journal of Vacuum Science
and Technology A, Accepted with revisions
B.S. Zhou, E. A. Joseph, S. P. Sant, L. J. Overzet, and M. J.
Goeckner Effect of surface temperature on plasma-surface
interactions in an inductively coupled modified gaseous electronics
conference (mGEC) reactor, Journal of Vacuum Science and
Technology A, Accepted with revisions (2004).
M.J. Goeckner, J. Goree and T.E. Sheridan, “Monte Carlo
simulation of ions in a magnetron plasma,” IEEE Transactions on
Plasma Science 19, 301-308 (1991).
M.J. Goeckner and N.A. Goeckner “Fourier-Transform Infrared
Measurements of CHF
3
/O
2
discharges in an electron cyclotron
resonance reactor,” Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology A,
2586-2592 (1999).
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior member Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
American Vacuum Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Class/lab development (Plasma Tech, Plasma Science, Graduate
and Undergraduate)
American Vacuum Society.
(Plasma Science & Technology Division Executive Committee 98-
00)
(Manufacturing Science and Technology Group Program
Committee 00)
(Thin Films Division Program Committee 96)
Research Experience for Undergraduates Program – Student
Supervisor
(Through Plasma ERC, University of Wisconsin 92-94)
University of Texas at Dallas 03
Historically Black Universities and Colleges Program - Lab
Teacher (Princeton 96-97)
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
196
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
197
NAME:
C. Robert Helms
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Engineering Physics, 1968, Southern University
of California Berkley
Master of Science, Electrical Engineering, 1970, Stanford University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, Minor in Material
Science, 1973, Stanford University
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
International SEMATECH, Austin, Texas., President and CEO
2001-2004
Texas Instruments, Dallas, Texas, Corp. Vice President
1999-2001
Texas Instruments, Dallas, Texas, Director, Component &
1999-2001
Material Research Center, Stanford University, Stanford, California
Research Professor,1980-2000
Stanford University,Stanford, California, Sr. Research Associate,
1976-1980
Exxon Research & Engineering ,Stanford, California Research
Physicist,1973-1980
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Phi Beta Kappa
Tau Beta Pi
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
198
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
199
NAME:
Louis R. Hunt
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S., Mathematics, Baylor University, 1964
Ph.D., Mathematics, Rice University, 1970
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
21 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Faculty, Texas Tech University, NASA Ames Research Center
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
System, Method and Apparatus for Controlling Converters
Using Input-Output Linearization
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Stable inversion for nonlinear discrete time systems, IEEE Transaction on
Automatic Control, 45 (2000), 1216-1220, with G. Zeng.
Parameter variations, relative degree, and stable inversion, Automatica,
37 (2001), 871-880, with V. Ramakrishma and G. Meyer
Frequency domain computations for nonlinear steady-state solutions,
IEEE Transaction: on Signal Processing, 49 (2001), 1728-1733, with N.
Telang
Approximations of trajectories of non-linear systems by iterates of
systems with linear state dynamics, Systems and Control Letters, 51
(2004) , 377-381, with E. Sally Ward, and Raimund J. Ober
Extended lattice filters enabled by four-directional couples, Applied
Optics, 43 (2004), 6124-6133, with D.L. MacFarlane, J.Tong, C. Fafadia,
V.Govindan, I.Panahi
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE ( Fellow)
Control Systems, Circuits and Systems, Signal Processing, Power
Electronics Societies
HONORS & AWARDS:
IEEE Fellow
Chancellor’s Council Outstanding Teaching Award 2002-2003
Erik Jonsson School Outstanding Service Award 2003
Electrical Engineering Outstanding Teaching Award 2003-2004
200
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Director of the Center for Systems, Communications, and Signal
Processing
Committee on Qualifications
Chancellor’s Outstanding Teaching Award Committee
Chair of Electrical Engineering Graduate Committee
Electrical Engineering Personnel Review Committee
Erik Jonsson School Research Advisory Committee
Erik Jonsson School Peer Review Committee
Erik Jonsson School Course Evaluation Committee
Erik Jonsson School Research Advisory Committee
Erik Jonsson School Industrial Advisory Board Executive
Committee
Erik Jonsson School Academic Advisory Committee
Erik Jonsson School Teaching Effectiveness
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3330 Advanced Engineering Mathematics I
EE 4300 Advanced Engineering Mathematics II
EE 4310 System and Control
EE 6331 Linear System and Signals
EE 6336 Nonlinear Control Systems
EE 6360 Digital Signal Processing I
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Regularly attend Colloquia and Distinguished Lecture Series
Associate Editor of Systems and Control Letters
Reviewers for many professional journals
201
NAME:
Muhammad A. Kalam
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Engineering Mechanics (Computer Aided Analysis), Univ.
of Kentucky, 1979 (GPA 3.92).
M.S., Aircraft Structures, University of Wyoming, 1971.
B.S., Aerospace Engineering (minor- Aviation Electronics),
University of Karachi, 1969.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 Years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
2 years of Teaching at Lexington Technical Institute, Lexington,
Kentucky.
3 years at Westinghouse Nuclear Power Division – computer aided
structural analysis.
2 years at Microsoft - providing testing & development support for
Windows NT as a Networking Operating System
3 years at Texas Instruments – Testing and managing changes in
enterprise network’s LAN, WAN and SNA.
3 years at WorldCom and its subsidiary Accelerated Networks –
Testing ATM, Frame Relay switches and Integrated Access Devic
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
9 years as networking consultant to medium to large size
corporations including HL&P and Texas Instruments
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member, IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Received BS with Honors
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
202
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE4367 – Telecommunications and Switching
EE4390 – Introduction to Telecommunications Networks
EE3111 – Electronics Circuit Lab
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Attended two day long seminars presented by HP and 3 Com on
VoIP and Internet Data Communications.
Completed a week long course on Network Design by Accelerated
Networks.
Completed a week long course on ATM Switch and Router
Technology by Cisco.
203
NAME:
Nasser Kehtarnavaz
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
PhD, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Rice University, 1987
MS, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Rice University, 1984
BS (Honors), Electronic and Communication Engineering,
University of Birmingham (England), 1982
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
18 years academic experience – Joined Department of Electrical
Engineering at Texas A&M University in 1986 as Assistant
Professor, later became Associate Professor and Professor.
Research areas: Signal and Image Processing, Real-Time Imaging,
Biomedical Image Analysis and Pattern Recognition
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Served as a consultant to Texas Instruments, Raytheon, Invocon,
Physical Research
Patents filed (status pending):
Automatic White Balancing, Automatic Exposure, Color Filter
Array Interpolation
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
- N. Kehtarnavaz and N. Kim, Digital Signal Processing System-
Level Design Using LabVIEW, Elsevier, to appear in 2005.
- N. Kehtarnavaz, Real-Time Digital Signal Processing Based on
the TMS320C6000, Elsevier, 2004.
- N. Kehtarnavaz and M. Keramat, DSP System Design: Using the
TMS320C6000, Prentice-Hall, 2001.
- P. Ainsleigh, S. Greineder, and N. Kehtarnavaz, “Classification of
nonstationary narrowband signals using segmented chirp features
and hidden Gauss-Markov models,” IEEE Trans. on Signal
Processing, vol. 53, pp. 147-157, Jan. 2005.
- C. Gope, N. Kehtarnavaz, G. Hillman, and B. Wursig, “An affine
invariant curve matching method for photo-identification of
marine mammals, Pattern Recognition Journal, vol. 38, pp. 125-
132, Jan. 2005.
- A. Garcia-Uribe, N. Kehtarnavaz, G. Marquez, V. Prieto, M.
Duvic, and L. Wang, “Skin cancer detection by spectroscopic
oblique-incident reflectometry: classification and physiological
origin,” Journal of Applied Optics, vol.43, pp. 2643-2650, May
2004.
- N. Kehtarnavaz, H-J. Oh, and Y. Yoo,”Color filter array
interpolation using color correlation and directional derivatives,”
SPIE Journal of Electronic Imaging, vol. 12, pp. 621-632, Oct. 2003.
- N. Kim, N. Kehtarnavaz, M. Yeary, and S. Thornton, “DSP based neural
network hierarchical modulation signal classification,” IEEE Trans.
204
on Neural Networks, vol. 14, pp. 1065-1071, Sept. 2003.
- N. Kehtarnavaz, H-J. Oh, “Development and real-time
implementation of a rule-based auto-focus algorithm,” Journal of
Real-Time Imaging, vol. 9, pp. 197-203, June 2003.
- G. Hillman, B. Wursig, G. Gailey, N. Kehtarnavaz, et. al,
“Computer-assisted photo-identification of individual marine
vertebrates: a multi-species system,” Journal of Aquatic Mammals,
vol. 29, pp. 117-123, 2003.
- P. Ainsleigh, N. Kehtarnavaz, and R. Streit, “Hidden Gauss
Markov models for signal classification,” IEEE Trans. on Signal
Processing, vol.50, pp.1355-1367, June 2002.
- K. Gunnam, D. Hughes, J. Junkins, and N. Kehtarnavaz, “A vision
based DSP embedded navigation sensor,” IEEE Sensors Journal,
vol.2, pp.428-442,Oct 2002. - S. Baeg and N. Kehtarnavaz,
“Classification of breast mass abnormalities using denseness and
architectural distortion,” Electronic Letters on Computer Vision and
Image Analysis, vol.1, pp.1-20, http://www.cvc.uab.es/elcvia,
Aug2002.
-
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Fellow of SPIE, Senior Member of IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Outstanding Achievement Award, Texas A&M University, 2000
Outstanding Professor Award, Eta Kappa Nu, 1989
National Excellence Recognition Award, The Space Foundation,
1987
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Editor-in-Chief, Journal of Real-Time Imaging, Elsevier
Chair, Dallas Section of IEEE Signal Processing Society
Conference Chair, SPIE Real-Time Imaging Conference, 2001-05
Associate Editor, IEEE Transactions on Image Processing,2000-04.
Associate Editor, SPIE Journal of Electronic Imaging, 1998-2001
General Chair, IEEE Symposium on Computer-Based Medical
Systems, 2000
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4386 – DSP-based Design Project II (undergraduate)
EE 6364 – Pattern Recognition (graduate)
EE 6363 – Digital Image Processing (graduate)
EE 6367 – Applied Digital Signal Processing (graduate
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Visiting Scientist, Imaging Business Unit, Texas Instruments, 2001
ABET Training Workshop, UTD, 2003
205
NAME:
Kamran Kiasaleh
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Electrical Engineering, Communications Sciences Institute,
University of Southern California, 1986
Thesis Advisor: Dr. William C. Lindsey
Dissertation: Time and Frequency Transfer between Master and
Slave Clocks.
Master of Science, Electrical Engineering, Communications
Sciences Institute,
University of Southern California, 1982
Bachelor of Science, Electrical Engineering,
University of Southern California, 1981 (Cum Laude)
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
17 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
?
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Consulting:
Telecommunications Research Associates (TRA)
Jet Propulsion Laboratory
Harris Corporation
Patents:
Channel-aided, decision-directed delay-locked loop
(USPTO:6,373,862, April 16, 2002)Synchronization and clock
recovery (USPTO:6,324,234, Nov. 27, 2001) Interferometric,
self-homodyne optical receiver and method and optical
transmission system incorporating same (USPTO:5,319,438,
June 7, 1994)
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
206
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
G. Burnham, C. D. Cantrell, A. Farago, A. Fumagalli, K. Kiasaleh,
W. O. Osborne, and R. Prakash, “The first Telecommunications
Engineering program in the United States,” IEEE Journal of
Engineering Education, pp. 653-657, Oct. 2001.
M. Cole and Kamran Kiasaleh, “Signal intensity estimators for free-
space optical communications through turbulent atmosphere,”
IEEE/JOSA Photonics Technology Letters, Vol. 16, No. 10, 2395-
2397, Oct. 2004.
K. Kiasaleh, “Scintillation index of a multi-wavelength
beam in turbulent atmosphere,” Journal of Optical Society of
America A, Volume 21, Issue 8, 1452-1454, August 2004.
K. Kiasaleh, “Performance analysis of free-space on-off-keying
optical communication systems impaired by turbulence,” in
proceedings of Free-Space Laser Communication Technologies
XIV, (San Jose, CA), vol. 4635, pp. 150-161, Jan. 2002.
M. Simon and K. Kiasaleh, "Performance of computationally
efficient multiple-symbol differential detection scheme in the
presence of phase noise," in proceedings of IEEE Global
Telecommunication Conference (GLOBECOM 2004), (Dallas, TX),
Vol. 1, pp. 304 – 307, Nov. 2004.
M. Cole and K. Kiasaleh, "Signal estimators for p-i-n and APD-
based free-space optical communication systems," in proceedings
of IEEE Global Telecommunication Conference (GLOBECOM
2004), (Dallas, TX), Vol. 2, pp. 1221-1224, Nov. 2004.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior Member of IEEE Communications Society
Member of Eta Kappa Nu
Member of Sigma Xi
Reviewer for the IEEE Transactions on Communications
Reviewer for the IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology
Reviewer for the IEEE Transactions on Information Theory
Reviewer for the IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications
Reviewer for the IEEE/OSA Journal of Lightwave Technology
Reviewer for the Optics Communications
Reviewer for the Optical
HONORS & AWARDS:
NASA Group Achievement Award for GOPEX (Galileo Optical
Communications from an Earth-Based Transmitter) demonstration,
first optical communications demonstration with a deep-space
vehicle
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Associate Editor for IEEE Communications Letters
Technical Program Committee Chair for Vehicular Technology
Conference (VTC 05) ,Academic Affairs Committee (Chair)
Faculty Search (Chair),Chaired 5 searches, Space Committee
Strategic Planning Committee, Personnel Review Committee
Teaching Lab Committee
• Ad-Hoc committees for tenure and promotion of several
207
faculty members in the Engineering Department
• EE/CS committee for the development of the
Telecommunications Engineering (TE) program
• TE Graduate (Chair) and Admissions Committees
University Wide Committees Served on:
Academic Program Review Committee
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 6349 Random Processes (Fall 2004)
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
208
NAME:
Moon J. Kim
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Arizona State University, Materials Science, B.S.,1984
Arizona State University, Materials Science, M.S.,1986
Arizona State University, Materials Science, Ph.D.,1988
Arizona State University, Materials Science, Postdoc,1988-1990
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Associate Professor , Department of Materials Science, UNT,
Denton, TX 2002-2003
Director, Facility for Electron Microscopy, University of North
Texas (UNT) , 2002-2003
Assistant Professor, Department of Materials Science, UNT,
Denton, TX 2001-2002
Associate Research Scientist, Center for Solid State Science
Arizona State University (ASU), Tempe, AZ 1996-2001
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Dopant penetration studies through Hf silicate, “ M. Quevedo-
Lopez, MR. Visokay, J.J. Chambers, M.J. Bevan, A. LiFatou,
L.Colombo, M.J. Kim, B.E. Gnade and R.M. Wallace, J. Appl.
Phys. 97, 043508 (2005)
“ A novel methodology of tuning work function of metal gate
using stacking bi-metallic layers,” I.S. Jeon,J.Lee,
Zhao,.Sivasurbrammani, T.Oh, H.J. Kim, D.K. Cha,J. Huang, M.J.
Kim, B.E. Gnade, J.Kim and R.M. Wallace, 2004 IEEE
International Electron Devices Meeting 04-303-306 (2004).
“Reinforcement mechanism for mechanically enhanced xerogel
films,” H. Dong, B.P. Gorman, Z. Zhang, R.A. Orozco-Teran, J.A.
Roepsch D.W. Mueller,M.J. Kim, and R.F. Reidy, J. Noncrystalline
Solids 350, 345-350 (2004)
“ The electrical properties and stability of the hafnium silicate-
209
Si08Ge0.2 (100) interface, “S.Addepalli, P. Sivasubramani,M.J.
Kim,B.E.Gnade, and R.M. Wallace, Journal of Electronic
Materials 33, 1016-1021 (2004).
“ Wafer level and chip size direct wafer bonding at room
temperature, “ M.M.R. Howlander, T. Suga and M.J.Kim,
Electrochemical Society Proc.Vol. 2004-06, 150-160 (2004)
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
HONORS & AWARDS:
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
210
NAME:
Gil Lee
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering - August 1987.
North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC.
M.S. in Electrical Engineering - December 1983.
University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX.
M.E. in Electronics - August 1977.
Kyungpook National University, Korea.
B.E. in Electronics - February 1975.
Kyungpook National University, Korea.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
4 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Assistant (87-92) and Associate Professor, Louisiana State
University. 8/87-7/01:
Visiting Scientist, Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, DC.
6/91-11/91
Assistant Professor , Kyungil University, Korea,8/77-8/81
Consultant for the Optek Technology, Carrollton, Texas., 7/95-8/96
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
“Low-temperature plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition
of silicon oxide films and fluorinated silicon oxide films using
disilane as a silicon precursor," G.S. Lee and Juho Song. Patent
number 5660895, Aug. 26, 1997.
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
M. Feldman, G. S. Lee, and D. Noel, C. Khan Malek, and R. Bass
“Generation of Arbitrary Three Dimensional Surfaces by X-ray
Lithography,” J. of Vacuum Science of Technology B, vol. 18, p.
2976, 2000.
Y. Jin, K. Kim, and G.S. Lee, “Preparation of low dielectric
constant silicon containing fluorocarbon films by plasma enhanced
chemical vapor deposition,” J. of Vacuum Science of Technology B,
211
vol. 19, p. 314, 2001.
S.H. Pyun, Y. Jin, and G.S. Lee, “Dielectric Properties of PMN-
PT/Polyurethane 0-3 Composites,” J. of Materials Science Letters,
vol. 21, p. 243, 2002.
E.E. Erickson, D. Gray, K. Taylor, R.T. Macaluso, L.A. LeTard,
G.S. Lee, and J.Y. Chan, “Synthesis, Structure and Dielectric
Characterization of Ln2Ti2-2xM2xO7 (Ln = Gd, Er; M = Zr, Sn,
Si),” Material Research Bulletin, vol37, p. 2077, 2002.
B.M. Park, S.W. Ha, S.K. Yun, and G.S. Lee, “Piezoelectric
Actuation and Micro-Domain Behaviors in the Monolithically
Patterned PMN-PT Single Crystal,” Integrated Ferroelectrics, vol.
69, p. 193, 2004.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
American Vacuum Society
Tau Beta Pi
HONORS & AWARDS:
Senior Member in IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Editorial Advisory Board of KIEE International Transactions on
Electrophysics and Application. 1/01 – present:
Journal Reviewer of Thin Solid Films, Journal of Crystal Growth,
Applied Physics Letters, Journal of Vacuum Science and
Technology, J. of Electro-Chemical Society, and Electronics Letters
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuits
EE 3310, Electronic Devices
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
212
NAME:
Hoi Lee
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S. Eng. Electronic Engineering , Hong Kong University of
Science and Technology, 6/98
M. Philosophy, Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Hong Kong
University of Science and Technology, 8/00
Ph. D. Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Hong Kong
University of Science and Technology, 8/04
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
1 Year
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Postdoctoral Research Associate 09/04-12/04
Research Assistant 01/03-08/04
Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
Teaching Assistant 09/98-12/02
Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
H. Lee, P. K. T. Mok, and K, N. Leung, “Design of Low-Power
Analog Driver Based on Slew-Rate-Enhancement Circuit for
CMOS Low-Dropout Regulators,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits
and Systems-II, accepted Feb. 2005.
H. Lee and P. K. T. Mok, “Switching Noise and Shoot-Through
Current Reduction Techniques for Switched-Capacitor Voltage
Doubler,” IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, accepted Jan. 2005.
H. Lee and P. K. T. Mok, “Advances in Active-Feedback
Frequency Compensation with Power Optimization and Transient
Improvement,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems-I, vol.
51, pp. 1690-1696, Sept. 2004.
H. Lee, K. N. Leung, and P. K. T. Mok, “A Dual-Path Bandwidth
Extension Amplifier Topology with Dual-Loop Parallel
Compensation,” IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 38, pp.
1739-1744, Oct. 2003.
H. Lee and P. K. T. Mok, “Active-Feedback Frequency-
Compensation Technique for Low-Power Multistage Amplifiers,”
213
IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 38, pp. 511-520, March
2003
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member of IEEE Solid-State Circuits Society
Member of IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Member of IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Best Student Paper Award of 2002 IEEE Custom Integrated Circuits
Conference , 2003
Full Postgraduate Studentship, 1998-2004
Motorola Semiconductors Hong Kong Scholarships, 1998
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Reviewer of IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems II, 2005
Reviewer for IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and
Systems, 2003
Member of Ph.D. dissertation committee for Xu Chen, dissertation
advisor: Prof. Jin Liu
Member of Ph.D. dissertation committee for Yunlei Li, dissertation
advisor: Prof. Jin Liu
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
214
NAME:
Jeong-Bong Lee
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,
Atlanta, Georgia, June 14, 1997
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Adjunct Assistant Professor, Louisiana State University
Assistant Professor, Louisiana State University, 11/99 to 5/01:
Research Engineer II, Georgia Institute of Technology,
11/97 to 12/98
Postdoctoral Research Fellow Georgia Institute of Technology,
6/97 to 11/97
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Kabseog Kim and J-B. Lee, “Method for tapered hollow metallic
microneedle array” U. S. Patent (pending) filed in 2004.
W. Park and J-B. Lee, “Dynamically configurable photonic
crystals using micro-electro-mechanical systems” U. S. Patent
(pending) filed in 2004.E. Nilsen, M. Ellis, C. Goldsmith, T.
Huang, A. Nallani, K. Kim, J-B. Lee, G. Skidmore, “Method for
electrical interconnects between assembled micro-components
utilizing post-assembly activation” U. S. Patent (pending) filed in
2003.
J-B. Lee, Sang Won Park, Kabseog Kim, and Harish Manohara,
"Methods of rapid reproduction of metallic micromold inserts," U.
S. Patent 6,692,680, Feb. 2004.
M. G. Allen, S. P. Chang, and J-B. Lee, "Robust substrate-based
micromachining techniques and their application to micromachined
sensors and actuators," U. S. Patent 6,458,618, Oct, 2002.
Consultant, Samsung Telecommunications America, May 2004
- present
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Mark Tinker and J-B. Lee, “Thermo-optic photonic crystal light
modulator,” Applied Physics Letters (accepted, in revision)
E. Schonbrun, Mark Tinker, W. Park, and J-B. Lee, “Negative
refraction in 2D slab Si/polymer photonic crystal,” IEEE Photonics
Technology Letter(accepted, in press) June 2005.
Jeong-Soo Lee, Daniel S. Park, Arun Nallani, Gil Lee, and J-B.
Lee, “Sub-micron metallic electrothermal actuators,” Journal of
Micromechanics and Microengineering, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 322-327,
February 2005.
215
Kabseog Kim, Erik Nilsen, Trent Huang, Andrew Kim, Matt Ellis,
George Skidmore, J-B. Lee, “Metallic microgripper with SU-8
adaptor as end-effectors for heterogeneous micro/nano assembly
applications,” Microsystem Technologies, vol. 10, no. 10, pp.
689~693, December 2004.
W. Park and J-B. Lee, “Mechanically tunable photonic crystal
structure,” Applied Physics Letters, vol. 85, no. 21, pp. 4845-4847,
November 22, 2004. (featured on the cover page of the APL
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, SPIE, MRS
HONORS & AWARDS:
College of Engineering Best Ph.D. dissertation award (Dr. Kabseog
Kim, advisor: J-B. Lee), Univ. of Texas at Dallas, 2004
National Science Foundation’s Faculty Early Career Development
Award (CAREER AWARD), January 2001
Donald Cecil & Elaine T. Delaune Endowed Professorship,
Louisiana State University, 2000
Southeastern Center for Electrical Engineering Education (SCEEE)
Junior Faculty Development Award, 2000
First Prize (a total of $ 21,000 prize award), Samsung Human Tech
Thesis Contest, Seoul, Korea, 1996
Best Poster Paper Award, International Symposium on Advanced
Packaging Materials, Atlanta, GA , 1995
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3310, Electronic Devices, Fall, 2004
EE 3311, Electronic Devices Laboratory, Fall, 2004
EE 7v82, Introduction to MEMS , Spring, 2004
EE 6322, Semiconductor Processing Technology, Fall, 2003
EE 3310, Electronic Devices, Fall, 2003
EE 7v82, Introduction to MEMS, Spring, 2003
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
216
217
NAME:
Philipos C. Loizou
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES
• B.S., May 1989, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ,
Electrical Engineering
• M.S., August 1991, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ,
Electrical Engineering
• Ph.D., August 1995, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ,
Electrical Engineering
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
7 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• Y. Hu and P. Loizou (2004). “Incorporating a psychoacoustic
model in frequency domain speech enhancement,” IEEE
Signal Processing Letters, 11(2), 270-273.
• Hu, Y. and Loizou, P. (2004). "Speech enhancement by
wavelet thresholding the multitaper spectrum," IEEE
Transactions on Speech and Audio Processing, 12(1), 59-67.
• A. Mani, P. Loizou, A. Shoup, P. Roland and P. Kruger
(2004). “Dichotic speech recognition by bilateral cochlear
implant users,” in Cochlear Implants, International Congress
Series 1273, ed. R. Miyamoto, Elsevier Science, 466-469
• Hu and P. Loizou (2003) “A generalized subspace approach
for enhancing speech corrupted with colored noise,” IEEE
Transactions on Speech and Audio Processing, 11(4), 334-
341.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIE
OF WHICH A MEMBER:
• Member of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE) 1989-
• Member of Acoustical Society of America 1994 –
• Member of Eta Kappa Nu, Phi Kappa Phi
HONORS & AWARDS:
• National Institutes of Health (NIH) Shannon award (1998)
• F.V. Hunt Research Fellowship by the Acoustical Society of
America (1996)
• Intel award for “contributing to the development of the 60172
processor architecture” (1992
218
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
THE LAST 5 YEARS
• Invited member of NIH Grant Review Panel (ZDC1 SRB-A)
for R03 applications, Apr 2004, Nov 2004
• Associate Editor of IEEE Transactions of Speech and Audio
Processing, 1999-2002.
• Member of IEEE Industrial Technology Track technical
committee for ICASSP conference, 2001-
• Member of IEEE Speech Technical Committee, 1999-2002
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIE
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
219
NAME:
Jin Liu
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical and Computer Engineering,
Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, June 1999
Master of Science, Electrical and Computer Engineering,
University of Houston, Houston, TX, August 1995
Bachelor of Science, Electronics and Information Systems,
Zhongshan,University, Guangzhou, P. R. China, July 1992
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
5 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Summer 2000, Analog IC Designer, Texas Instruments
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Improved Filtering, Equalization, and Power Estimation for
Enabling Higher Speed Signal Transmission; SRC Patent ID:
P0407; Inventors: Xiaofeng Lin and Jin Liu; Filed Nov. 2003
A Multi-Interval Line Coding Technique for High Speed
Transmissions; SRC Patent ID: P0477; Inventors: John Fonseka
and Jin Liu, Filed January 2005
Time Stamped Architecture for Visual Motion Sensor; Inventors:
Guangbin Zhang and Jin Liu; Filed January 2005
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
?
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
A CMOS 0.25-µm Continuous-Time FIR Filter with 125ps per Tap
Delay as Fractionally Spaced Receiver Equalizer for 1Gbps Data
Transmission
X.F. Lin, S. Saw, and J. Liu
IEEE Journal of Solid-state Circuits, to appear in March 2005
A Digital Power Spectrum Estimation Method for the Adaptation of
High-speed Equalizer
X.F. Lin and J. Liu
IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems I, Vol. 51, pp. 2436-
2443, December 2004
Equalization in High-speed Communication Systems
J. Liu and X.F. Lin
220
IEEE Circuits and Systems Magazine, pp. 4-17, Second Quarter,
2004 (invited)
A 13.56MHz RFID Transponder Front-End with Merged Load
Modulation and Voltage Doubler-Clamping Rectifier Circuits
Y.L. Li and J. Liu
Proceedings of IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and
Systems, May 2005
A Delay Compensation Technique for N-phase Clock Generation
with 2(N-1) Delay Units
X. Chen and J. Liu
Proceedings of IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and
Systems, May 2005
Novel time-stamped pixel structure for high-speed 2D CMOS visual
motion sensor
G.B. Zhang and J. Liu
IS&T/SPIE Symposium on Electronic Imaging, January 2005
Electronic Dispersion Compensation for 10Gbps Data Transmission
over Multi-mode fibers
H. Liu, X.F. Lin, Y. Kim, J. Liu, and S. Jung
Proceedings of IEEE Dallas workshop on High performance circuit
design, pp. 159-162, September 2004
A 2.45 GHz Power and Data Transmission for a Low-Power
Autonomous Sensors Platform
S. Gregori, Y.L. Li, H.J. Li, J. Liu and F. Maloberti
Proceedings of ACM/IEEE International Symposium on Low Power
Electronics and Design, pp. 269-273, August 2004
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE Circuits and Systems
IEEE Solid State Circuits
HONORS & AWARDS:
2004 New Faces of Engineering for National Engineers Week
Member of IEEE Circuits and Systems Society and IEEE Solid-
state Circuits Society
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Member of Graduate Committee, 2004 – present
Member of Undergraduate Committee, 2004 – present
Member of Search Committee for candidates in analog integrated
circuit design area, 2004
Member of Qualify Exam committee in Circuits and Systems
Domain, 2004
Member of Honor Curriculum committee, 2002-2004
Members of the Core Committee for the Support of Women and
Minorities, 2001-2002
221
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE6326 Analog Integrated Circuits Design
EE7326 Analog Integrated Systems Design
EE3311 Electronic Circuits
222
NAME:
Duncan L. MacFarlane
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Portland State University, Portland, Oregon, Ph.D. Electrical
Engineering, June 1989.
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, Sc.M. Electrical
Engineering, June 1985.
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, Sc.B., Honors,
Electrical Engineering, June 1984. (honors)
Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas, M.B.A., May, 1998.
(second in class).
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
8 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
• Director, Product Management, (11/2001–1/2002) Celion
Networks, Richardson, Texas.
• Product Line and Engineering Manager, (10/1999–11/2001) JDS
Uniphase, Richardson, Texas.
• Senior Staff Scientist (7/85-9/86) W. J. Schafer Associates,
Inc., Chelmsford, Massachusetts.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.
CONSULTING
• Texas Instruments, Dallas, Texas. Led and contributed to
design and manufacture of digital mirror device (DMD) based
optical displays and printers. Supervisor: James Florence.
• University Instructor (9/87 - 6/89) Portland State University,
Portland, Oregon. Supported graduate studies by teaching
undergraduate and graduate courses in Mode-Locked Lasers,
Engineering Electromagnetics, Physics with Calculus, and
Quantum Mechanics. Department Heads: Lee W.Casperson,
Matsuo Takeo and Rolf Schaumann.
• Senior Staff Scientist (7/85 - 9/86) W. J. Schafer Associates,
Inc., Chelmsford, Massachusetts. Led and contributed to
theoretical and empirical studies on the effects of high power
optical radiation including laser damage and UV
photochemistry. Gained practical highvoltage engineering
experience. Supervisors: James P. Reilly and Ray B. Schaefer
PATENTS
• Duncan L. MacFarlane and Dale M. Byrne, "Beam alignment
device and method" U.S. Patent 5,307,210 issued April 26,
1994.
• Duncan L. MacFarlane, "Three dimensional monitor," U.S.
Patent 5,801,666 issued September 1, 1998.
• Duncan L. MacFarlane and Eric M. Dowling, "Active optical
lattice filters," U.S. Patent 6,687,461 issued 2/3/2004
• Texas Instruments, Dallas, Texas, MicroFab Technologies,
Inc, Plano, Texas, Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue, Dallas,
223
Texas, Specialty Devices Inc, Plano, Texas, Amtech, Dallas,
Texas, E-Systems, Garland, Texas, Tektronix Inc, Beaverton,
Oregon, Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer and Feld, L.L.P.,
Woolen, Ridley, Miller, LLP, Carstens, Yee and Cahoon, LLP,
Foley Lardner, LLP, D. Woodward Glenn, LLP
• Eric M. Dowling, Duncan L. MacFarlane, and Mark Anastasi
"Geographical Web Browser, Methods, Apparatus and
Systems" US Patent 6,522,875 issued 2/18/2003.
• Duncan L. MacFarlane, "Surface Acoustic Wave Shaping
System," U.S. Patent 6,407,650 issued June 18, 2002.
• Duncan L. MacFarlane, "Two Dimensional active optical
lattice filters," filed August, 2003.
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• Cristian Penciu and D. L. MacFarlane, "Fabrication and
Characterization of a Volumetric Three-Dimensional Display
Using Ion Exchanged Integrated Waveguides," Optical
Engineering 39, 565 (2000).
• Brian T. Teipen and D. L. MacFarlane, "Liquid crystal display
projector based modulation transfer function measurements of
charge coupled device video camera systems," Applied Optics
39, 515, (2000).
• Duncan L. MacFarlane, Jian Tong, Chintan Fafadia,
Vishnupriya Govindan, L. Roberts Hunt, and Issa Panahi
“Extended Lattice Filters Enabled by Four Directional
Couplers” Applied Optics 43, 6124 (2004).
• L. Roberts Hunt, Vishnupriya Govindan, Issa Panahi, Jian
Tong, Govind Kannan Duncan L. MacFarlane, “Active Optical
Lattice Filters” to be published in EURASIP Journal on
Applied Signal Processing, 2005.
• Duncan L. MacFarlane and Clarel Thevenot, Invited
“Minimizing Operational Costs for Optical Transmission
Systems” Optical Fiber Conference (OFC) 2002, Anaheim,
CA.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
• Beta Gamma Sigma, honor society for AACSB accredited
business programs.
• IEEE, Lasers and Electro-Optics Society. Dallas Chairman,
2002-present, Dallas Section Vice-Chairman, 1990--1992,
Dallas Section Chairman, 1992--1994, Dallas Section
Committee member, 1998-present.
• Optical Society of America.
• American Society for Engineering Education
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
224
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE/TE 3341 Probability and Statistics,
EE 6312 Lasers and Modern Optics,
EE 6316 Fields and Waves
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
In addition to the above activities: Attended national workshops and
conferences on signal processing, lasers, and optics. Attended monthly
seminars on Lasers and Electro-Optics. Attended seminars
(approximately 1/week) on engineering, math and science.
225
NAME:
Hlaing Minn
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. ,Electrical Engineering, University of Victoria, Canada ,2001
M. Eng., Telecommunications, Asian Institute of Technology,
Thailand, 1997
B. E. ,Electronics, Yangon Institute of Technology, Yangon,
Myanmar , 1995
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Post-Doctoral Research Fellow (Jan. 2002 – Aug. 2002)
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of
Victoria, Victoria, B.C., Canada
Research Assistant (Jan. 1999 – Dec. 2001)
Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of
Victoria, Victoria, B.C., Canada
Laboratory Supervisor (Feb. 1998 – Dec. 1998)
Telecommunications Program, Asian Institute of Technology , PO
Box 4, Klong Luang, Pathumthani 12120, Thailand
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• H. Minn and S. Xing, “An Optimal Training Signal
Structure for Frequency Offset Estimation,” accepted in
IEEE Transactions on Communications.
• P. Tarasak, H. Minn and V. K. Bhagava, “Improved
Approximate Maximum Likelihood Receiver for
Differential Space-Time Block Codes over Rayleigh Fading
Channels,” IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology,
Vol. 53, No. 2, Mar. 2004, pp. 461-468.
• P. Tarasak, H. Minn and V. K. Bhagava, “Linear Prediction
Receiver for Differential Space-Time Block Codes with
Spatial Correlation,” IEEE Communications Letters, Vol. 7,
No. 11, Nov. 2003, pp. 543-545.
• H. Minn, V. K. Bhargava and K. B. Letaief, “A Robust
Timing and Frequency Synchronization for OFDM
Systems,” IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications,
Vol. 2, No. 4, July 2003, pp. 822-839.
• H. Minn , D. I. Kim and V. K. Bhargava, “A Reduced
Complexity Channel Estimation for OFDM Systems with
226
Transmit Diversity in Mobile Wireless Channels,” IEEE
Transactions on Communications, Vol.50, No. 5 , May
2002, pp. 799-807.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, IEEE Communications Society, IEEE Information Theory
Society, IEEE Signal Processing Society, IEEE Vehicular
Technology Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Doctoral dissertation committee member of 6 graduated doctoral
students
Reviewer in IEEE Transactions on Communications, IEEE
Transactions on Wireless Communications, IEEE Transactions on
Vehicular Technology, IEEE Communications Letters, IEEE Signal
Processing Letters, IEEE Globecom, ICC, WCNC, VTC, ICCCAS,
ICCS.
Session Chair in IEEE VTC 2002 (Fall), Canada; VTC 2003
(Spring), Korea, ICC 2004 (France), WCNC 2005.
Technical Committee Member in IEEE WCNC’04, WCNC’05,
VTC’05 (Fall), Globecom’ 05.
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
H. Minn, “Insights on OFDM Technology, Applications and
Research Issues,” presented at IEEE VTC 2002 (Fall), Canada,
Sept. 2002
H. Minn and Vijay K. Bhargava, “Insights on OFDM Technology,
Applications and Research Issues,” presented at IEEE VTC 2003
(Fall), Orlando, Florida, Oct., 2003.
H. Minn, “Synchronization and Channel Estimation in OFDM
Systems,” 5-days short course offered at Telekom Malaysia
Research & Development, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Dec. 8-12,
2003.
H. Minn, Training Signal Designs (Invited Talk), Southern
Methodist University, Dallas, TX, Mar. 2, 2005.
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
227
NAME:
Aria Nosratinia
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., 1996,University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
M.S. , 1991, University of Windsor
B.S., 1989, University of Tehran, Department of Electrical
Engineering
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Visiting Assistant Professor, Dept. Electrical Engineering, Rice
University, 1996-99
Visiting Scholar, Dept. Electrical Engineering, Princeton
University, 1995-1996
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
T. Hunter and A, Nosratinia, “ Diversity through coded
cooperation,” accepted, IEEE Transaction on Wireless
Communications.
H. Shah, A. Hedayat, and A, Nosratinia, “Performance of
concatenated channel codes and orthogonal spacetime block
codes,” accepted, IEEE Transaction on Wireless Communications.
A. Hedayat, H.Shah, and A. Nosratinia, “ Analysis of space-time
coding in correlated fading channels,” accepted, IEEE Transaction
Wireless Communications.
A.Hedayat and A,Nosratinia, “ Iterative list decoding of
concentrated source/channel codes, “ accepted, EURASIP Journal
of Applied Signal Processing.
S.Sanayei and A. Nosratinia, “ Attenna selection in MIMO systems,
“ IEEE Communications Magazine,vol.42,no.10, October 2004,
p.74-80.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior Member, IEEE
228
HONORS & AWARDS:
National Science Foundation Career Award,2000
Outstanding Service Award, IEEE Signal Processing Society,
Dallas Chapter, 2001-2002
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Graduate Committee
Faculty Search Committee
Computer Committee
In charge of EE Ph.D. qualifying exam
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Digital Communications, EE4360
Probability/Statistics, EE3341
Random Processes, EE6349
Signal Theory, EE6350
Information Theory, EE6341
Coding Theory, EE6344
Source Coding and Compression, EE7v89
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Associate Editor, IEEE Transaction on Image Processing
Associate Editor, Journal of Circuits, Systems, and Computing
Chairman, IEEE Signal Processing Society, Dallas Chapter, 2003
Technical Program Committee, Globecom 2004
Publications Chair, IEEE Signal Processing Workshop,2004.
229
NAME:
Mehrdad Nourani
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D in Computer Eng., Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland,
Ohio, Nov. 1993
M.S. in Electrical Eng., Univ. of Tehran, Iran, Jan.1986
B.S. in Electrical Eng., Univ. of Tehran, Iran, June 1984
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
5 years, Assistant Professor (9/99-9/04), Associate Professor (9/04-
Present)
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
6/98 to 8/99 and 1/94: Visiting Assistant Prof. in Dept. of EECS,
Case Western Reserve Univ., 8/95 to 6/98 Assistant Prof in Dept.
Of ECE, University of Tehran, Iran
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• M. Nourani and M. Tehranipour, “RL-Huffman Encoding
for Test Compression and Power Reduction in Scan
Applications,” in ACM Transactions on Design Automation
of Electronic Systems, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 91-115, Jan.
2005.
• M. Nourani and J. Chin, “Test Scheduling with Power-Time
Tradeoff and Hot-Spot Avoidance Using MILP,” in IEE
Proceedings-Computers & Digital Techniques, vol. 151,
no. 5, pp. 341-355, Sept. 2004.
• M. Tehranipour, N. Ahmed and M. Nourani, “Testing SoC
Interconnects for Signal Integrity Using Extended JTAG
Architecture,” in IEEE Transactions on Computer Aided
Design, vol. 23, no. 5, pp. 800-811, May 2004.
• M. Tehranipour, M. Nourani, S. Fakhraie, M. Movahedin
and Z. Navabi, “Embedded Test for Processor and Memory
Cores in System-on-Chips,” in International Journal of
Scientia Iranica, vol. 10, no. 4, pp. 486-494, Sept. 2003.
• M. Nourani and M. Akhbarizadeh, “Reconfigurable
Memory Architecture for Scalable IP Forwarding Engines,”
in Elsevier Microprocessor and Microsystems Journal, vol.
27, no. 5-6, pp. 253-263, June 2003.
• M. Akhbarizadeh, M. Nourani and C. Cantrell, “TCAM-
Based Packet Forwarding Engine Using Prefix Segregation
Scheme,” in Proceedings of the IEEE Globecom
Conference, (Dallas, TX), pp. GI10-5: 1-5, Nov. 2004.
230
• M. Akhbarizadeh, M. Nourani, D. Vijayasarathi and P.
Balsara, “PCAM: A Ternary CAM Optimized for Longest
Prefix Matching Tasks,” in Proceedings of International
Conference on Computer Design (ICCD)-Received Best
Paper Award, (San Jose, CA), pp. 6-11, Oct. 2004.
• K. Baker and M. Nourani, “Interconnect Test Pattern
Generation Algorithm for Meeting Device and Global SSO
Limits with Safe Initial Vectors,” in Proceedings of the
International Test Conference (ITC), (Charlotte, NC), pp.
163-172, Oct. 2004.
• B. Robatmili, N. Yazdani and M. Nourani, “NPSMT: A
Simulation Environment for SMT Packet Processors,” in
Proceedings of the International Conference on Parallel
and Distributed Computing Systems (PDCS), (San
Francisco, CA), pp. 151-156, Sept. 2004,
• M. Akhbarizadeh and M. Nourani, “Efficient Prefix Cache
for Network Processors,” in Proceedings of the IEEE
Symposium on High Performance Interconnects (HOTI),
(Palo Alto, CA), pp. S2: 13-18, Aug. 2004.
• M. Tehranipour, M. Nourani, K. Arabi and A. Afzali-Kusha,
“Mixed RL-Huffman Encoding for Power Reduction and
Data Compression in Scan Test,” in Proceedings of the
International Symposium on Circuits and Systems (ISCAS),
(Vancouver, Canada), pp. II681-II684, May 2004.
• N. Ahmed, M. Tehranipour and M. Nourani, “Low Power
Pattern Generation for BIST Architecture,” in Proceedings
of the International Symposium on Circuits and Systems
(ISCAS), (Vancouver, Canada), pp. II689-II692, May 2004.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, IEEE Computer Society.
HONORS & AWARDS:
Senior Member, IEEE
Best Paper Award at the IEEE International Conference on
Computer Design, 2004
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
TA assignment committee, CE graduate committee, CE faculty
search committee, EE Dept. chair search committee, Computer
equipment committee, Ad-hoc committee, Abet undergraduate
committee, English proficiency committee.
Reviewed papers for several IEEE journals and conferences
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Advanced Digital Logic (EE6301)
Microprocessor Systems (EE/CE6302)
Digital Systems Testing (EE6303)
Digital Circuits Laboratory (EE4220)
Microprocessor Design Project (EE4380)
231
Hardware Modeling Using HDL (EE5325)
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Regularly attend conferences in my research areas
Attend local seminars
Regularly interact with contacts in industry.
232
NAME:
Raimund Ober
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
M.Phil, Operations Research and Control Engineering, Cambridge
University, 1985.
Ph.D, Engineering, Cambridge University, 1987.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
12 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
1993 Associate Professor with tenure, Programs in Mathematical
Sciences and Department of Electrical Engineering
1997 Full Professor with tenure, Programs in Mathematical
Sciences and Department of Electrical Engineering
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
V. Ramakrishna, R.J. Ober, X. Sun, O. Steuernagel, H.Rabitz, and
J. Botina.Explicit generation of unitary transformations in a single
atom or molecule. Physical Reviews A, 61:032106--1, 2000.
Qadri, C.G. Radu, J. Thatte, P. Cianga, B.T. Ober, R.J. Ober, and
E.S. Ward.A role for the region encompassing the c'' strand of a T
cell receptor Vα domainn in T cell activation events. Journal of
Immunology, 165:820--829, 2000.
A. Gheondea and R.J. Ober. On the existence, uniqueness and
symmetry of par-balanced realizations for infinite dimensional
systems. Integral Equations and Operator Theory, 37:423--436,
2000.
V. Ramakrishna, K. Flores, H. Rabitz, and R.J. Ober. Quantum
control by decomposition of SU(2). Physical Review A,
6205(5):3409, 2000.
K.C. Garcia, C.G. Radu, J. Ho, R.J. Ober, and E.S. Ward. Kinetics
and thermodynamics of T cell receptor-autoantigen interactions in
murine experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 98:6818--6823, 2001
233
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, Biophysical Society, American Society for Cell Biology
HONORS & AWARDS:
Senior member, IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Associate Editor, Systems and Control Letters
Associate Editor, Mathematics of Control, Signals and Systems
Organizer (with V. Ramakrishna) of invited sessions 'Control of
Quantum Phenomena I and II', 39th IEEE Conference on Decision
and Control, Sidney, Australia, 2000.
Member, International Program Committee, Fifteenth International
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
234
NAME:
Lawrence Overset
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
• B. S. in Electrical Engineering, May, 1983, University of Illinois,
College of Engineering, Urbana, IL. E. C. Jordan award,
Schlumberger Scholarship award, Bronze Tablet (Summa Cum
Laude) with High Honors.
• M. S. in Electrical Engineering, January, 1986, University of
Illinois, College of Engineering, Urbana, IL. “Electron Density
Dependencies of RF Discharges in Silane and Helium.” under
Dr. Joseph T. Verdeyen. American Electronics Association
Fellowship.
• Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering, October, 1988, University of
Illinois, College of Engineering, Urbana, IL. “Enhancement of
the Negative Ion Flux to Surfaces from Radio Frequency
Processing Discharges.” under Dr. Joseph T. Verdeyen.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
1988 Assistant Professor at UTD
1994 Associate Professor
2000-Present Full Professor
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Undergraduate: Solid State Electronic Devices and Laboratory; Introduction
to Electromagnetic Fields I and II , Plasma Technology and Laboratory;
Graduate: Semiconductor Device Theory I: Physical Properties of
Semiconductors; Lase Electronics I; Semiconductor Processing;
Semiconductor Process Integration; Plasma Processing Technology; Plasma
Science for Materials Processing, and Current Topics in Plasma Processing.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
• Consultant on Plasma Based Semiconductor Cleaning Technologies
and Liaison to the Sandia National Laboratories CRADA Team,
Sept.-Dec. 1999, Beta Squared Incorporated, Allen TX.
Patents:
• High Density Plasma Source for Semiconductor Processing. #
6,028,285.
• Plasma Apparatus for Ion Energy Control. #6,097,157.
• Transmission Line Based Inductively Coupled Plasma Source with
Stable Impedance. # 6,459,066
• Particle Contamination Cleaning from Substrates Using Plasmas,
Reactive Gases, and Mechanical Agitation. #6,676,800.
• Ion-Ion Plasma Processing with Bias Modulation Synchronized
to Time-Modulated Discharges. Filed 8/29/00. Accepted but
not yet given a number
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas.
235
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• Chlorine Plasma and Polysilicon Etch Characterization in an
Inductively Coupled Plasma Etch Reactor.” M. Khater and L.
Overzet. Plasma Sources Sci. Technol. 13, 466–483 (2004).
• “Investigation and Modeling of Plasma-Wall Interactions in
Inductively Coupled Fluorocarbon Plasmas.” E. Joseph, B. Zhou, S.
Sant, L. Overzet and M. Goeckner. J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A 22, 689-
697 (2004).
• “Comparison of Negative Ion and Positive Ion Assisted Etching of
Silicon.” S. K. Kanakasabapathy, M. H. Khater and L. J. Overzet.
Appl. Phys. Lett. 79, 1769-1771 (2001).
• “Alternating fluxes of positive and negative ions from an ion-ion
plasma.” Sivananada K. Kanakasabapathy, Lawrence J. Overzet,
Vikas Midha and Demetre Economou. Appl. Phys. Letts., 78, 22-24
(2001).
• “A new inductively coupled plasma source design with improved
azimuthal symmetry control” Marwan H. Khater and Lawrence J.
Overzet. Plasma Sources Sci. Technol. 9, 545-561 (2000).
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member of the American Vacuum Society
Senior Member of IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Polykarp Kusch Lecturer for UTD 2005
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
• Plasma Science Research at UTD: From Fluorocarbons to CNTs.” L.
Overzet, M. Goeckner and G.-S. Lee. University of Orleans -
GREMI seminar. Orleans, France May 2004.
• “Can you use electron-free plasmas to generate ‘new’ etch
chemistries using ‘old’ gases?” L. J. Overzet, Northern CA Chapter
of the American Vacuum Society - Plasma Etch Users Group
meeting 8/9/01.
• An Inductively Coupled Plasma Source: Design and
Characterization.” L. J. Overzet, University of Wisconsin Center for
Plasma Aided Manufacturing Seminar. Madison WI, 12/00.
• “Why Would You Want to Use Plasma to Process Materials?” L. J.
Overzet, University of Texas at Dallas Chemistry Program Seminar.
Dallas TX 11/00.
• “Experimental measurements of ion-ion plasma formation.” L. J.
Overzet, Sivananda K. Kanakasabapathy, Marwan H. Khater and
Jennifer L. Kleber. 53rd Gaseous Electronics Conference, Houston
TX, 10/2000. Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc. 45, 12 (2000).
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
"Solid State Electronic Devices" at both the undergraduate (EE3310 and
EE3210) and graduate (EE6320) levels, "Semiconductor Processing
Technology" (EE6322), "Process Integration" (EE8320) and three courses
on "Plasma Processing of Materials" UTD's plasma related courses are
expanding as we expand our lab capabilities to form an integrated package
of 7 classes. EE5383 "Plasma Technology" and its Laboratory (EE5283)
comprise a hardware oriented study of useful laboratory plasmas. designed
to introduce both beginning graduate students and upper level
undergraduates to vacuum system hardware, basic plasma theory and some
uses of plasma. EE6383 "Plasma Science" and its Laboratory (EE6283)
236
comprise a study of the fundamental properties, chemistry, diagnostics and
equations of plasmas. intended to move students one step closer to cutting
edge research. EE7383 "Advanced Plasma Processing Systems" and its
laboratory (EE7283) comprise an in-depth study of advanced plasma
processing environments. Finally, EE7171 is a seminar in which we read
and discuss current literature on plasma processing
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
UTD Clean Room Director
Over 10 different committee for EE and UTD each year
McDermott Scholars Faculty Member
Secretary for Plasma Science and technology Division of AVS (elected
position)
Spent month of May at GREMI in Orleans France working with
colleagues there (2004,2005)
237
NAME:
Issa M. S. Panahi
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, 1988
M.S. in Electrical Engineering, Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, Florida,
BS in Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Control Systems, Tehran Polytechnic U
1974.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENC
Visiting Associate Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering, UTD
2001-2003
Lecturer, Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Colorado,
Boulder 1986-1987
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Consultant to Texas Instruments Inc. 2004-2005
Patent: US Patent # : 6,069,808, May 2000. Issa M.S. Panahi, Stefan
Beierke, Texas Instuments,Inc., “ Symmetric 4-Space Vector Pulse
Width Modulation Waveform Generation”,
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
Texas
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
I. Panahi, Z. Zhenyu, M. Arefen, “TMS320F243/F241/C242 DSP
Controller, Systems and Peripherals”, Application Book, Texas Instruments,
Digital Signal Processing Solotions, 2000.
I. Panahi, Z. Zhenyu, M.Arefeen, David Figoli, “TMS320LF240x DSP
Controller, Systems and Periphals”, Application Book , Texas Instuments,
Digital Signal Processing Solutions, 2000.
M.Hajiaghajani,H.A.Toliyat,I.M.S. Panahi, “ Advanced Fault Diagnosis of
a DC Motor”, IEEE Transaction on Energy Conversion, VOL.1, NO.1pp
60-65, March 2004.
D.L. MacFarlane, J. Tong, C .Fafadia, V. Govindan, L.R. Hunt, and I.
Panahi, “Extended Lattice Filters Enabled by four Directional Couplers”,
Applied Optics, vol.43, issue 33, Nov.2004
L.R. Hunt, V.Govindan, I. Panahi, J.Tong, G.Kannan, D.L. Macfarlane,and
G.A. Evans “ Active Optical Lattice Filters” , accepted, EURASIP Jour.
Applied Signal Processing, Nov.2004.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member, IEEE Signal Processing Society
Treasurer, Signal Processing Society, Dallas Chapter of IEEE
Reviewer for IEEE Transaction on Communication, Circuits and Systems
238
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES IN
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
239
NAME:
William Pervin
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S., Mathematics, University of Michigan, 1952
M.S., Mathematics, University of Michigan, 1952
Ph.D., Mathematics, University of Pittsburgh, 1957
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
30 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Professor, Drexel University, 6 years
Associate Professor, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 3 years
Assistant/Associate Professor, Pennsylvania State University, 7
years
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
“Optimized Implementation of the FFT Algorithm on the
TMS320C62x and the TMS320C64x DSP”, International Signal
Processing Conference, 2002 [with Sankaran, Cantrell]
“Optimized Implementations of the Convolution Algorithm in the
TMS320C64x and the TMS320C62x DSP”, International Signal
Processing Conference, 2003 {with Sankaran, Cantrell]
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE, ACM, AMS
HONORS & AWARDS:
Outstanding Service Award, IEEE-Computer Society Dallas
Section, 2000
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Spring 2003: EE2300, EE2310, TE3346
240
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Taking SFDA during 2003-2004 Academic Year
241
NAME:
Periagaram K. Rajasekaran
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. (EE), Southern Methodist University, 1971
M.S. (Eng.), Indian Institute of Science, 1968
B.S. (Eng.), Madras Institute of Technology, 1965
B.S. (Phy), University of Madras, 1962
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Prior Faculty experience at the Indian Institute of Technology,
Madras, India and the Instituto de Astrofisica, Optica y Electronica,
Mexico (5 years)
23 years of R&D experience at Texas Instruments from being an
individual contributor to Director, Media Technologies Laboratory
supervising Ph.D. level research staff.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
8 patents, all in signal and speech processing while at Texas
Instruments
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Editorial Board, Marcel-Dekker Publishers (past)
Editorial Board, Eurosip Journal on Applied Siganl
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 3350: Communication Systems
EE/TE 3302: Signals & Systems
EE/TE3301: Signals & Systems Laboratory
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
242
NAME:
Ricardo Saad
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering, University of Toronto, Canada, Jan.
1996.- Master in Electrical Engineering, State University of
Campinas, Brazil, Oct. 1989
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
4 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
• Lecturer, University of Texas at Dallas. (September –
December 2000) -Lecture a graduate course in optical
communication
• Adjunct Professor: Cordoba National University, Cordoba,
Argentina (Dec. 1995- Dec. 2000). -Lectured short courses in
optical communications at the graduate level and for
industry.
• Research Associate: CIMLab, University of Toronto,
Canada (Mar. 1996-Jun. 1996).Research and development
of optical sensors.
• Research Assistant: CIMLab. University of Toronto,
Canada (Sept. 1991-February 1996).
• Research and development of optical sensors.
• Teaching Assistant: ECE, University of Toronto, Canada
1990, 1991,/1992, 1992 and1994)
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
US patent 6594071: Method and apparatus for amplifier control.
Issue date: 7/15/2003
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• R. E. Saad, A. Bonen, K. C. Smith and B. Benhabib,
Proximity Sensing for Robotics, Chapter 8, The
Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook, Ed.
John G. Webster, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, 1999,
ISBN 0-8493-8347-1, pp. 8-1 to 8-16.
• -R. E. Saad, A. Bonen, K. C. Smith and B. Benhabib,
Tactile Sensing, Chapter 25, The Measurement,
Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook, Ed. John Webster,
CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, 1999, ISBN 0-8493-8347-
1, pp. 25-1 to 25-17.
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Member of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE). (1992-Present)
-IEEE Communications Society
-IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society.
243
HONORS & AWARDS:
• Alcatel 1680 Optical Gateway Manager Achievement Award
in recognition for “outstanding effort and dedication during the
development of the 10 Gbps optical receiver”.
• 1997 Harmonic Lightwaves Research & Development Award
in recognition for “outstanding contribution to the company
and to technical advancement.”
• 1997 Harmonic Lightwaves Award to acknowledge that under
my leadership the PWRLinkII project was kept “on time and
under budget.”
• 1995 ECE Department Scholarship, University of Toronto.
• 1994-1995 ECE Department Scholarship, University of
Toronto.
• 1993 V. C. Smith Fellowship in EE, University of Toronto.
• University of Toronto Open Fellowship.
• CNPq Scholarship (Brazilian Government).
• University of Toronto Open Fellowship.
• Master’s thesis approved with Distinction Award. The State
University of Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
• CAPES Scholarship (Brazilian Government).
• 1986 First Place in the 1986 Dean’s List - Award granted by
Cordoba National University in recognition for obtaining the
highest average grade of the 1986 Electrical Engineering Class
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Added an undergraduate course to the catalog
(Introduction to Optical Systems)
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Attended the following conferences:
2005 Fiber Optic Expo, Tokyo, Japan
2004 European Conference on Optical Communication, Stockholm,
Sweden
2004 Optical Fiber Communication Conference, Los Angeles,
California
2002 Optical Fiber Communication Conference, Anaheim,
California.
2001 Optical Fiber Communication Conference, Anaheim,
California.
244
2001 NFOEC, Anaheim, California.
2000 Optical Fiber Communication Conference, Anaheim,
California.
Paticipated in high level technical meetings in industry to set up
industry standards
245
NAME:
Rama Sangireddy
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
• Ph.D. in Computer Engineering, August 2003
Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa, USA
Dissertation: On-Chip Adaptive Components for Balanced
Computing
• M.S. in Electrical Engineering, May 1999
University of Missouri-Rolla, USA.
• B.S. (distinction) in Electrical & Electronics Engineering,
May 1996
• National Institute of Technology (formerly Regional
Engineering College), Warangal, India
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 Years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• Rama Sangireddy, Natsuhiko Futamura, Srinivas Aluru, and
Arun K. Somani, "Scalable, Memory Efficient, High-Speed
Algorithms for IP Lookups", accepted and to appear in
IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking, August 2005
• Rama Sangireddy, Huesung Kim, and Arun K. Somani,
"Low-Power High-Performance Reconfigurable Computing
Cache Architectures", in IEEE Transactions on Computers,
Vol.53, No.10, October 2004, pp. 1274-1290.
• Rama Sangireddy and Arun K. Somani, "High-Speed IP
Routing with Binary Decision Diagrams Based Hardware
Address Lookup Engine", in IEEE Journal on Selected
Areas in Communications, IEEE J-SAC, Vol. 21. No. 4,
May 2003, pp. 513-521.
• Rama Sangireddy and Arun K. Somani, "On-Chip Adaptive
Circuits for Fast Media Processing", submitted and in
review with IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems -II.
• Rama Sangireddy "Operand Load Based Approach for
Reducing Register Port Complexity in Wide-issue
Processors", submitted and in review with IEEE
246
Transactions on Computers.
• Rama Sangireddy "Reducing Rename Logic Complexity for
Low-power High-speed Front-end Architectures", submitted
and in review with IEEE Transactions on Computers
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Since October 2003, serving as member of Graduate committee in
Department of Electrical Engineering at University of Texas at
Dallas
HONORS & AWARDS:
Received Research Excellence Award for accomplishments in
Ph.D. at Iowa State University
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
• Currently, in spring 2005, teaching Computer Architecture
for graduate students
• In fall 2004, taught Computer Architecture for
undergraduate students
• Also, in fall 2004, taught Advanced Computer Architecture
for graduate research students
• In spring 2004, taught Fault Tolerant Digital Systems for
graduate students
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Had established the High Performance Dependable Computing
Laboratory in October 2003, after joining the EE department at
UTD. Currently responsible to supervise a team of graduate
students to conduct research in the areas of Computer Architecture,
Computer Communications and Dependable Computing.
247
NAME:
Mohammad Saquib
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS
AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, 05/1991, Electrical Engineering,
Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology,
Bangladesh
Master of Science, 01/1995, Electrical and Computer
Engineering, Rutgers University
Doctor of Philosophy, 01/1998, Electrical and Computer
Engineering, Rutgers University
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
5 years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Donald Ceil & Elaune T. Delaune Endowed Assistant
Professor, 01/00 - 06/00, Louisiana State University
Assistant Professor, 01/99 - 06/00, Louisiana State
University
Technical Staff, 01/98 - 12/98, MIT Lincoln Laboratory
System Engineer, 06/91-01/92, Energy Research
Corporation
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Method and Apparatus for Parallel Information
Transmission in Wireless Communication
Systems, M. Saquib, US Patent Registration No. 40552
(December 2003)
STATE(S) IN WHICH REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Soft-length Symbol Protocols for Wireless Networks O.
Jegbefume, M. Saquib and M. Z. Win
IEEE Communications Letters (accepted for publication,
April 2005)
– Pilot-aided Chip-Interleaved DS-CDMA Transmission
over Time-varying Channels
Y. Na, M. Saquib and M. Z. Win, IEEE Journal on
Selected Areas in Communications (accepted for
publication, April 2005)
– Fade Resistant Transmission over Time-Varying
248
Wireless Channels
M. Saquib and M. Win,IEEE Signal Processing Letters, 11
6 (June 2004) 561 - 564
–
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL
SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
• Best Teaching Award for “excellence in teaching
Electrical Engineering and Telecommunications Classes”,
Dean of the School of Engineering, The University of
Texas at Dallas, 2002 - 2003
• Donald Ceil & Elaune T. Delaune Endowed
Professorship for “excellence in research and
teaching”, Dean of the College of Engineering, Louisiana
State University, January 2000 – December 2004
• James Leroy Potter Award for original investigation of
the joint-work “An Asynchronous Multi-rate
Decorrelator” received by the undergraduate student A.
Ganti, Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering,
Rutgers University, 1996
Government Merit Scholarship, Board of Secondary and
Higher Secondary Education, Dhaka,
Bangladesh, 1986-1991
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST
YEARS
Member, Graduate Admission Committee - TE Program
Served on four Doctoral thesis committees and six
Masters thesis committees
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Semester Prefix Number Course Name Enrollment
Fall 2004 EE 4365 Introduction to Wirless
Communications Systems 29
Fall 2004 EE 6365 Adaptive Signal Processing 14
Spring 2004 EE 6349 Random Process 39
Fall 2003 EE 4365 Introduction to Wirless
Communications Systems 24
Fall 2003 EE 6365 Adaptive Signal Processing 25
Spring 2003 EE 6349 Random Process 56
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
ACTIVITIES IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Associate Editor, IEEE Transactions on Wireless
Communications (EDICS: Wireless Communications
Associate Editor, IEEE Communications Letter (EDICS:
Wireless Communications - UWB, MIMO
channel, Wireless Techniques and Fading, Interference
Suppression, etc.)
NSF Panelist, Theoretical Foundation (TF) Cluster
Review Panel, Computer and Information Science and
249
Engineering (CISE) Division
Technical Program Committee Member, Digital Signal
Processing Symposium, IEEE Vehicular
Technology Conference (Fall) 2004
• Reviewer for IEEE Transactions on Communications,
Vehicular Technology, Information Theory,
Signal Processing and Wireless Personal
Communications, Systems and Control Letters, and others
• Reviewer for various conferences, including IEEE
International Conference on Communications, IEEE
Vehicular Technology Conference, IEEE Military
Communications Conference, IEEE International
Symposium on Circuits and Systems, andIEEE
International Symposium on Information Theory
250
NAME:
Don Shaw
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S. Chemistry and Mathematics, East Texas State University,1958
Ph.D.Physical Chemistry, Baylor University, 1965
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
8 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Member of the Technical Staff, Central Research Laboratories,
1965-1972
Senior Scientist, Central Research Laboratories, 1972-1978
Manager, Exploratory Materials Branch, Physical Sciences
Research Laboratory,1978-1979
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
N/A
HONORS & AWARDS:
Electrochemical Society Electronics Division Award, 1983
National Academy of Engineering, 1988
International Gallium Arsenide Symposium Award, 1989
Heinrich Welker Gold Medal, 1989
Distinguished Alumnus Award, East Texas State University, 1989
TI Principal Fellow, 1993
Regents Lecturer, University of California at San Diego, 1998
Harry C. Gatos Prize, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1998
Wilfred T. Doherty Award, American Chemical Society, DFW
Section, 1999
Salute to Excellence Award, American Chemical Society, DFW
Section, 2003
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
N/A
251
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Chemical Abstracts, Russian language abstractor,1965-1975
International Conference on Vapor Growth and Epitaxy, 1981,
(Co-Chairman)
International Symposium on Compound Semiconductors,
1986,Chairman
Journal of the Electrochemical Society (Divisional Editor, 1981-
1991
Journal of Crystal Growth , Associate Editor, 1978-present
Journal of Material Research, Principal Editor, 1997-present
252
NAME:
Marco Tacca
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Laurea Degree. Electrical Engineering, 1998, Politecnico di Torino,
Torino Italy
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, 2002, University of
Texas at Dallas
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
3 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
N/A
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
US-patent 139136, “Method and Apparatus for Dynamic
Provisioning of Reliable Connections in Presence of Multiple
Failures”, inventors: A. Fumagalli, S. Darisala, P. Kothandaraman,
M. Tacca, L. Valcarenghi, M. Ali, D. Elie-Dit-Cosaque
Patents: EU-patent 04002521.5-, “Method and Apparatus for
Dynamic Provisioning of Reliable Connections in Presence of
Multiple Failures”, inventors: A. Fumagalli, S. Darisala, P.
Kothandaraman, M. Tacca, L. Valcarenghi, M. Ali, D. Elie-Dit-
Cosaque
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
P. Monti, M. Tacca, and A. Fumagalli, “Resource-efficient path-
protection schemes and online selection of routes in reliable WDM
networks†, The Journal of Optical Networking Vol. 3, pp. 188-
203, April 2004
M.Tacca, A. Fumagalli, A. Paradisi, S. Lakshmanan, S.M. Rossi, A.
de Campos Sachs, D.S. Shah, F. Unghvary, “Differentiated
Reliability in Optical Networks: Theoretical and Practical
Results†, OSA/IEEE Journal of LightWave Technology, special
issues on Optical Networks vol. 21, no. 11, pp. 2576-2586,
November 2003
A. Fumagalli, I. Cerutti, M. Tacca, “Optimal Design of
Survivable Mesh Networks Based on Line Switched WDM Self-
Healing Rings†, ACM/ IEEE Transactions of Networking vol.
11, no. 3, pp. 501-512, June 2003.
M. Burzio, J. Cai, A. Carena, I. Cerutti
A. Fumagalli, R. Gaudino, N. Portinaro, M. Tacca, L. Valcarenghi,
“NetworkPlanning -- Artifex -- OptSim: A Suite of Integrated
Software Tools for Synthesis and Analysis of High Speed
253
Networks†, Optical Network Magazine, special issue on
modeling and simulation techniques Vol. 2, No. 5, pp. 27-41,
September/October 2001
I. Cerutti, A. Fumagalli, M. Tacca, A. Lardies, R. Jagannathan The
Multi-Hop Multi-Rate Wavelength Division Multiplexing Ring
IEEE/OSA JLT special issue on Optical Networks Vol. 18, No. 12,
pp. 1649-1656, December 2000
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
N/A
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
• feature editor for SPIE/Kluwer “Optical Network
Magazineâ€
• IEEE GLOBECOM '03 - Technical program committee of the
Optical Networking and Systems Symposium at IEEE
GLOBECOM 2003
• IEEE DRCN 03 - Exhibit chair.
• IEEE DRCN 03 - Session Chair
• Broadnets 2004 - Technical program committee
IEEE GLOBECOM '04 - Technical program committee of the
Optical Networks Symposium at IEEE
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
• EE 3120 (Co-instructor) Digital Systems Lab (Fall 2004)
• EE 4381 Senior Design Project (Fall 2004)
• EE 6340 Introduction to Telecommunications Network (Spring
2003, Fall 2003, Spring 2004)
• EE 6360 Digital Signal Processing I (Spring 2003, Spring 2004)
EE 7340 Optical Network Architectures and Protocols
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
254
NAME:
Lakshman Tamil
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. 1989 University of Rhode Island, Electrical Engineering, Dissertation:
Inversere Scattering Theory Applications to optical Waveguides
M.S. 1989 University of Rhode Island, Mathematics
Master of Technology 1983 Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur,
India Thesis: Synthesis of Microwave Planar Circuits Using Time Domain
Techniques
B.E. 1981 Madurai Kamaraj University, Madurai, India, Electronics and
Communications Engineering
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
16 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
UTD , School of Engineering and Computer Science
Full Professor of Electrical Engineering, Sept. 1999-Present
Yotta Networks, Inc. Founder, CEO & CTO, Jan. 2000-Sept. 2003
Alcatel, Richardson, TX Senior Scientist and Unit Manager, Sep. 1997-Jan.
1999.
UTD , School of Engineering and Computer Science ,Associate Professor of
Electrical Engineering, Sept..1993-Sep. 1999
UTD , School of Engineering and Computer Science, Assistant Professor
Electrical Engineering, June 1988-Sept. 1993
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Spike Technologies, Inc. ,Alcatel, Raytheon, Lighthouse Capital
Partners,McKool Smith, L.L.P.
Patents:
• All-optical networking optical fiber line delay buffering apparatus and
method, U.S. Patent 6,819,870, Nov. 16, 2004. co-inventor: An Ge..
• Non-Blocking , scalable optical router architecture and method for
routing optical traffic, U.S. patent 6,665,495 , Dec. 16, 2003. co-
inventors: L. Miles, S. Rothrock, N. Posey and G. Aicklen,
• Focused narrow beam communication system,” U. S. patent 6,169,910
issued on Jan 02, 2001, Co-inventors: A. Chapman and D. Carey.
• Optical Logic Gates with High Extinction Ratio Using Inverse Scattering
Technique,U.S. Patent 5,414,789, issued on May 9, 1995, co-inventor:
A. K. Jordan.
• Optical Communication System Having A Wide Core Planar
Waveguide, (U.S. Patent 4,961,618, Oct. 09, 1990), co-inventor: A. K.
Jordan.
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• M. M. Zhou, and L. S. Tamil, “Optimized design methodologies of
hierarchical optical networks, APOC-2004, Beijing, China, Nov.7-11,
2004. (Invited Paper) [5626-47]
• H. Shi, L.S. Tamil, “A wavelength locking scheme for semiconductor
255
laser systems based on an interpolation algorithm,” Photonics
Technology Letters, IEEE, vol. 16, no.17, pp.1622 -1624, July 2004.
• T. Landolsi, L.S. Tamil, C.D.Cantrell, “Continuous and discrete wavelet
transform analysis of nonlinear pulse propagation in single mode fibers,”
Opt. Fiber Technol., Mater. Devices Syst. vol.7, no.2, pp. 65-83, Apr.
2001.
• A. Ge, F. Callegati, and L.S. Tamil, “On optical burst switching and self-
similar traffic,” IEEE Communications Letters , vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 98-
100, Mar. 2000.
• L. Tancevski, S. Yegnanarayanan, G. Castanon, L. Tamil, F. Masetti,
and T. McDermott, “Optical routing of asynchronous, variable length
packets, IEEE J. Sel. Areas Commun., vol. 8, pp.2084-2093, Oct. 2000.
• E. A. Qaddoura, R. Prakash, L. Tamil, “Aggressive error recovery for
TCP over wireless links,” Integr. Comput.-Aided Eng.,vol. 7, pp. 287-
296, 2000.
• L. Tancevski, G. Castanon, L. Tamil, “A granularity based analysis of
optical IP packet transport,” in Proc. Photonics in Switching Topical
Meeting (OSA Trends in Optics and Photonics Series), vol. 32, P. R.
Prucnal, and D. J. Blumenthal, Ed. Washington, DC: OSA, pp.77-82,
2000.
• G. Castanon, L. Tancevski, L. Tamil, “Deflection routing in all-optical
packet switched irregular networks,” in Proc. Photonics in Switching
Topical Meeting (OSA Trends in Optics and Photonics Series) vol. 32,
Ed. P. R. Prucnal and D. J. Blumenthal, Washington, DC: OSA, pp. 59-
64, 2000.
• Ge, L. Tancevski, G. Cantanon, L.S. Tamil, “WDM fiber delay line
buffer control for optical packet switching,” in Proc. SPIE - OptiComm
2000: Optical Networking and Communications, vol. 4233, pp.247-256,
2000.
• S. Yegnanarayanan, L. Tancevski, G. Castanon, L. Tamil, “Low-jitter
asynchronous optical packet regenerator using wavelength sampling
• Technique,” presented at Proc. Opt. Fiber Commun. Conf. 2000,
Baltimore, MD, Mar. 7-10, 2000. Published in post Conference
Technical Digest, Trends in Optics and Photonics, vol. 37, Ed. T. Li, pp.
353-355 in vol.2.
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior Member of IEEE,
Optical Society of America
HONORS & AWARDS:
Alcatel Award of recognition for his scientific and management
contributions to Terabit IP Optical Router Project
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Engineering School Committee Served on:
Academic Affairs Committee, Personal Review Committee,
Chair, Ad-hoc committee for Promotion, In-charge of developing joint
Engineering and Management graduate degree programs
256
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
Fall 2004 EE 2300 Applied Linear Algebra
Fall 2004 EE 7V86 RF Identification & Sensing: Systems and Networks
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES I
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
257
NAME:
Murat Torlak
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S. Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Hacettepe University,
1992
M.S. Electrical & Computer Engineering, The University of Texas
at Austin, 1995
Ph.D. Electrical & Computer Engineering, The University of Texas
at Austin
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
6 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Principal Engineer, Cwill Telecommunications, Inc.
Austin,TX,1998
Software Engineer, Cwill Telecommunications, Inc.,
Austin,TX,1997
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
N/A
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
“Space-Time Blind Adaptive Processing with Block Shannon
Constant Modulus Algorithm”, D. Paik, R.M. Golden, M.Torlak,
and E.M. Dowling, IEEE Trans. On Signal Processing, accepted
pending minor revisions.
“Packet Combining with Adaptive Re-transmission Control in DS-
CDMA
Random Access Network,” M.Z. Ali and M. Torlak, IEEE
Communications Letters, vol. 8, No.11, pp. 659-661, Nov. 2004.
“Reduced-Rank RAKE receivers for asynchronous CDMA
Signals,” O. Ozdemir and M.Torlak, Signal Processing,vol.84, no.
8, pp.1385-1395, August 2004.
“Performance of Beamspace Transmit Diversity Technique in Two
Beam Rayleigh Fading Channels”, M. Torlak, International Journal
of Wireless Personal Communications, pp. 277-286, vol. 28, no.4,
March 2004.
“Vector channels for smart antennas: measurements, statistical
modeling, and directional properties in outdoor environments,” A.
Kavak,M. Torlak, W.J.Vogel, and G. Xu, IEEE Trans. On
Microwave Theory and Techniques,vol.48,no.6, pp. 930-937, June
2000.
258
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Senior member IEEE
Member of IEEE Signal Processing Society and IEEE
Communications Society
Editorial Board, Journal of Naval Science and Engineering
HONORS & AWARDS:
Outstanding Service Award, IEEE Signal Processing Society Dallas
Chapter,2004
Best Paper Award 5
th
World Multi-conf. on Systemics, Cybernetics
and Infor,2001
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Program Chair, IEEE Signal Processing Society Dallas Chapter,
2003-present
Session Chair ,IEEE Asilomar Conf.,2004, IEEE ICC,2004,IEEE
WCNC, 2004
TPC, IEEE ISCAS, 2002, IEEE ICC, 2003 IEEE VTC(Fall)
2003,2005, and IEEE SPS, 2004
Reviewer, IEEE Trans. On Signal Processing, IEEE Trans.on
Wireless Comm., IEEE Signal Processing Letters, IEEE Trans. On
Comm., IEEE Trans. On Veh.Tech. and IEEE Comm. Letters.
EURASIp Journals, IEEE Globecom, ICC, WCNC,ISCAS,SPS
Member, EE Computer Committee, EE Senior Design Project
Committee, EE Honors Committee
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
N/A
259
NAME:
T.R. Viswanathan
ACADEMIC RANK:
Research Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Physics, 1956 ,Master of Science, Electrical
Engineering, 1961, University of Saskatchewan, Canada
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, 1964, University of
Saskatchewan
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
1 year
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Texas Instruments, Director R&D 1995-2000
AT&T Bell Laboratories, Technical Manager 1985 -1995
Jan. 86 to Feb. 95 - Adjunct Professor at the Moore School,
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Jan. 83 to Dec. 85 - Professor of Electrical Engineering,
University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
28 US Patents granted
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Viswanathan, T.R. et al. “A 700 M Samples /sec. 6b Read Channel
A/D
Converter with 7b Servo Mode” IEEE International Solid -State
Circuits Conference, San Francisco, February 2000.
Viswanathan, T.R. et al. “A CMOS Band-Gap Reference Without
Resistors” IEEE International Solid -State Circuits Conference, San
Francisco, February 2000. A paper based on this work appeared in
the IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, Vol.37, No.1, January
2002
SCIENTICIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Fellow of IEEE
HONORS & AWARDS:
Darlington Award of the Circuits and Systems Society 1998.
Jack Kilby Best Paper Award at IEEE ISSCC 2002
IEEE Third Millennium Medal
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Member of the IEEE Solid State Circuits Society
Member of the BOG of the IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Member of the IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference
Committee
260
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
EE 4340 Analog Integrated Circuits Fall ‘04
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
LAST FIVE YEARS:
Regular participant in IEEE Conferences on Solid-State Circuits
261
NAME:
Robert Wallace
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S./1982,University of Pittsburgh ,Physics, Mathematics
M.S./ 1984 University of Pittsburgh, Physics
Ph.D./1988 University of Pittsburgh, Physics
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT
DALLAS:
2 years
OTHER RELATED
EXPERIENCE:
Director Clean- room Research Laboratory 2004-
Professor Depts. of EE and Physics, UTD2003-
Sr. Member Inst. Electrical and Electronic Engineers 2002-
Professor Dept. of Materials Science, UNT 1999-2003
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
Texas Instruments, Inc.
R. Merrett, Attorney
Infinite Photonics,
Patents: 38 U.S and 27 Foreign, 317 citations to date
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
N/A
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
• S. Jeon, J. Lee, P. Zhao, P. Sivasubramani, T. Oh, H. J.
Kim, M. J. Kim, B. E. Gnade, J. Kim, R. M. Wallace,
“Novel Methodology on Tuning Work Function of Metal
Gate UsingStacking Bi-Metal Layers,” IEEE International
Electron Devices Meeting Technical Digest (2004)
• M. Quevedo-Lopez, M. El-Bouanani, S. Addepalli, C.
Huang, J. L. Duggan, B. E. Gnade, R. M. Wallace,
M.R.Visokay, M.Douglas, and L. Colombo, “Hafnium
interdiffusion studies from hafnium silicate into Silicon,”
Applied Physics Letters 79 (2001) 4192.
• G.D.Wilk, R.M.Wallace and J.M.Anthony, “Hafnium and
Zirconium silicates for advanced gate dielectrics”, Journal
of Applied Physics 87 (2000) 484 (288 independent
citations to date).
• G.D.Wilk, R.M.Wallace and J.M.Anthony, “High-κ Gate
Dielectrics: Current Status and Materials Properties
Considerations”, Journal of Applied Physics 89 (2001)
5243. (Invited Review Article – over 700 independent
citations to date)
• R.M.Wallace and G. Wilk, “High-k Dielectric Materials for
Microelectronics,” Critical Reviews in Solid State and
262
Materials Sciences 28, 231 (2003) (Invited Review Article).
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES O
WHICH A MEMBER:
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
American Vacuum Society
Material Research Society
Electrochemical Society
HONORS & AWARDS:
Elected Senior Member of Technical Staff, Texas Instruments,
1996
Elected IEEE Senior Member 2002
INSTITUTIONAL AND
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN
THE LAST 5 YEARS
Appointed Cleanroom Director (2004)
EE Department Faculty Search Committee
EE Department Chair Search Committee
Symposium organizer on Materials for Advanced Electronics,
Materials Research Society (Spring 2004)
IEEE Semiconductor Interface Specialists Conference
Program/Executive Committee (1997-2004)
COURSES TAUGHT
2003-2004:
N/A
PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
Editorial Board - Journal of Materials Science: Materials in
Electronics (2002-2004)
Associate Editor, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology A
(2000-2003)
Guest Editor for Bulletin of Materials Research Society – Advanced
Dielectrics Issue (March, 2002)
263
NAME:
Dian Zhou
DATE OF BIRTH:
ACADEMIC RANK:
Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS,
INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S. degree in physics
M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Fudan
University, China, in 1982 and 1985, respectively, and the
Ph.D. degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from
the University of Illinois in 1990.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UTD
DALLAS:
1999-2004
RELATED EXPERIENCE:
He joined the University of North Carolina at Charlotte as an
assistant professor in 1990, where he became an associate
professor in 1995.
CONSULTING, PATENTS,
ETC.:
STATE(S) IN WHICH
REGISTERED:
PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS
IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS:
His research interests include: High-speed VLSI systems,
CAD tools, mixed-signal ICs, and algorithms.
Dr. Zhou received the Research Initiation Award from National Science Foundatio
IEEE Circuits and Systems and Society Darlington Award in 1993, and the Nationa
Foundation Young Investigator Award in 1994. He also served as a panel member
CAREER Award in 1996. He was a Guest Editor for the International Journal of C
Design, Simulation and Testing, and was an Associate Editor for IEEE TRANSAC
CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS from 1996 to 1998. He received Chinese NSF Overse
Outstanding Young Scientist Award in 2000, and Chinese Yangzi River Scholar in
Specialization
VLSI, CAD tools and Circuits & Systems
SCIENTIFIC AND
PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES
OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Publications:
My Publications
A fast Wavelet Collacation Method for High-Speed Circuit
Simulation ----- D.Zhou and W.Cai
(Appeared in IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems I:
Fundamental Theory and Applications, August 1999,
Volume 46, Number 8, Pg 920.)
An Adaptive Wavelet Method for Nonlinear Circuit
Simulation ------ D.Zhou and W.Zhang
(Appeared in IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems I:
Fundamental Theory and Applications, August 1999,
Volume 46, Number 8, Pg 931.)
Publications related to VLSI and CAD tools
HONORS & AWARDS:
264
COURSES TAUGHT
2000-2005:
Courses:
EE 3120 Digital Circuits Lab
EE 4381 Mobile Communications System Design I
EE 5325 Hardware Modeling Using VHDL
EE 6375 CAD Algorithms
EE 7v81 Special Topics in Digital Systems
Physical Design - High Speed VLSI
EE 7v81 Special Topics - ASIC Design
OTHER ASSIGNED DUTIES:
SPECIFIC PROGRAMS IN
WHICH INVOLVED TO
IMPROVE TEACHING &
PROFESSIONAL
COMPETENCE:
265
Electrical Engineering
Appendix II- Institutional Profile
The Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science
The University of Texas at Dallas
Richardson, Texas 75083
Engineering Accreditation Commission
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
111 Market Place, Suite 1050
Baltimore, Maryland 21202-4012
Phone: 410-347-7700
Fax: 410-625-2238
e-mail:
[email protected]
www: http://www.abet.org/
266
A. Background Information Relative to the Institution
1. General Information
Institution name and address:
The University of Texas at Dallas
P.O. Box 830688
Richardson, Texas 75083-0688
Chief Executive Officer:
Dr. David E. Daniel, President
Chancellor:
Dr. Mark Yudoff
Person submitting the completed questionnaire:
Dr. Robert Helms, Dean
Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
2. Type of Control
The University of Texas at Dallas is a state institution. The university is governed by the Board
of Regents for The University of Texas System. It is composed of nine members who are
appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Senate. Terms are six years each and staggered
with the terms of three members expiring on February 1 of odd-numbered years.
Throughout the more than 100 year history of the U.T. System, the Board has been composed of
dedicated and distinguished Texans who have been strong advocates of excellence in academic
programs, scientific inquiry, and responsible public service.
Additional information regarding the Board of Regents may be found at www.utd
system.edu/bor.
267
3. Regional or Institutional Accreditation
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Initial accreditation: 1972
Most recent accreditation: December 8, 1998
Next Review: 2007
268
4. Faculty and Students
Information regarding faculty and student headcounts is provided in Table II-1.
Table II-1 Faculty and Student Count for the University of Texas at Dallas
HEAD COUNT
FT PT
FTE**
TOTAL
STUDENT
CREDIT
HOURS
Tenure Track Faculty
1
323 21 330
Other Teaching Faculty
(excluding student assistants)
149 204 217
Student Teaching Assistants 0 486 76
Undergraduate Students 2471 6599 6002 90,037
Graduate Students 2247 2775 2455 36,830
Professional Degree Students N/A N/A N/A N/A
** For faculty, 1 FTE is the equivalent of 18 credit hours per academic year.
For student teaching assistants, 1 FTE equals 20 hours of work per week.
For undergraduate and graduate students, 1 FTE equals 15 credit hours of institutional course
work.
5. Mission Statement for the University
The mission of The University of Texas at Dallas is to provide Texas and the nation with the
benefits of educational and research programs of the highest quality. These programs address
the multi-dimensional needs of a dynamic, modern society driven by the development, diffusion,
understanding and management of advanced technology.
Strategic Intent
To be a nationally recognized top-tier university sculpted within a model of focused excellence.
The university emphasizes education and research in engineering, science, technology and
management while maintaining programs of focused excellence in other academic areas. Within
the context of this mission, the goals of the university are as follows:
To provide able, ambitious students with a high quality, cost-effective education that
combines the nurturing environment of a liberal arts college with the intellectual rigor
and depth of a major research university.
To discover new knowledge and to create new art that enriches civilization at large
and contributes significantly to economic and social programs.
To enhance the productivity of business and government with strategically designed,
responsively executed programs of research, service and education.
269
The university intends to achieve these objectives by investing in students and faculty, building
upon its programs, policies and operations and enhancing institutional character and excellence
in education. The major points of UTD's strategic plan to accomplish these goals are as follows:
Continue to strengthen the identity of the university as a leader in higher education in terms
of excellent faculty and superior students.
Enhance the quality of its students' learning experiences and its employees' work
environment.
Emphasize education and research in science and technology and in leadership and
management while maintaining concurrent programs of focused excellence in other
fundamental fields of art and knowledge.
Expand and intensify partnerships relations with business, governmental and educational
neighbors.
Enhance programmatic quality and institutional balance while adhering to rigorous quality
standards.
Actively pursue external support of and funding for the ambitious academic and service
programs integral to its mission.
6. Institutional Support Units
The University of Texas at Dallas has many institutional support units which are requisite to
achieving the objectives of the engineering programs. A few of these include: computing
facilities, the McDermott Library, career center, international student services and disability
services.
Computing Facilities
See section II-3 for information on computing facilities for the institution and the Erik Jonsson
School.
Library
Library materials supporting the Jonsson School of Engineering/Computer Science are held in
the Eugene McDermott Library, the main library of the University of Texas at Dallas. The book
and periodical collections are arranged by standard Library of Congress call number. Books,
including most conference proceedings, are located on the 4
th
level and are available for users to
borrow. Library users have electronic access to thousands of e-books, conference proceedings
and e-journals when the library is not open.
The paper journal/periodical and the reference collections are shelved on the 2
nd
level. These
volumes must be used in the library, but are available for reproduction within the guidelines of
the copyright code. All engineering-related government publications and electronic services are
available on the 2
nd
level in the Reference area. Electronic sources are available remotely with a
valid University ID.
Table 6.1.1 shows the acquisition history for the McDermott Library.
270
TABLE 6.1.1 Library Acquisitions
COLLECTION
RESOURCES 2002--2003
TITLES
Acquisitions
COLLECTION
RESOURCES
2003-2004 TITLES
Inclusive
CURRENT
COLLECTION
RESOURCES
2004 TITLES
Books Periodicals*
*
Periodicals Books Periodicals Books
Entire Institutional Library
In the following fields
(included above
90,000
12,403
11,655
781,021
27,887
812,929
Engineering and Computer
Science
2,352 4,100 4,836 209,456 8,220 21,241
Chemistry 320 300 327 5,420 555 4,769
Mathematics 336 317 337 1,046 572 9,906
Physics 274 163 199 3,264 338 7,626
Other Specialty Areas (Specify)
The mission of the Eugene McDermott Library Reference and Information Services Department is to
provide faculty, students and staff of the University of Texas at Dallas with the information
necessary to support instruction and research.
The Public Services Department provides a range of services to library users. Librarians and support
staff handle nearly 100,000 questions per year at four service desks. In addition, the reference
librarians provide answers to reference questions submitted on a department WWW page and
through a UT System collaborative online chat reference initiative.
The reference staff is actively involved in the overall educational goals of the University through its
instructional and service approach to the provision of information. Professional librarians create
instructional sessions providing basic and advanced assistance in conducting library research.
Faculty members can request customized instruction to support a particular project or to familiarize
students with research tools in a discipline, including the library catalog, electronic databases, the
Internet, reference sources and government publications. Liaison librarians are exploring the
possibility of incorporating a library/librarian presence within the class management software being
used by faculty.
The Eugene McDermott Library offers a full range of online resources to support the Erik Jonsson
School of Engineering and Computer Science. The Library operates an Information Commons with
36 workstations and 32 wireless-Web enabled laptops designed to support database and Internet
research activities and to provide access to a collection of compact disc materials.
At present, the Library subscribes to over 200 Internet-based resources, many of which include the
full text of periodical or newspaper articles and complete statistical/numerical data from major
publishers such as the U.S. federal government, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE), the Institute of Electrical Engineers (IEE), the Association of Computing Machinery
271
(ACM), and Elsevier Engineering Information, Inc. Engineering/Computer Science related
databases include ACM Digital Library, Compendex (Engineering Village), Computer Source,
General Science Abstracts, IEEE/IEE Xplore, INSPEC, Optics InfoBase, Personal Computing
Abstracts, Science Citation Index, Web of Science and Academic Search Premier. The Internet
database collection is available off-campus to UTD students and faculty except when the
information provider updates their systems. This mode of access supports all distance learning
activities. The library continues to acquire electronic journals over paper whenever possible. Most
compact disc products must be used in the library, although the department actively facilitates the
transition of products to the Internet as needed.
The library also offers database search capabilities of online resources available from DIALOG and
WESTLAW. Fees are charged for searching the former, on a cost recovery basis.
Library materials for the School of Engineering and Computer Science are acquired through a
campus-wide process. The library orders monographs as they are published through an approval
program with Blackwell. The monographs are received based on a well-detailed profile representing
the faculty research and course instruction programs.
The Engineering and Computer Science Library Liaisons are responsible for the monitoring of this
program and order materials that complement the approval plan after consultation with the faculty.
Separate accounts are made available for media items, replacements, databases and journals.
The library building is open for study and access to materials in the open stacks 91 hours per week.
Library Building and Stacks Hours:
Mon-Fri 8:00am – midnight
Sat 9:00am – 8:00pm
Sun 1:00pm – midnight
The library is open 24/7 during midterm and finals weeks but closed during some holidays and
intersession.
Reference Desk Hours:
Mon – Thur 8:00am – 10:00pm
Fri 8:00am – 8:00pm
Sat 10:00am – 6:00pm
Sun 1:00pm – 10:00pm
Reference hours are reduced during the summer semester.
UT System “Ask-a-Librarian” Online Chat Reference Services (available on the Internet):
Mon – Thurs 12:00pm-6:00pm
Fri 12:00pm-4:00pm
McDermott Library has assigned two reference librarians as liaisons to the faculty, students and staff
of the Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science. They are responsible for ordering
materials for the faculty in support of the curriculum and research efforts. They also provide several
levels of library instruction – orientation tours, classroom instruction and individual appointments
272
with a librarian. The librarians are available to assist faculty with library research as needed. Table
6.2.2 show the history of library expenditures since FY2002.
Table 6.2.2 Library Expenditures
The Eugene McDermott Library has a seating capacity of 640 seats and can seat approximately
5% of the student enrollment. The reading room in the School of Engineering and Computer
Science provides seating for 20+ students. The library is willing to provide a librarian and a
laptop for approximately 10 hours per week.
The McDermott Library continues to work with its professional staff and UTD faculty advisory
committee to improve services and explore changes in policy that impact students. Space
limitations restrict the number of seats available for study within the building, although access to
online library resources and services is available through several other computer labs on campus.
The library maintains a Multimedia Center that includes VHS, CD and DVD formats in support
of classroom instruction. 32 wireless-Web enabled laptops are available for check out at this
desk.
McDermott Library also maintains a map collection, a large microfilm collection and a growing
collection of cd-roms which accompany computer science and engineering monographs.
FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 FY 2005
Total Library
Current Funds
$1,940,378 $2,310,710 $2,313,841 $2,757,391
Expenditures for the
Engineering Unit (Total)
$427,520 $441,434 $450,297 $551,478
Books $14,657 $12,297 $11,751 $13,787
Periodicals-paper $150,000 $160,000 $100,000 $118,568
Periodicals-Electronics $88,242 $94,306 $153,316 $181,988
Other Engineering-
Related Services
$174,621 $174,831 $185,230 $220,590
273
Career Center
The UTD Career Center strives to help students succeed and make the most of their college
experience. The career center provides a comprehensive career development program which
includes the following services and programs to assist students in developing and implementing
a strategic career plan:
Interactive Career Center Web Site
Career Counseling and Assessments
Career Resource Library
Electronic Career Exploration Tools
Career Seminars and Workshops
Job Search Skill Development
Career Panels and Speakers
Resume Assistance and Mock Interview Training
Cooperative Education and Internships
Career and Graduate School Fairs
On-campus student employment opportunities
Electronic Job Listing and Resume Referral Services
On-campus Interview Opportunities
Whether or not students are sure of their direction, the UTD Career Center serves as a valuable
resource. The career center works with students to empower them for a lifetime of effective
career decisions.
In addition to the Career Center, engineering students also have access to the Industrial Practice
Programs (IPP) office in the Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science. IPP is
discussed in more detail in section 2.10 Non-academic Support Units for the Erik Jonsson
School of Engineering and Computer Science.
Disability Services
The goal of Disability Services is to provide students with disabilities educational opportunities
equal to those of their non-disabled peers. The Disability Services office also provides
guidelines to faculty for handling the special needs of disabled students. Students are
responsible for providing documentation of his or her disability to the Disability Services office.
International Student Services
The International Student Services Office coordinates and administers programs that serve
international students at The University of Texas at Dallas.
Advisers are aware of the demands associated with studying in another country and are available
to assist international students with matters not specifically within the realm of the student's
academic adviser. Information and assistance in matters related to employment, housing, health
insurance, legal matters, banking services, automobiles, social security, immigration status and
personal concerns are provided.
274
B. Background Information Relative to the Jonsson School
1. Engineering Educational Unit
The University of Texas at Dallas consists of seven schools each headed by a dean. The schools,
in turn, consist of teaching and research programs that provide the disciplinary foundations of the
university. In addition to the usual disciplinary approaches, the university has a strong
commitment to interdisciplinary study at both the graduate and undergraduate levels.
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science is the engineering educational
unit. The Erik Jonsson School has two educational departments, the Department of Computer
Science and the Department of Electrical Engineering. Interdisciplinary engineering programs
are headed by the Associate Dean of Interdisciplinary Engineering Programs. The organizational
structure of the university is shown in Table II-2a and the organizational structure for the
engineering school is shown in Table II-2b.
UT Dallas Administrative Structure
The central administrative organization at U.T. Dallas is shown below. The President and Vice
Presidents meet regularly to discuss university policy and administration.
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
PRESIDENT
DIRECTOR OF
INTERNAL AUDITS
SPECIAL ASSISTANT
TO THE PRESIDENT
SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENT FOR
BUSINESS AFFAIRS
EXECUTIVE VICE
PRESIDENT
AND PROVOST
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
AND EXTERNAL
RELATIONS
VICE PRESIDENT
FOR UNIVERSITY
ADVANCEMENT AND
GOVERNMENTAL
RELATIONS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
STRATEGIC
PLANNING AND
ANALYSIS
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
NEWS AND
INFORMATION
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
President's Cabinet President's Senior Staff
275
David E. Daniel, The President is the chief executive officer of the University and exercises
broad delegated authority for campus administration.
Serving as the chief academic officer for the University is B. Hobson Wildenthal. The Provost
serves as deputy to the President and is responsible for the formulation and implementation of
educational policy. The Provost also has a significant role in fund raising and external relations
for the university.
With general oversight and responsibility for planning, implementation, management, and
operation of various departments, the Interim Vice President for Business Affairs, Larry Terry,
acts as the designated Custodian of Records for the University and as the University's Ethics
Officer.
The Vice President for Student Affairs and External Relations is Darrelene Rachavong, This
office is responsible for issues affecting prospective and current students. Specifically, the Office
of Student Affairs provides oversight for recruitment, admissions, registration, financial aid and
other related student services.
The department of Information Resources provides the resources for information technologies
that support the University in accomplishing its research, instructional, and public service
functions and is managed by William Hargrove.
Realizing the University's concern for alumni as well as current students, the Office of
University Advancement, managed by Carlos Pena, promotes awareness of U. T. Dallas in the
community, attracts financial support to fund university-wide initiatives, and provides alumni
with meaningful opportunities for involvement in the life of the University.
The Office of Strategic Planning and Analysis supports the achievement of U. T. Dallas' mission
in learning, teaching, research and public service through effective strategic planning,
institutional research and evaluation.
Provides independent and objective assurance and consulting services designed to add value and
improve UTD’s operations. Internal Audits helps UTD accomplish its mission in learning,
research, and public service by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and
improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, operational, and governance processes.
The following is a list of Central Administration Officers:
President, David E. Daniel, Ph.D.
Executive Vice President and Provost, B. Hobson Wildenthal, Ph.D.
Interim Vice President for Business Affairs, Larry D. Terry, Ph.D
Interim Vice President for Student Affairs, Darrelene Rachavong, Ed.D.
Executive Vice Provost for Academic Affairs, Larry D. Terry, Ph.D.
Vice President for Research and Graduate Education, Da Hsuan Feng, Ph.D.
Vice President for University Advancement and Governmental Relations, Carlos González Peña,
M.P.A.
Executive Director, Information Resources, William W. Hargrove, M.P.A.
Executive Director, Strategic Planning and Analysis, Lawrence Redlinger, Ph.D.
Executive Director, University Information and Publications, Jon Senderling
Director, Internal Audits, Toni R. Messer, B.B.A., C.P.A., C.I.A
276
.
Academic Organization
The academic organization, under the Executive Vice President and Provost, is shown below. It
contains seven schools whose Dean’s meet with and advise the Provost in regularly scheduled
meetings of the Council of Deans. The Provost is responsible to the President for all policies and
practices related to the conduct of resident instruction, including teaching, research and
associated supporting activities. The Deans are the principal academic and fiscal officers for the
academic programs which they lead, and are responsible to the Provost.
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND PROVOST
Executive Vice
Provost
Director of Libraries
Dean, School of Arts and
Humanities
Dean, School of Behavioral and
Brain Sciences
Dean, School of Engineering and
Computer Sciences
Dean, School of General Studies
Dean, School of Management
Dean, School of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
Director of Cecil and Ida Green
Center for the Study of Science
and Society
Dean, School of Social Sciences
Dean, Graduate Studies
Dean, Undergraduate Studies and
Associate Provost
2 Vice Provosts Vice President for
Research and Graduate
Education
Assistant Provost
and Director of
Educational
Innovations
277
Academic Unit Administrators are:
School of Arts and Humanities, Dean Dennis M. Kratz, Ph.D.
School of Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Dean Bert S. Moore, Ph.D.
Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science, Dean C. Robert Helms, Ph.D.
School of General Studies, Dean George W. Fair, Ph.D.
School of Management, Dean Hasan Pirkul, Ph.D.
School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Interim Dean John P. Ferraris, Ph.D.
School of Social Sciences, Dean James C. Murdoch, Ph.D.
Graduate Studies, Dean Austin Cunningham , Ph.D
Undergraduate Studies , Dean and Associate Provost, Michael Coleman, Ph.D
Director of Libraries, Larry Sall, Ph.D
The Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
The Mission of Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science is to be responsive to
the educational and research needs of the nation as exemplified by the technologically
sophisticated and managerially intensive economy of the Dallas Metroplex. The Jonsson School
plays play a distinctive and productive role in engineering and computer science, and delivers
value to our students and research sponsors by closing the gap between academic research and
industrial practice.
We achieve excellence by recruiting faculty members who are outstanding in research and who
are able and willing to collaborate with others in academia, industry and government, and by
maintaining high standards for students and for faculty promotion and tenure.
The principal objective of the engineering program is to provide a rational educational
foundation for the broad practice of engineering. Being aware of the rapid growth and changes in
the field, we seek to provide a baccalaureate education including a comprehensive treatment of
important and basic topics..
While developing its curriculum, the Erik Jonsson School is particularly aware of the perceived
future needs of the industries of North Texas related to information systems and electronics
manufacturing. The engineering program prepares individuals for direct entry at the
baccalaureate level into professional practice, but the program emphasizes a strong analytical
preparation for continued formal education at the masters and doctoral level. A specific mission
of the University of Texas at Dallas and the Erik Jonsson School is to provide opportunities for
persons employed full time in local industry to continue and complete their education at both
undergraduate and graduate levels. The Erik Jonsson School also strives to use modem
computing and telecommunications technology to enhance the quality of education.
The Jonsson School programs provide an interdisciplinary approach to training engineers with
the requisite knowledge to meet the needs of the industries in these fields.
278
Table II-2b. Engineering Organizational Chart
Academic Subdivisions and Department/Program Heads
1. Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science, Dr. Robert Helms, Dean
2. Department of Computer Science, Dr. D.T. Huynh
3. Department of Electrical Engineering, New Department Head starts September 2005.
4. Telecommunications Engineering Program, Dr. S. Venkatesan, Program Head and
Professor in Electrical Engineering
5. Computer Engineering, Dr. Dinesh Bhatia, Program Head and Professor in Electrical
Engineering
6. Software Engineering, this program is under Computer Science, Dr. Simeon Ntafos
Several research centers and labs have been established in the Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and of Computer Science. These centers have acquired large scale projects through
cooperation with industry, government and other academia institutions.
Formal Research Centers in the Erik Jonsson School
1. Photonic Technology and Engineering Center (PhoTEC), directed by Dr. Cy Cantrell,
Professor of Electrical Engineering.
2. Center for Systems, Communications and Signal Processing (CSCSP), directed by Dr.
Bob Hunt, Professor of Electrical Engineering.
3. Center for Integrated Circuits and Systems (CICS), directed by Dr. Poras Balsara,
Professor in Electrical Engineering.
Dean
Bob Helms
Admin. Associate &
Assistant to the Dean
Lin Maute
Associate Dean &
Director of Development
Marjie Young French
Assistant Dean
Industrial Relations
Ed Esposito
Student Affairs
Associate Dean Associate Dean
Student Services Undergrad. Educ.
Doug Harris Simeon Ntafos
Associate Dean
Interdisciplinary
Programs
Duncan MacFarlane
CS Department Chair
D. T. Huynh
Senior Associate Dean
Operations & Finance
Andy Blanchard
Associate Dean
Accreditation &
Outreach
Gerald Burnham
Office of
EE Department Chair
P. Balsara, K. Kiasaleh, P. Loizou
Associate Dean
Academic Affairs
Cy Cantrell
279
4. Embedded Software Center (ECS), directed by Dr. Farokh Bastani, Professor in
Computer Science
5. Human Language Technology Research Institute (HLTRI), directed by Sanda
Harabagiu, Associate Professor in Computer Science.
6. Digital Forensic and Emergency Preparedness Institute (DFEPI), directed by Dr. E.
Douglas Harris, Associate Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer
Science.
2. Programs Offered and Degrees Granted
See Tables II-3 Part 1 and Part 2 for a summary of programs and degrees offered by the Erik
Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science.
* Co-op opportunities are available to engineering and computer science students through the
Industrial Practice Program; however, participation in the co-op program is not required as part
of the degree program.
**Alternative, distance courses are available to graduate students; however, the entire degree lan
is not offered through an alternative mode.
Notes Regarding Accreditation:
The computer engineering program currently offers graduate degrees only; therefore,
undergraduate accreditation is not applicable.
The computer science and Software Engineering programs are seeking initial
accreditation under the ABET Computing Accreditation Commission.
The electrical engineering and telecommunications engineering programs are
accredited by the ABET Engineering Accreditation Commission.
- 280 -
Table II-3 (Part I) Engineering Programs Offered
Modes Offered
2
Submitted for
Evaluation
3
Offered,
Not
Submitted
for
Evaluation
4
Program
Title
1
D
a
y
C
o
-
o
p
O
f
f
C
a
m
p
u
s
A
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
v
e
M
o
d
e
N
o
m
i
n
a
l
Y
e
a
r
s
t
o
C
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
Administrative
Head
Administrative
Unit or Units
(e.g. Dept.)
Exercising
Budgetary
Control N
o
w
A
c
c
r
e
d
.
N
o
t
N
o
w
A
c
c
r
e
d
.
N
o
w
A
c
c
r
e
d
.
N
o
t
N
o
w
A
c
c
r
e
d
.
Computer Engineering X
4
Dinesh Bhatia
Electrical Engineering
and Computer Science
X
Computer Science X 4 D.T. Huynh Computer Science X
Electrical Engineering X
4 Andrew J.
Blanchard
Electrical Engineering X
Software Engineering X 4 Simeon Ntafos Computer Science X
Telecommunications Engineering X
4
S. Venkatesan
Electrical Engineering
and Computer Science
X
281
Table II-3 (Part 2) Degrees Awarded and Transcript Designations
Modes Offered
2
Program Title
1
D
a
y
C
o
-
o
p
O
f
f
C
a
m
p
u
s
A
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
v
e
M
o
d
e
Name of Degree Awarded
3
Designation on Transcript
4
Computer Engineering
X
Master of Science, Doctor of
Philosophy
Master of Science in Computer
Engineering, Doctor of Philosophy in
Computer Engineering
Computer Science
X
Bachelor of Science, Master of
Science, Doctor of Philosophy
Bachelor of Science in Computer
Science, Master of Science in
Computer Science, Doctor of
Philosophy in Computer Science
Electrical Engineering
X
Bachelor of Science, Master of
Science, Doctor of Philosophy
Bachelor of Science in Computer
Science, Master of Science in
Computer Science, Doctor of
Philosophy in Computer Science
Software Engineering
X
Bachelor of Science, Master of
Science, Doctor of Philosophy
Bachelor of Science in Software
Engineering, Master of Science in
Computer Science with a major in
Software Engineering, Doctor of
Philosophy in Software Engineering
Telecommunications Engineering
X
Bachelor of Science, Master of
Science, Doctor of Philosophy
Bachelor of Science in
Telecommunications Engineering ,
Master of Science in
Telecommunications Engineering,
Doctor of Philosophy in
Telecommunications Engineering
- 282 -
3. Information Regarding Administrators
The summary curriculum vitae for administrators in the Erik Jonsson school are provided below.
Robert Helms, Dean, Eric Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
Andrew J. Blanchard, Senior Associate Dean
Dung T. Huynh, Professor of Computer Science and Department Head of Computer Science.
New Department Head Starts September 2005, Department Head of Electrical Engineering
Duncan Macfarlane, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Associate Dean for Interdisciplinary
Programs
S. Venkatesan, Professor and Program Head for Telecommunications Engineering
Simeon Ntafos, Associate Dean, Undergraduate Education and Program Head for Software
Engineering
Dinesh Bhatia, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Program Head of Computer Engineering
Gerald Burnham, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering and Associate Dean for
Accreditation and Outreach.
Cy Cantrell, Associate Dean, Academic Affairs, Professor in Electrical Engineering
E. Douglas Harris, Associate Dean
Janet Lind, Assistant Dean, Student Enrollment
Sharon Allen, Director, Industrial Practice Programs
Sook Kim, Assistant Dean for Assessment
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
283
NAME:
C. Robert Helms
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Science, Engineering Physics, 1968, University of California Berkley
Master of Science, Electrical Engineering, 1970, Stanford University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, minor in Material Science, 1973, Stanford University
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
2 Years, Appointed Dean. April 2003
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
International SEMATECH Austin, Texas President and CEO 2001-2004
Texas Instruments Dallas, Texas Corp. Vice President 1999-2001
Texas Instruments Dallas, Texas Director, Component & Material Research Center
1999-2001
Stanford University Stanford, California Research Professor 1980-2000
Stanford University Stanford, California Sr. Research Associate 1976-1980
Exxon Research & Engineering Stanford, California Research Physicist 1973-1980
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Phi Beta Kappa
Tau Beta Pi
IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
284
NAME:
Andrew James Blanchard
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. Electrical Engineering,1977, Texas A&M University
M.S. Electrical Engineering, 1973, Colorado State University
B.S. Electrical Engineering, 1972, University of Southwestern Louisiana
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
5 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Vice President Technology, Clean Earth Technologies, LLC, June 2002 – June 2004.
Senior Associate Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science,
Director of Research, College of Engineering, University of Missouri-Columbia, December 1995-December 2000
Director, Strategic Technology Applications Research Center (STAR Center), Houston Advanced Research Center
(HARC), The Woodlands Texas, June 1990- 1995
Associate Director, Wave Scattering Research Center, College of Engineering, University of Texas at Arlington,
September 1984-1988.
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
Eta Kappa Nu
Geoscience and Remote Sensing Society
American Geophysical Union
HONORS & AWARDS:
Fellow, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), 1995-present
Elected Member of The Electromagnetics Academy, 1993-present
Elected Member, Union of Radio Science Inc. Commission F
Invited Professorship, National University of Singapore, March 2000
1985 C. Holmes MacDonald Award, Presented by the National Eta Kappa Nu Association to the Outstanding
Electrical Engineering Professor in the United States of America.
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Senior Associate Dean
Project Emmitt Project Manager
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Presented Workshops on Applications of Remote Sensing
285
NAME:
Dung T. Huynh
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
M.S., Computer Science Department, University of Saarbracken, Germany, 1977
Ph.D., Computer Science Department, University of Saarbracken, Germany, 1978
EARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
17 Years,
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Postdoctoral Research Associate, University of Saarbracken, Germany, 1978-1982
Assistant Professor of Computer Science, Iowa State University 1983-1986
Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, University of Chicago, 1982-1983
Postdoctoral Research Associate, University of Saarbracken, Germany, 1978-1982
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Phi Beta Kappa
Tau Beta Pi
IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Y Program Head, University of Texas at Dallas, 1997-Present
Reviewer: National Science Foundation
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada Information and Computation
Acta Informatica
SIAM Journal on Computing
Journal of Computer and System Science
Theoretical Computer Science
Mathematical Systems Theory
International Journal of Foundations of Computer Sciences
Dean, Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science
286
NAME:
Duncan L. MacFarlane
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Portland State University, Portland, Oregon, Ph.D. Electrical Engineering, June 1989.
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, Sc.M. Electrical Engineering, June 1985.
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, Sc.B., Honors, Electrical Engineering, June 1984. (honors)
Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas, M.B.A., May, 1998. (second in class).
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
8 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Director, Product Management, (11/2001–1/2002) Celion Networks, Richardson, Texas.
Product Line and Engineering Manager, (10/1999–11/2001) JDS Uniphase, Richardson, Texas.
Senior Staff Scientist (7/85-9/86) W. J. Schafer Associates, Inc., Chelmsford, Massachusetts.
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Beta Gamma Sigma, honor society for AACSB accredited business programs.
IEEE, Lasers and Electro-Optics Society. Dallas Chairman, 2002-present, Dallas Section Vice-Chairman, 1990--
1992, Dallas Section Chairman, 1992--1994, Dallas Section Committee member, 1998-present.
Optical Society of America.
American Society for Engineering Education
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Associate Dean, Interdisciplinary Programs
287
NAME:
S. Venkatesan
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
PhD, Computer Science, University of Pittsburg, 1985
M. Technology, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras 1983
B. Technology, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras 1981
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
16 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Consultant for Raytheon E-Systems
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Program Head, Telecommunications Engineering
Chair, Intellectual Property Committee, 2004
Member of Faculty Senate
288
NAME:
Simeon Ntafos
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
B.S. in Electrical Engineering, Wilkes College, 1974;
M.S. in Electrical Engineering, Northwestern, 1977
Ph.D. in Computer Science, Northwestern, 1979
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
25 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
1978-1979 Visiting Assistant Professor, Northwestern
1979-1984 Assistant Professor, Computer Science, UTD
1984-1994 Associate Professor, Computer Science, UTD
1985-1987 Program Head, Computer Science, UTD
1994- Professor, Computer Science, UT-Dallas.
1998 - Associate Department Chair, CS, UTD
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
ACM, ACM SIGACT, ACM SIGSOFT
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
ABET Coordinator for BS-CS (3/04) and BS-SE (5/92);
Faculty Senate (1997- );
Academic Council (2003- )
Secretary of the faculty (2004- )
Committee on Qualifications of Academic Personnel (2002-vice Chair; 2001-member)
PhD Committee – CS (Chair 2001-2003; Ex-officio 2003- )
2001-02 CS Search Committee
2000-01 CS Search Committee (Chair)
1999-01 Admissions Committee (Chair)
1999-01 EE&CS Personnel Review Committee (elected)
NAME:
Dinesh K. Bhatia
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D. in Computer Science, University of Texas at Dallas, 1990.
M.S. in Computer Science, University of Texas at Dallas, 1987
B.E. in Electrical Engineering, Regional Engineering College, Suratkal, India, 1985
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
5 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
UTD Program Head, Computer Engineering Program, January 2004-Present
Associate Professor, University of Texas at Dallas, September 2000-present
UC Associate Professor, University of Cincinnati, September 1997
Director, Design Automation Laboratory, University of Cincinnati, June 1991
Assistant Professor, University of Cincinnati, June 91-August 97.
289
SMU Visiting Asistant Professor, Southern Methodist University, September 1990-May 1991.
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
Eta Kappa Nu
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Program Head, Computer Engineering, January 2004-
Chair, University Library Committee, 2004-05.
Chair, Faculty Search Committee, Computer Engineering (Search 767), 2004-05.
Member, Executive Committee of Industrial Advisory Board on Research, Erik Jonsson School
of Engineering and Computer Science, December 2004-
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Electrical Engineering Department, 2004-05.
Chair, Computer Engineering Program Governance Committee, January 2004-
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Computer Engineering Program, 2003-04.
Member, Faculty Search Committee, Electrical Engineering Department, 2003-04.
Chair, Computing Resources Committee, EE Department, September 2002-present.
Chair, Computer Engineering Graduate Program Committee, January 2001-Present.
290
NAME:
Gerald O. Burnham
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
California State University at Los Angeles B.A. Mathematics 1967,
California State University at Los Angeles M.S. Mathematics 1968,
University of Southern California M.S. Computer Science 1970,
University of Southern California Ph.D Electrical Engineering 1973
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
9 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Texas Instruments, Senior Member of Technical Staff 1977-1998
Cal Tech Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Technical Group Supervisor 1973-1977
Hughes Aircraft Company, Design Engineer 1966-1973
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Sigma Xi
Eta Kappa Nu
IEEE
ASEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Electrical Engineering Department Head 2001-2004
Associate Dean, Research 1996-2001
Associate Dean, Accreditation and Outreach 2004-Present
Administrative Chairman, Dallas IEEE Section Executive Committee Active funded research programs in
telecommunications digital signal processing, array processing and nonlinear signals and systems. Regular
participant in IEEE conferences on signal processing. Program chairman, Dallas Section of IEEE Signal Processing
Society. Treasurer of Dallas Section of IEEE Circuits and Systems Group.
291
NAME:
Cyrus D. Cantrell
ACADEMIC RANK:
Full Professor with Tenure / Full-time
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Bachelor of Arts (cum laude), Physics, 1962, Harvard University.
Master of Arts, Physics, 1964, Princeton University.
Doctor of Philosophy, Physics, 1968, Princeton University.
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
25 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Swarthmore College, Assistant Professor to Associate Professor
1967-1973
Los Alamos, Staff Member, National Laboratory, 1973–1979
University of Paris, France Visiting Professor, 1980
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
Optical Society of America
American Physical Society
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Third Millennium Medal, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2000
Fellow, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1985
Fellow, American Physical Society, 1982
Fellow, Optical Society of America,1978
292
NAME:
E. Doug Harris
ACADEMIC RANK:
Associate Dean, Clinical Professor
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Doctor of Engineering (D.Eng.), Southern Methodist University, Dallas, TX 1985
Master of Science (MS) in Engineering, Methodist University, Dallas, TX 1980
Master of Business Administration (Executive MBA), Methodist University, Dallas, TX 1978
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
9 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Assistant Dean at Southern Methodist University. 19xx-1995
• Assistant Dean of Undergraduate Studies
• Assistant Dean for External Affairs
• Assistant Dean for Engineering Enrollment Services
Manager of computer graphics or corporate manager of automation at Texas Instruments 19xx-9-19xx
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
Member of Tau Beta Pi, National Engineering Honor Society
Member of Omega Rho, Operations Research Honor Society
Honorary Member of Golden Key, National Honor Society
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Executive Director, Cyber Security and Emergency Preparedness Institute
293
NAME:
Janet Lind
ACADEMIC RANK:
Senior Lecturer
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Computer Science, Tulane University 1984
MS, Computer Science, University of Arizona 1977
BS, Computer Science, Louisiana State University Magna cum Laude 1975
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
1 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
SPATIAL WIRELESS, Richardson, TX VP, Engineering 2003 - 2004
CYNETA NETWORKS, Richardson, TX VP, Engineering and CTO 2001- 2003
NORTEL NETWORKS, Richardson, TX VP, Wireless Internet Development 1998-2004
SEIMENS, Richardson, TX
Director, GSM Mobile Development 1996-1997
NORTEL NETWORKS, Richardson, TX
Director, Cellular Switch Development and System Test 1991-1995
Senior Manager, Cellular System Test and Test Tool Development 1987-1991
LITTON DATA SYSTEMS, New Orleans, LA
Senior Manager, Development 1984-1987
HEWLETT PACKARD
Member of Technical Staff 1977-
1984
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
IEEE
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Assistant Dean, Senior Lecturer, School of Engineering and Computer Science (ECS)
Lecture for Computer Science undergraduate coursework including networking and software engineering
Manage ECS undergraduate scholarship programs
Prime ECS undergraduate recruiting activities
Participate in ECS graduate recruiting activities
Participate / prime special projects as assigned by Dean’s office
294
NAME:
Sharon Allen
ACADEMIC RANK:
Director of Industrial Practices Programs
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Master of Science, Texas A&M Commerce, TX 19XX
Bachelor of Arts, Texas Tech University 19xx
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
1 year
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Assistant Director/Internship Coordinator, University at Albany, State University of New York 2000-2004
Coordinator Internships and Experimental Learning, The Sages College, Albany, NY 1998-2000
Director of Career services, The College of Saint Rose, Albany, NY 1989-1996
Placement Coordinator, Pennsylvania State University, Altoona, PA 1984-1986
Placement Counselor, East Texas State University, Commerce, TX 1976-1977
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
National Certified Counselor, Center for Credentialing & Education, Inc., (NBCC)
National Certified Career Counselor, Center for Credentialing & Education, Inc., (NBCC)
Distance Credentialed Counselor, Center for Credentialing & Education, Inc., (NBCC)
295
NAME:
Sook Kim
ACADEMIC RANK:
Assistant Dean
DEGREES WITH FIELDS, INSTITUTIONS AND DATES:
Ph.D., Developmental Psychology, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas 1998
B.A., Psychology, Cum Laude, Baldwin-Wallace College, Berea, Ohio 1992
YEARS IN SERVICE AT UT DALLAS:
7 Years
OTHER RELATED EXPERIENCE:
Research Assistant, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas 1993-1997
Licensed Social Worker, Justice Affairs Department, Cleveland, Ohio 1992-1993
Intern/Evaluator, Court Psychiatric Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio 1991-1992
Intern/Counselor, Berea Children’s Home, Family Life Center, Berea, Ohio 1991- 1992
SCIENTIFIC AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES OF WHICH A MEMBER:
American Psychological Association
American Evaluation Association
INSTITUTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICE IN THE LAST 5 YEARS
Director of Advising and Assessment, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas 2000-2004
Manager of Undergraduate Advising, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas 1999-2000
Reviewer, American Psychological Association Convention Abstracts, Division 5 2004
Board of Directors, UTD Alumni Association 2002
Member, Erik Jonsson School Committee on Effective Teaching 2002-Present
Member, Erik Jonsson School Committee on ABET 2000-Present
296
4. Supporting Academic Departments
The supporting departments are summarized in table II-4.
297
Table II-4. Supporting Academic Departments
For Academic Year 2004
Teaching
Assistants
Department or Unit
Full-time
Faculty Head
Count
Part-time
Faculty
Head Count
FTE
Faculty**
Head
Count
FTE**
Art and Humanities 50 45 65 40 40
Chemistry 15 2 15.7 0 0
Computer Science 55 6 57 0 0
Mathematical Sciences 20 8 22.7 20 20
Physics 15 5 16.7 0 0
Social Sciences 48 13 52.3 6 6
** For faculty, 1 FTE is the equivalent of 18 credit hours.
For student teaching assistants, 1 FTE equals 20 hours of work per week.
298
5. Engineering Finances
Expenditures for the Erik Jonsson School and each of its programs which are under evaluation
are provided in Tables II-5a through II-5.
Erik J onsson School of Engineering & Computer Science
Total for All Programs
2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005
Expenditure Category
Operations
1
(not including staff)
4,184,358 4,125,844 4,816,900 5,638,921
Travel
2
393,079
304,920 488,916 342,814
Equipment
3
1,077,180
1,791,304 5,097,064 4,875,894
Institutional Funds
1,400,394
1,570,515 5,360,284 2,972,589
Grants and Gifts
4
4,254,223
4,656,553 5,042,596 7,885,040
Graduate Teaching
Assistants
1,554,174
1,718,671 1,729,682 1,343,331
Part-time Assistance
5
(other than teaching)
688,038
652,459 1,381,157 1,185,434
1
These are the general operating expenses.
2
This is institutionally sponsored travel, excluding special program grants.
3
Major equipment, excluding equipment primarily used for research.
4
Includes special non-recurring equipment purchase programs
5
Does not include graduate teaching and research assistants or permanent part-time personnel.
Undistributed Central School
2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005
Expenditure Category
Operations
1
(not including staff)
2,701,485 2,000,027 2,179,722 3,086,020
Travel
2
191,743
115,166 218,483 131,550
Equipment
3
767,877
1,425,402 4,870,723 4,793,984
Institutional Funds
847,558
995,113 4,296,168 2,622,434
Grants and Gifts
4
2,813,547
2,545,482 2,972,760 5,389,120
Graduate Teaching
Assistants
0
0 0 78,546
Part-time Assistance
5
(other than teaching)
393,068
305,128 612,263 700,395
299
Computer Science
2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005
Expenditure Category
Operations
(not including staff)
527,118 681,156 938,951 1,389,496
Travel
70,415 75,537 125,730 129,221
Equipment:
19,703 103,237 46,577 27,003
Institutional Funds 259,931 277,442 683,832 118,871
Grants and Gifts 357,305 587,488 427,426 1,426,849
Graduate Teaching
Assistants
1,070,858 993,693 1,058,647 678,436
Part-time Assistance
(other than teaching)
186,110 217,169 337,098 183,842
Electrical Engineering
2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005
Expenditure Category
Operations
(not including staff)
955,755 1,444,661 1,698,227 1,163,405
Travel
130,921 114,217 144,703 82,043
Equipment:
289,600 262,655 179,764 54,907
Institutional Funds 292,905 297,960 380,284 231,284
Grants and Gifts 1,083,371 1,523,583 1,642,410 1,069,071
Graduate Teaching
Assistants
483,316 724,978 671,035 586,349
Part-time Assistance
(other than teaching)
108,860 130,162 431,796 301,197
6. Engineering Personnel and Policies
a. Personnel
The number of full-time and part-time employees for the entire Erik Jonsson School and for each
of its programs which are under evaluation is provided in Tables II-6a through II-6f. NOTE: All
numbers are for the fall term.
300
Table II-6a. Personnel and Students
Erik Jonsson School of Engineering Academic Year 2003-2004
HEAD COUNT
FT PT
FTE
2
RATIO TO
FACULTY
3
Administrative
4
0 0
Faculty (tenure-track) 80 0
Other Faculty (excluding student
Assistants)
29 13
Student Teaching Assistants --- 98 .5
Student Research Assistants --- 141 .5
Technicians/Specialists 15 0
Office/Clerical Employees 17 0
Others
5
17 0
Undergraduate Student Enrollment* 1330 510
Graduate Student Enrollment 599 415
NOTE: All numbers are reported at the start of the fall term.
For faculty, 1 FTE equals 18 credit hours.
For student teaching assistants, 1 FTE equals 20 hours of work per week.
For undergraduate and graduate students, 1 FTE equals 15 credit hours of institutional course
work.
* Undergraduate student enrollment includes freshmen and sophomores.
301
Table II-6b. Personnel and Students
Computer Science Academic Year 2003
HEAD COUNT
FT PT
FTE
2
RATIO TO
FACULTY
3
Administrative 0 0
Faculty (tenure-track) 41 0
Other Faculty (excluding student
Assistants)
14 4
Student Teaching Assistants --- 47 .5
Student Research Assistants --- 53 .5
Technicians/Specialists 5 0
Office/Clerical Employees 11 0
Others
Undergraduate Student Enrollment 758 244
Graduate Student Enrollment 319 237
Table II-6c. Personnel and Students
Electrical Engineering Academic Year 2003- 2004
HEAD COUNT
FT PT
FTE
2
RATIO TO
FACULTY
3
Administrative 0 0
Faculty (tenure-track) 39 0
Other Faculty (excluding student
Assistants)
15 9
Student Teaching Assistants --- 51 .5
Student Research Assistants --- 88 .5
Technicians/Specialists 10 0
Office/Clerical Employees 6 0
Others 17 0
Undergraduate Student Enrollment 572 266
Graduate Student Enrollment 280 178
*enrollment numbers currently listed are only for EE students.
302
Faculty Salaries, Benefits and Other Policies
Faculty salary data is provided in Table II-7. Note that all salaries are reported on an annual
basis before any deductions and normalized for a nine-month academic year.
Table II-7 Faculty Salary Data Academic
1. For the University of Texas at Dallas, 2004-Spring 2005
Professor Associate Assistant Instructor
Number 152 102 83 0
High
$129,789.00 $87,500.00 $63,010.00 $0.00
Mean
$53,457.00 $38,313.00 $38,830.00 $0.00
Low
$19,207.00 $19,830.00 $23,000.00 $0.00
Average % Salary Raises Given to Continuing Faculty Members for the Past Six (6) Years.
Unit
1998-
1999
1999-
2000
2000-
2001
2001-
2002
2002-
2003
2003-
2004
Institution as a Whole
(all of UTD)
5.92 4.9 7.53 4.37 0.27 4.6
Erik Jonsson School of
ECS (CS & EE)
9.73 4.96 9.23 4.34 0.31 3.61
2. For the Erik Jonsson of Engineering and Computer Science Fall 2004-2005
Program Professor Associate Assistant Instructor
Number
13 16 13 14
High
135242 98000 81996 53783
Mean
116933 88276 79432 47192
Computer
Science
Low
105109 78977 75000 42656
Number
20 9 8 8
High
142500 107000 82800 66165
Mean
114309 94258 77650 63703
Electrical
Engineering
Low
86118 81516 72500 61242
NOTE: All faculty in the Erik Jonsson School of ECS are given an appointment in either the
Department of Computer Science or the Department of Electrical Engineering.
303
Faculty Workload
Faculty workload is outlined in the faculty handbook and is restated here. The minimum
academic workload for faculty on 100% “Faculty Salaries” appointments is 18 units, equivalent
to 18 semester credit hours (SCH) of organized classroom instruction in undergraduate-level
(UG) courses, per nine-month academic year. Faculty members not actively involved in a
program of research and publication or in equivalent academic service should typically carry a
teaching load greater than the minimum.
Independent of all workload equivalencies, each faculty member is obligated to teach at least
three SCH of UG instruction in organized classes each semester and at least six SCH of
organized class instruction each academic year. Finally, it must be emphasized that these criteria
specify minimum requirements, not average or maximum requirements and that financial and
educational priorities of the institution must dictate actual workloads.
Teaching equivalency credit may be granted for services other than undergraduate teaching, i.e.
serving as the head of a program, providing specialized instruction and dissertation supervision.
The faculty handbook outlines the policy regarding teaching equivalencies in detail.
The provost is responsible for tracking workload reports and assesses each faculty member’s
compliance with the minimum workload requirements. For additional information regarding
faculty workload requirements, see Policy Memorandum 76-III.23-5 in Appendix I of the faculty
handbook.
Fluency of Communication
The University of Texas at Dallas is very concerned that each faculty member be able to
communicate clearly to students. A major criterion for a faculty appointment is fluency in English
as tested through personal interviews and a mandatory seminar by faculty candidates. The most
common reason for rejecting faculty candidates invited to campus has been an inability to
communicate clearly. Our fundamental assurance, then, is not to hire faculty that cannot
communicate clearly.
In addition, the University Of Texas Board Of Regents, upon Texas legislative mandate, requires a
formal evaluation of teaching proficiency of faculty, lecturers and teaching assistants. At UT
Dallas, the Graduate Dean interviews and certifies all teachers whose native language is not
English. As an alternative, individuals may take the SPEAK test to certify English proficiency.
Consulting and Research Policies
Consulting with local industries is encouraged, but is limited to the traditional "one day a week"
and must be reported to the Dean and Vice-President for Academic Affairs (VPAA).
Policies are described in Appendix C.
Faculty members are expected to attract externally sponsored research which is governed either by
industrial contract or government regulation that are supervised through the Office of Sponsored
Projects.
In general, faculty may not receive extra compensation for extra university duties except for
sharply limited extra income for courses offered for continuing education.
304
Professional Meetings and Travel
Faculty members are encouraged to be active as participants and organizers of professional society
activities. Generally, support is available for attendance at one major conference per year and
possibly two. Faculty members are expected to support their own travel from research grants or
contracts when available.
Supervision of Part-Time Faculty
Part-time faculty members, primarily industrial lecturers, are supervised by the department head or
other administrative officer and have mandatory student teaching evaluations that are available to
the administration.
Part-time faculty members are requested to schedule times usually before or after the lectures to
meet with students. Usually each part-time faculty member is assigned a graduate teaching
assistant to provide access for students when the part-time faculty member is not on campus.
7. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Enrollment and degree statistics for the Erik Jonsson School of ECS are provided in Table II-8a.
Statistics for each of the programs under review are provided in Tables II-8b through II-8e. All
enrollment numbers are for the fall term; degrees conferred are for the entire academic year.
Table II-7a. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Degrees for the Erik Jonsson School (as a whole)
Enrollment Year Degrees Conferred
Year AY
FT/
PT
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5
th
*
Total
UG
Total
Grad
BS MS PhD Other
04 FT 417 207 331 369 6 1330 599
2005
PT 25 53 145 254 33 510 415
397 433 24
03F FT 422 218 372 392 0 1404 727
2004
PT 33 67 185 294 8 625 493
330 441 14
02F FT 472 231 370 378 17 1468 802
2003
PT 38 69 184 291 67 649 493
372 357 9
01F FT 518 222 345 358 22 1465 786
2002
PT 64 77 202 310 71 724 381
321 318 15
00F FT 378 189 301 325 16 1209 549
2001
PT 58 62 191 276 69 656 380
327 307 10
99F FT 323 128 283 319 19 1072 352
2000
PT 40 77 173 276 42 608 366
241 311 9
98F 1999 FT
PT
* The fifth enrollment year is the number of post-baccalaureate students taking undergraduate
courses.
305
Table II-7b. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Degrees for Computer Science
Enrollment Year Degrees Conferred
Year AY
FT/
PT
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5
th
*
Total
UG
Total
Grad
BS MS PhD Other
04 FT 204 96 151 194 3 648 274
2005
PT 10 19 55 123 13 220 182
266 218 6
03F FT 197 108 208 237 0 750 342
2004
PT 17 30 82 169 0 321 239
234 265 10
02F FT 243 120 221 242 9 835 460
2003
PT 24 31 105 177 43 380 248
267 207 3
01F FT 309 137 219 248 13 926 537
2002
PT 42 53 126 183 45 449 222
214 160 10
00F FT 253 127 201 201 11 793 386
2001
PT 40 41 123 166 46 416 199
246 178 1
99F FT 202 90 172 215 14 693 261
2000
PT 27 56 113 181 32 409 183
155 236 3
98F 1999 FT
PT
Table II-7c. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Degrees for Electrical Engineering
Enrollment Year Degrees Conferred
Year AY
FT/
PT 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Total
UG
Total
Grad BS MS PhD Other
04F FT 144 68 139 145 2 498 219
2005
PT 13 30 66 105 16 230 140
89 104 18
03F FT 140 78 132 113 0 463 239
2004
PT 9 27 80 92 7 229 151
77 79 4
02F FT 161 88 108 99 4 460 192
2003
PT 9 31 65 90 13 208 142
92 49 6
01F FT 159 60 87 82 6 394 163
2002
PT 18 16 53 119 15 221 110
106 48 5
00F FT 82 53 80 118 3 336 108
2001
PT 12 16 57 109 16 210 147
80 70 9
99F FT 111 35 111 104 3 364 81
2000
PT 12 18 59 94 10 193 176
86 74 6
306
Table II-7d. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Degrees for Software Engineering
Enrollment Year Degrees Conferred
Year AY
FT/
PT
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Total
UG
Total
Grad
BS MS PhD Other
04 FT 51 25 21 12 1 110 45
2005
PT 1 2 7 13 1 24 55
6 79 0
03F FT 62 15 13 9 0 99 68
2004
PT 5 3 7 7 1 24 74
4 79 0
02F FT 28 9 5 3 3 48 86
2003
PT 2 3 7 5 5 22 72
0 75 0
01F FT 2 1 0 1 0 4 54
2002
PT 0 2 5 0 3 10 33
0 91 0
00F FT 0 0 0 0 0 0 43
2001
PT 0 0 0 0 2 2 24
0 36 0
99F FT 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
2000
PT 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 0
Table II-8e. Engineering Enrollment and Degree Data
Degrees for Telecommunications Engineering
Enrollment Year Degrees Conferred
Year AY
FT/
PT
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Total
UG
Total
Grad
BS MS PhD Other
04F FT 18 18 20 18 0 74 34
2005
PT 1 2 17 13 3 36 24
36 19 0
03F FT 23 17 19 33 0 92 46
2004
PT 2 7 16 26 0 51 18
15 13 0
02F FT 40 14 36 34 1 125 47
2003
PT 3 4 7 19 6 39 17
13 16 0
01F FT 48 24 39 27 3 141 23
2002
PT 4 6 18 8 8 44 13
1 2 0
00F FT 43 9 20 6 2 80 11
2001
PT 6 5 11 1 5 28 9
1 1 0
99F FT 10 3 0 0 2 15 2
2000
PT 1 3 1 1 0 6 5
0 0 0
307
8. Definition of Credit Unit
One semester credit hour represents one class hour per week in a lecture section for one
semester. In advanced level engineering laboratories, one semester credit hour represents one and
one-half hours in the engineering laboratory.
During the academic year, there are two semesters of 15 weeks duration excluding vacation
periods. The summer session has a duration of 12 weeks.
9. Admission and Graduation Requirements, Basic Program
Data and information in this section apply to all programs in the Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science. Any exceptions to this are noted where applicable and
described in detail in the Self-Study Report specific to that program.
Admission of Students
In 1990, we received authorization to enroll freshmen at UT Dallas, and we still have a very
large fraction of our current engineering students as transfer students, predominantly from local
community colleges. We will therefore describe admissions for both freshmen and upper
division transfers.
Freshman Admissions
Texas resident freshmen will be admitted if they score 1100 or above on the SAT and rank in the
top 25% of their graduating class or if they rank in the top 10% of their graduation class. Other
residents will be reviewed for admission if they rank in the top 50% of their graduating class and
score 1000 or above on the SAT. In addition, applicants must be graduates of an accredited high
school and have completed the following high school course units:
4 units of language arts including at least one unit of writing skills.
2 units in a single foreign language.
3 units in mathematics beginning with algebra I or higher, and including any course dealing with
trigonometry.
3 units of laboratory science not including physical science 3 units of social sciences, not
including work study.
1 unit of fine arts.
1 unit of general education.
Requirements for non-resident students are more stringent. Freshman admissions are handled
entirely by the university admissions office. Statistics on the history of admission standards for
freshman students are provided in Table II-9.
308
Table II-9 History of Admission Standards for EE/TE Freshman
Students
Composite ACT Composite SAT
Percentile Rank in
High School Academic Year
MIN AVG MIN AVG MIN AVG
Number of
New Students
Enrolled
2005-2006 N/A N/A
2004-2005 20 27.7 900 1275.2 0 75.9 360
2003-2004 14 26 1070 1255.2 0 72.8 339
2002-2003 18 25.2 780 1243.9 0 73 359
2001-2000 17 25.6 840 1214.1 0 70.6 453
2000-2001 19 25.8 830 1204.1 0 71.2 336
1999-2000 18 26.7 870 1222.1 0 71.9 293
Upper Division Transfers
For upper division transfers, prior to admissions to electrical engineering, students must
complete the following science, mathematics, computer programming and pre-engineering
courses:
Chemistry for science majors, with laboratory - 8 hours
Calculus based physics, with laboratory - 8 hours
Calculus through multivariable - 9-12 hours
Differential equations - 3 hours
Computer programming in a structured language such as Pascal or C/C++ - 3 hours
engineering mechanics/static’s - 3 hours
Computer programming in a structured language such as Pascal or C/C++ - 3 hours
engineering mechanics/static’s - 3 hours
Engineering mechanics-dynamics - 3 hours (or a combined static’s-dynamics course)
electrical systems analysis - 3 hours
Electrical engineering laboratory (if available) - I hour
It is assumed that the student will also complete the traditional English composition requirements
and the state mandated requirements in history and political science.
A grade point average of 2.5, on a 4.0 scale, is required for all college work attempted and all
required lower division courses in mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering
must be completed with no grade lower than a "C".
The procedures involve checking each application against these criteria by the university
admissions office and again by the undergraduate secretary and Assistant Dean. A "Transfer
Student Course Evaluation" check sheet is used.
309
Table II-10 History of Transfer of Students
Academic Year Number of Transfer Students Enrolled
2 Year College 4 Year College Total
2005 0 0 0
2004 118 36 154
2003 151 50 201
2002 145 81 226
2001 235 52 287
2000 264 45 309
Requirements for Graduation
Note: ABET criteria regarding curricular content are expressed in terms of "years of study" or
fractions thereof. Two definitions of "one-half year" are available, either of which may be selected
by the institution to evaluate a specific engineering program. These definitions are: (1) one-half
year of study equals one eight (12.5%) of the credit hours required to receive the basic-level
degree, or (2) one-half year of study equals 16 semester hours or 24 quarter hours.
The curriculum has been designed so that the completion of the required courses automatically
satisfies the ABET requirements. We use two work sheets for each student to verify compliance.
The first is the “Undergraduate Graduation Checklist”. The other is the “Degree Plan of Study”
which monitors the completion of course requirements.
These documents are checked by the undergraduate secretary and certified by the Assistant Dean
and School Master prior to graduation. The Registrar's office reviews all final degree plans for
conformity with requirements for graduation, and Dr. Michael Coleman, Dean for Undergraduate
Studies, reviews all files for candidates for graduation with honors. Copies of these documents
can be found in Appendix F: Graduation Compliance Worksheets.
Alternative Modes
There are no alternative modes or routes to completing an undergraduate degree in the
engineering programs. A significant fraction of the course work is offered in the evening to
accommodate undergraduate students who are employed full-time in local industry; however, the
graduation requirements are the same.
The student may also choose to participate in the Industrial Practice Programs to obtain a
relevant co-op/internship in industry; but this does not change the degree plans or graduation
requirements.
310
GPA Requirements for Graduation
The minimum grade point average for graduation is a 2.0 (C average). In addition, a 2.0
GPA is required in the student's major and related fields.
Graduation Cum Laude requires a GPA of 3.5 in the major and upper division.
Graduation Magna Cum Laude requires a GPA of 3.75 in the major and upper division. A
senior honors thesis or project must be completed with an evaluation of magna.
Graduation Summa Cum Laude requires a GPA of 3.9 in the major and upper division. A
senior honors thesis or project must be completed with an evaluation of summa.
10. Non Academic Support Units
A number of groups are dedicated to providing service only to the Erik Jonsson School of
Engineering and Computer Science.
Engineering Reading Room
The engineering reading room is located in the north engineering building. The reading room
provides a quiet environment in which students can study uninterrupted. The reading room also
houses the private engineering collections of Dr. Jan van der Ziel, the late distinguished chair of
Microelectronics and Dr. Bernard List, the first Associate Dean for the Erik Jonsson School, as
well as other books and journals, which are donated by various engineering professionals. The
engineering reading room is maintained by the electrical engineering librarian, Marjorie
Henderson.
Industrial Practice Programs
The Industrial Practice Programs (IP Programs or IPP) are optional, but formal activities at the
graduate and undergraduate levels. The IP Programs combine classroom study with career-
related work experience. Students have the opportunity to earn a college degree plus practical
on-the-job experience within their chosen field of study. Students must have a declared major
and be in good academic standing to qualify for an IPP assignment.
IPP Objectives Include:
Enhancing student learning through the combination of theory and practical application by
combining work experiences with classroom study
Developing student maturity, responsibility and self-dependence
Improving student skills in human relations, teamwork and communications
Heightening student motivation to excel in both the workplace and the classroom
Providing employers with a source of highly qualified, pre-professional personnel available
on a year round basis
Strengthening the relationship and cooperation between industry and academe
311
Each student is required to submit a work report for each IPP work semester. The purpose of the
report is to review the educational value of the IPP experience. In preparation, the student should
evaluate his or her assignment in terms of the principles learned in the classroom. Many students
find it useful to keep a journal of projects and experiences, which can be drawn from for the final
work report. Additional information can be found in Appendix II-4.
Office of Undergraduate Advising
The primary purpose of the Office of Undergraduate Advising (OUGA) is to assist students in
the development of meaningful educational plans that are compatible with their life goals. Our
goal is to help students become a responsible, accountable and active member in their
educational decision making. OUGA also serves as a liaison between students, faculty and staff
by providing timely and accurate information about institutional requirements, policies,
procedures, resources and programs.
Technical Support for ECS
There are two technical support groups in the school of engineering and computer science, one
for the Department of Electrical Engineering (EE-tech) and one for the Department of Computer
Science (CS-tech). The head of each technical support group reports to a faculty committee and
to the dean of the Erik Jonsson School; EE-tech reports to the Electrical Engineering Computer
Committee and CS-tech reports to the Computer Science Computer Committee.
EE-tech has four technicians who specialize in one of the following areas: networks and
security, UNIX, windows and Linux. Although each technician is considered the master in one
area, they each cross-train in the other areas. EE-tech provides support to the electrical
engineering faculty, students and staff, including the computer labs in the engineering north
building.
Computing Facilities for ECS
The majority of the Electrical Engineering Department is housed in the engineering north
building. This building has two computer labs which are available to engineering students who
are enrolled in particular engineering courses. Both labs are open 24 hours per day, seven days
per week.
The CAD lab has 35 workstations and is primarily used for CAD design and VLSI.
The Solarium has 56 workstations available and is primarily used by students who need
access to MATLAB.
Equipment and software upgrades are based on the school’s needs and must be approved by the
EE Computer Committee. A new 12 processor, computational server with 22 gigabytes of
memory is currently being installed.
312
Outreach Programs
The Department of Electrical Engineering has one full-time staff member who is dedicated solely
to outreach programs. The Outreach Program Coordinator builds partnerships with local school
districts and community colleges. Through these partnerships, the department provides summer
programs which enhance the skills of students who are scientifically and mathematically inclined.
Examples of these programs include TexPREP (Texas Pre-freshman Engineering Program) and
MIS (Mathematically Inclined Students).
Student Organizations
Erik Jonsson School of Engineering and Computer Science actively supports various
professional societies including IEEE, SWE, ACM, NSBE, International Honor Society for
Electrical Engineers, Sigma Xi and the Texas Society of Professional Engineers.
Technical Staff
The Department of Electrical Engineering has two technical staff associates, one technical staff
assistant and two engineering technicians.
Fiscal Officer
The Erik Jonsson School of ECS has one fiscal officer who assures the financial health of the
school and its departments. The fiscal officer reports to the dean of the Erik Jonsson School of
ECS. The fiscal officer also has two assistants who aid in managing the budget process and help
manage the ECS facilities and classrooms.
